Categories
Podcast episode

The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

This episode on the limits of fiscal policy features highlights from host Gene Tunny’s past conversations with the late Australian economist Professor Tony Makin and former OECD Ambassador Alex Robson. In the discussions, Tony Makin provides a balanced and insightful analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the COVID-19 pandemic, critiquing programs like JobKeeper while recognizing some justification. He and Alex Robson discuss the importance of considering the open economy impacts of fiscal stimulus and the long-term burdens of debt. The episode looks to validate Makin’s warnings about the limits of discretionary fiscal policy through subsequent evidence and events. Gene summarizes the JobKeeper evaluation results and what happened in the Australian housing market following the pandemic fiscal stimulus. 

Please contact us with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcast and Spotify.

What’s covered in EP222

  • Fiscal policy limits and its impacts: introduction (0:03)
  • Economic stimulus measures during the COVID-19 pandemic. (9:36)
  • JobKeeper program design and targeting. (15:44)
  • JobKeeper program’s effectiveness and infrastructure spending challenges. (21:31)
  • Keynesian economics and infrastructure spending. (27:50)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy. (33:13)
  • Fiscal policy and its unintended consequences. (40:12)
  • The economic impact of public debt with Tony Makin and Alex Robson. (48:31)
  • Fiscal policy and its impact on the economy: wrap up. (53:39)

Takeaways

  1. Fiscal stimulus packages must be carefully designed and limited in size to avoid unintended consequences.
  2. The nature of the workforce is important to consider when implementing fiscal policy, as not all workers can easily transfer to different industries.
  3. The burden of public debt, including interest payments, can have long-term impacts on national income and economic growth.
  4. The effectiveness of fiscal policy in an open economy is influenced by factors such as capital mobility and exchange rates.
  5. Tony Makin was a leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy in Australia, and his contributions to the field are greatly missed.

Episodes the highlights are clipped from

EP119: What Tony Makin taught us about macroeconomics – Economics Explored 
A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19 with Tony Makin – new podcast episode | Queensland Economy Watch

Links relevant to the conversation

Fiscal policy papers by Tony Makin:

The Effectiveness of Federal Fiscal Policy: A Review

(PDF) Australia’s Competitiveness: Reversing the Slide 

 A Fiscal Vaccine for COVID-19

Treasury analysis of JobKeeper:

Independent Evaluation of the JobKeeper Payment Final Report | Treasury.gov.au

The employment effects of JobKeeper receipt | Treasury.gov.au  

News regarding unintended consequences of fiscal stimulus:

Building company collapses into liquidation days before Christmas, impacting four Guzman Y Gomez sites

Transcript: The Limits of Fiscal Policy: Insights from Tony Makin, Alex Robson & others – EP222

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Tony Makin  00:03

For instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees and not wanting to be perhaps putting paint bets and ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at whim.

Gene Tunny  00:39

Welcome to the economics explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, in this episode, I’m going to talk about the limits of fiscal policy. So that’s the use of government spending and taxation to influence the economy. So to try to smooth out the business cycle or to respond to some big shock, like the pandemic or the financial crisis. During the pandemic, in particular, we saw heavy use of fiscal policy by governments around the world. While some stimulus may have been warranted, we’re starting to really see some of the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus packages in different countries. So you could argue that are a good part of the inflation that we’ve seen in the last couple of years that was due to the, you know, these massive fiscal policy responses that occurred that, that injected all of this additional money into household and business bank accounts, and we ended up with too much money chasing too few goods, which is that that classic explanation of inflation. We’ve also seen high public debts. So big increase in debt worldwide. And then we’ve got the growing burden of interest payments on government budgets. We’ve also seen impacts like what you’d call crowding out, we’ve seen supply side impacts, or constraints really starting to, to bite, particularly in the building industry. So some of these, these unintended consequences, you could say, maybe they should have been foreseen, they’re really starting to have an impact, particularly here in Australia, we’ve seen an impact on the building industry on its costs, and that’s affecting firm viability. So there’s all this extra demand, and there’s only so much supply out there. And, you know, supply can only respond in, it can’t respond automatically or instantly, to to this additional demand. So we’ve seen a big increase in in costs in that sector, and then that’s having all sorts of adverse impacts and you know, builders are closing down and then the people who are getting their houses built, they’re badly impacted, too. So that’s, that’s one of the things we’re seeing here in Australia that I’m going to talk about. Early in the pandemic, Professor Tony Macon of Griffith University in Australia. So Tony was based on the Gold Coast, which is south of Brisbane, where I am so early in the pandemic tiny warned about the adverse consequences of fiscal stimulus in Episode 41 of the podcast. So in one of the earlier episodes of this show, in June 2020, I spoke with Tony about his analysis of Australia’s fiscal response to the pandemic. He prepared that for the Centre for independent studies, which is a think tank in Sydney. So the CIS it’s one that I’m an adjunct Fellow at and I’ve had a lot to do with over the years. I’m gonna play some clips from that conversation I had with Tony, in, you know what turned out to be one of the early Months of the pandemic. So, I mean, things started going, going crazy. And when was it March 2020. So that’s a, it’s just a few months after, after that. We had a big a major fiscal policy response by the end of March in Australia, if I remember. And so we’re starting to see some of the, you know, the less desirable features of that already in in June when I spoke with Tony. Okay, so I’m going to play some clips from that conversation to illustrate some really important points about the limits of fiscal policy. So I’m not saying that activist fiscal policy is everywhere and always bad. I think what I want to say is that you’ve really got to be careful with it, you’ve got to think about, well, what’s going to be the ongoing impact on your interest payments? Could could there be any crowding out? Could there be unintended consequences? Could you actually be destabilising the economy in the future? You may be trying to stabilise it now, but could you actually make things worse than they otherwise would be in in the future? So they’re the types of considerations I think are important with with fiscal policy? Okay, one thing I have to say is that tiny Macon is sadly, no longer with us. He died unexpectedly in November 2021. So, in addition to playing some highlights from my fiscal policy conversation with Tony, I’m also going to play some highlights from my conversation about Tony’s legacy that I had with Alex Robson in Episode 119, from December 2021. So I think they’re worth that’s worth sticking around. For. Alex is a you know, he’s a former collaborator with Tony, he wrote some papers with him. And he’s also Australia’s former ambassador to the OECD in Paris, which is really top job in economics. Yeah, so Alex, Alex is a great person to hear from and he has a lot of excellent observations about about Tony. Okay, let’s play the first clip, which it features Tony’s critique of the massive job keeper, payroll subsidy programme that we have in Australia. I think that much of Tony’s critique has been supported by the facts. So new evidence, or what we’ve learned about how Job keeper rolled out and, you know, the impacts that it had. And also, I think that the review of the programme that my old deputy secretary in the treasury, Nigel Ray, so Nigel did a review of it. Last year, I think that that review that brings out some of these, well, that’s supportive of some of the criticisms that that that Tony made, although, of course, it’s it’s going to be measured. And you know, Nigel, is not someone who’s going to come out and say, Look, this is, you know, this is terrible, you really stuff this up, he’s going to be very measured about it all. There’s also a treasury research paper that’s relevant here. And I’ll have more to say about them after I play the clip. Tony, I’d like to ask about the Australian response, I thought you made some really great observations about the different elements of the response. So there was the job keeper programme, the payroll subsidy programme. And then there were there were cash handouts. And there’s also some bringing forward of infrastructure spending. You made some really insightful remarks regarding the efficacy regarding the merits of the different elements of the Australian Government response. And I think there are lessons that can apply to responses across the world, would you be able to take us through what those those insights and lessons that you made workplace turning?

Tony Makin  09:36

Yeah, well, I made a distinction between fiscal responses that were targeting the aggregate supply side of the economy, and, in the paper, endorse those in principle and in particular, we’re talking about job Keeper which I think is a great innovation. We’ve not seen a scheme like like that, before, it’s not original to Australia, Australia copied what was happening in the UK and New Zealand and one or two other European economies. And the innovation was to see firms as a source of employment. Correct. And to alleviate the pressure on firms and their employees in particular, by providing a direct subsidy to the firm. So it was a supply side initiative, more than a demand side initiative, it was helping aggregate supply, it wasn’t an element that he was sought to increase CRI or it was increasing G, of course, but it was it was it was aimed at the firm’s production. So that was an innovation. And I think there’s a prototype there for future fiscal responses in heaven. Let’s hope we don’t have similar sorts of crises. But it’s it’s a preferred means as opposed to the aggregate demand side response. And a, we’re in the form of two cash transfers or cash handouts, as we saw in response to the GFC trying to in the Keynesian ways stimulate spending, and the purpose of stimulating the spending is to enhance employment. So it’s a roundabout way of trying to enhance employment. I think it has the features of a of a subsidy to retailers in effect, because they’re the ones that they’ve been at most. And in any case, if there is spending and evidence shows that such handouts tend to be largely saved, but if they are spent, they are spent on imports. And they’re funded by borrowing from overseas, which has to be paid in the future. So there were two responses there that were trying to sustain employment one was the direct one to Job keeper. Good marks for that one. And then there was another one on top of that, which was the cash handouts, which was a roundabout way of of sustaining employment when there was another policy in place for that purpose.

Gene Tunny  12:24

Yep. So this job keeper, it was originally costed at one 30 billion, it turns out all it it may only cost 70 billion, there was a forecasting error. But that’s that’s, that’s tangential to our discussion. You did know that while job keeper is more justifiable than other stimulus or emergency measures, there are still concerns with the design of job keeper. Could you take us through some of those please, Tony,

Tony Makin  12:57

our look, the key one is the industry is involved. The questions about casuals being paid more on job teper than they were otherwise earning. So they’re being paid more not to work than to work. I think that’s the key floor with the with the programme. And hopefully that will be fixed when the Treasury completes its review very soon. I guess it’s also questions about eligibility and the the the rule that was there for downturn in, in sales, some of those aspects of it could be possibly fine tuned, but I think it is a useful prototype that can be improved.

Gene Tunny  13:49

Yep. If they if they did it again, I’m sure they would better targeted, and they might target it to the industries that are most affected, such as hospitality, tourism, retail, possibly not professional services, which, you know, appear to be, well not as badly affected as some other sectors. So the the key lesson is that this needs to be better targeted. The problem was from what I can tell this was developed within a week, possibly under a week when at toward the end of March, when they realised that they needed something like this because all of the employer groups were coming to the the government ministers and telling them we need this or we’re going to have to sack millions of people. So I think that’s what drove it. It was done very quickly.

Tony Makin  14:43

Yes. And also the alternative was to put enormous pressure on the on the Employment Benefits Scheme. people queuing up for benefits that would have been a major headache as well. Absolutely.

Gene Tunny  14:56

I think one of the great points you made in the paper was Sir. Regarding the cash handouts, we want to get people out spending, but the public health advice is saying actually stay home, we don’t want you to go out. So I thought that was a really interesting point. And actually, yes, that’s right. So the goal of these emergency measures should be to sustain businesses to keep people in employment during this challenging time. It’s not necessarily, though, and the way to do that is not necessarily to give people money to go out and, and spend on new flat screen TVs, which are imported. So that’s, I think that’s a good point that you’ve made. Okay, so that was Tony on job keeper, which was the payroll subsidy programme we had in Australia. And yep, Tony was, Tony was right about the some of the problems with that programme. Um, overall, I mean, I think that was a very balanced assessment of Tony’s he did recognise that to an extent, it could have been justifiable if it was better targeted. So he wasn’t ruling it out completely. He just had the had some concerns about the design. So I think that was a very, you know, measured, balanced assessment of job keeper from tiny, and another measured and balanced assessment of job caper came from Nigel Ray, who, as I mentioned, was my boss in the treasury. So really, really great public servant, Nigel. And, yep, I think he’s written a great report on job keeper. In the independent evaluation of the job keeper payment final report, he prepared that for the Treasury, I’ll put a link in the show notes. It was broadly supportive of the programme. But Nigel, you know, he had to acknowledge there are some serious issues with it with the design of it. And so what did he conclude? Let’s, let’s go through it. So one of the major conclusions was that a more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper. So I think that was the first six months. A lot of the detail is, it’s hard for me to remember at this stage, but I think that he’s talking about the first six months of the programme. They rolled it out for six months, and then they had another six months of it. A more flexible policy designed during the first phase of job keeper would have enabled an earlier move from prospective to retrospective eligibility thresholds. For example, After three months, this would have allowed better targeting of payments beyond the initial three months and lower the costs of the programme. Okay, so what he’s, what he’s talking about there is that when it was rolled out, basically, you know, accountants would apply for their clients that apply to the ATO, and the accountants would be asking their clients, okay, well, what do you think’s gonna happen to your turnover over the next six months, so when whatever the whatever it was, maybe was quarterly basis, and, you know, you’d think, Oh, well, we’re gonna have this major pandemic. So yeah, we think we’re gonna get smashed. And so there are a lot of, you know, firms that applied for job keeper and got this job keep it like this very generous, turned out wage subsidy, that, you know, they really didn’t end up needing and they didn’t have that turnover reduction that they were forecasting and that they, you know, they’re they advise the ATO that they would, they would have, but there was no way for the ATO to claw that, to claw that back. So, yeah, what Nigel’s getting out there is that you could have designed it in a way that limited the fiscal cost by actually seeing, you know, what happened to the businesses like after a few months and then adjusting the payments after that. So I think that’s what he’s getting out there. It relied a lot on what businesses and their accountants were forecasting would be the impact of the pandemic on their, their turnover. And for many businesses that didn’t actually they didn’t experience the big revenue reductions or the turnover reductions that that they were forecasting, you needed to forecast a particular percentage reduction in in your turnover. I can’t remember off the top my head if I can find it. I’ll put it in the show notes. Righto. So and the second major finding from Nigel regarding job keeper he noted that a tiered payment structure One that is proportionate to previous earnings is better targeted than a flat payment. And this is getting at that concern that Tony had that there were quite a few part time. People, part time employees who may have maybe they were working a couple of days a week in, in a business and they, you know, they were earning an award wage that wasn’t much more than the national minimum wage. Suddenly, because of this payment for a job keeper was that it was more gee, it must have been at sort of trying to approximate a might have been a full time wage for a person roughly on minimum wage or something like that. I can’t remember exactly. But it was much higher, then, you know, some it’ll be more money than someone be would be earning if they’re only working a couple of days a week, part time. And so the idea was, let’s make this simple. Let’s get this out to the people who need it. Let’s not worry too much about trying to make it more targeted, because we don’t have time to do that. And what it meant is that you had and this is the point time he’s making you had many part time people actually earning more with job keeper, then they would have learned otherwise. So yeah, that was a really poorly designed part of job keeper. Also relevant regarding job keeper is a recent Treasury research paper and this came out. So this came out late on Friday, the 22nd of December, okay, so the Friday before Christmas 2023. And Peter Tula, who’s my colleague at the CIS, so Peter is the chief economist at CIS. He tweeted on the Friday that the fact that Treasury releases it late on Friday 22nd December suggests that it embarrasses somebody. So Peter was suggesting that this paper from the Treasury by Natasha Bradshaw, Nathan Deutsche and Lachlan vos, or vas, it’s titled The employment effects of job paper receipt, Peter suggesting it must be embarrassing someone. So what does it what’s embarrassing about it? So the main findings from it. So I’ll put a link in the show notes, you can check out what they’ve done. They’ve done some clever things with a, you know, a data set on businesses that where they can try to infer what’s actually going on, it’s rather clever paper. So check that out. Our findings suggest that at its height in early 2020, job keep it directly preserved between 300,000 to 700,000. Jobs. Right. Okay. So that’s, that’s reasonable. I mean, that’s, you know, if that if it was 700,000. And, you know, that could have pushed the unemployment rate up to near 10% or something, they’ve got an estimate of what then what that would have been, and put that in the show notes. So, you know, that’s a, that’s a big deal. But then if it’s only 300,000, well, okay, is that, you know, how effective was that? So I guess, maybe that’s something you could, you could say, justifies the cost of the programme, which was in the order of $100 billion or so that’s, you know, that’s something you could argue about. So, you know, I’d say somewhere between 300,000 to 700,000 jobs, that compares with around three and a half million employees covered by the scheme at its peak. So I think when the government was rolling it out, initially, it it was suggesting it could save something around, you know, 700,000 jobs or so. If it actually is about 300,000, then well, that makes you wonder, you know, was that good value for money? So maybe that’s something that they’re embarrassed about? I’m not sure. I mean, you could say Oh, well, hundreds of 1000s of jobs, maybe it was worth it. That would be their their argument. What could be the potentially embarrassing bit about the paper is a finding that is in the footnote. It’s a one of the footnotes. And this finding is it’s on page two suggestive evidence. That job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So they found suggestive evidence that job keeper receipt made casual workers less likely to be employed over a year later. So the effects are far smaller and less statistically significant than the positive effects found during early 2020. But are not implausible they could reflect income effects on labour force participation given job keep a lead to some workers having substantially higher incomes than they otherwise would have. Okay. So this is that point about these, you know, these part time workers getting all of this additional, additional cash so many, many casual workers would only be working part time, they would be, you know, they could be working in a bar or at a cafe, and they’re getting much more money than they would have expected. So they’ve got all this extra money in their bank accounts. And so what they do a year later, is, you know, for many of them, they go, okay, but there’s extra cash, maybe I don’t need to work as many hours at the bar or the cafe, I’m going to spend more time on my studies or, or on a hobby, or I’m going to go overseas. So that’s what they’re, they’re driving out there. So this is really illustrative of how you can have these unintended consequences with fiscal policy. So maybe that’s what’s what’s embarrassing about the paper. So check it out. I think it’s a good paper, it illustrates a neat little econometric technique that I might talk about in a future episode. Okay, so that’s, that’s plenty on job keeper, the payroll subsidy programme and the the challenges or the problems you have when you don’t design a programme properly, of course, they had to do it very quickly. Next time, let’s hope they have a much better design, if there is a next time hope there isn’t a next time. If there is it needs to be better designed. The second clip that I want to play from my chat with Tony is about infrastructure spending. So with job keeping, we were talking about this payroll subsidy and you know, often, often the fiscal stimulus comes in the form of cash payments to households or businesses with the payroll subsidy programme, which then had to be paid to the employees. Some fiscal stimulus comes in the form of infrastructure spending, public works, that sort of thing. And I think Tony’s right there, that can also be problematic, you’ve really got to think about that. And that is the topic of this second clip from tiny, so I will play that now.

Tony Makin  27:50

infrastructure spending can be beneficial. And it has lasting benefits. And what it does not do is deteriorate the government balance sheet, as does the spending on cash handouts and other forms of consumption related government stimulus. What infrastructure does is it creates an asset there on the government’s balance sheet that matches the borrowing, it still has to be funded by borrowing, we started with a budget deficit. So all of his extra spending has to be funded by borrowing. And so there’s an asset there, so the balance sheet won’t deteriorate, to the extent otherwise. But again, it needs to be quality spending, it needs to pass certain tests, the crude Keynesian idea would be again, just to spend on anything. And being holes in the ground, as you mentioned earlier, is a form of crude Keynesianism, which, which could well be sort of portrayed as a form of infrastructure spending if it’s working on the road somewhere. But the point about infrastructure spending is it does have to pass the test where the benefits the present value of the benefits of the project, exceed the costs. And one other point to make about infrastructure spending. And this is one feature of government spending, the Keynes instanced in his work originally right back in the 1930s, but he talked about Public Works, which is effectively what we call infrastructure today. But the difference between then and now when they talk about boosting infrastructure spending is that the nature of the workforce has changed dramatically. I mean, people these days, have certain skills. It’s a highly variegated work workforce, people doing different things. And the assumption in Keynes’s theory was you increase spending on public works, then you have workers easily transferred from jobs that they’ve lost places of employment where they used to be in factories and other areas of unskilled work and they can easily be transferred to, you know, working on the road, so to speak. But these days, that seems far fetched, because for instance, baristas who’ve lost their jobs are not necessarily going to be one want to be out there on the road as a construction worker, financial sector employees, and not wanting to be perhaps putting pink bats in ceilings. So the the nature of the workforce is important. We can’t just treat the labour force as this homogenous entity where people can transfer across to any sort of industry at work. And there’s also I mean, there’s, there’s information costs there. There’s transactions costs, which which make the whole process a little bit trickier than than it sounds in terms of increasing employment.

Gene Tunny  31:08

Yeah, it’s not like it was in the 30s when you could get a whole bunch of unskilled or semi skilled workers, unemployed workers and have them carve out a walking track in the national park or something like that. Exactly. Right. Yeah, yeah. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  31:37

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with adept economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, www dot adapt economics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  32:06

Now back to the show. Okay, so another really balanced and insightful clip from tiny. And one of the things Tony was talking about in this clip is Keynesianism, so the ideas associated with John Maynard Keynes, the great British economist, and there’s a particular I guess, a school of thought or there’s a crude Keynesianism often in the way that you know, some, some economists or well, not not many economists, I think most economists recognise the the limits of fiscal policies, the problem with too much discretionary policy with Hey, you got to be careful with it. But there are there still are some we could say crude Keynesians and in in politics, too, there are some people with these these crude Keynesian ideas and they become quite popular during times of crises. And you know, Tony was someone in Australia who was always, always pushing back against that crude Keynesian view and trying to explain what are the what are the potential offsetting impacts, you know, how can interest rates respond, exchange rate, what’s the response to fiscal stimulus and particularly in an open economy like Australia’s Okay, so I’ll play the next highlight in which Tony covers that. So,

Tony Makin  33:42

in the open economy, where you introduce capital flows, exports imports, exchange rates, and emphasising in particular the exchange rate, then you can have a counter model to crude Keynesianism and the best known approach is the so called Mundell Fleming model, which is which features in intermediate macro economics textbooks. And it really just builds upon the IS LM model that Hicks invented by introducing capital flows and exchange rates and net exports. So, listeners may well be familiar with with that model, but simply says that if you increase government spending, you’re going to increase the budget deficit there’s going to be more spending in the economy, but that for a given money supply is going to tend to push up domestic interest rates relative to foreign interest rates and that will induce capital inflow foreigners will be flooding into buy these bonds that are paying a slightly higher interest rate than in their own countries, and that capital inflow will appreciate the currencies. And we’re talking about a floating exchange rate here. And that appreciation will worsen competitiveness because in the short run, price levels are fixed. So a nominal appreciation will translate to a real appreciation. And that loss of competitiveness will crowd out net exports. And this is exactly what we saw. Post GFC. And I’ve written written on this. It’s part of the Treasury external paper. But the exchange rate appreciated massively. As the fiscal stimulus was being rolled out and just look at the national accounts, and you’ll see that the swing variable, there was net exports that went down due due to the loss of competitiveness. That’s, that’s one open economy perspective. And I think that model has been borne out empirically, with reference to Australia’s previous experience, post GFC.

Gene Tunny  36:10

Yeah, so I’ll put a link to that paper of yours, which I think was in agenda. And you also wrote a paper for the minerals Council. One thing which was what one thing that’s really interesting, tiny is that your original minerals Council paper was criticised by the Treasury Secretary, Dr. Martin Parkinson, my old boss at the time. But then a couple of years later, you wrote a paper for the Treasury under the new secretary, John Fraser, essentially, almost refuting what Dr. Pockets and wrote in that rather extraordinary refutation of your minerals Council paper.

Tony Makin  36:58

Yes, yes. It’s quite curious and evidence that economists disagree, even heads of treasury disagree and their economic thinking. So yes, Martin Parkinson issued a press release criticising my minerals Council paper, which was mostly about Australia’s competitiveness. It was not focused, essentially on fiscal policy. That was a part of it. But that’s what caught the criticism from Treasury. And then subsequent to that, when John Fraser Parkinson, successor became Treasury head, he commissioned me to write a paper for Treasury, and that is available from their website, Treasury, external paper where I elaborated on the aspects in the minerals Council paper about fiscal policy and and raise some of these issues about accounting models to to crude Keynesianism. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  37:58

It’s interesting, because I mean, we both worked for Treasury it at different times, though. And I remember the traditional Treasury view is that we have to be careful about fiscal policy because it could end up being destabilising is the open economy impacts that you’ve mentioned, there’s also the problem that you don’t know whether you’re intervening at the right time. The problem that, you know, the stimulus might come on when the economy is recovering anyway. And then it’s, you know, it’s not really necessary. So there are these lags involved. What happened, I think, during the GFC, or the global financial crisis, was that the Treasury people thought, and you know, the, the politicians Kevin Rudd, the Prime Minister, Wayne Swan, the Treasurer, they thought, well, we’ve got this huge shock coming from overseas, we’ve got to do something. So we’re just going to throw as much money at the problem as we can to save the economy. That seems to be the logic and know all of those old concerns about discretionary fiscal policy, what we call discretionary fiscal policy, as distinct from automatic stabilisers such as unemployment benefits, which increase during recessions or the fact that your tax revenues fall during recessions. That all view that discretionary fiscal policy is insensible. That was just thrown out the window. And we’re seeing it again now. So what do you do you have any views on why treasury? The Treasury line on fiscal policy has changed, Tony?

Tony Makin  39:35

Well, I think it’s become crude, Keynesian. And there’s another example that you hadn’t mentioned, and it was the response to the Asian financial crisis, which was also a major, a cataclysmic event at the time in terms of what happened to asset prices and, and we by then had been heavily dependent on the Asia Pacific For our for our trade, not so with the GFC. Because our trade with North North America, the North Atlantic region was minimal compared to Asia. And yet the responses were completely different. In the first instance, there was virtually no fiscal response, there was a strong monetary response, which allowed the exchange rate to stay at a highly depreciated level, which, which soars through that crisis, we didn’t experience a recession that time. And that was what was happening with the global financial crisis, the exchange rate collapse, not as much as it did during the Asian financial crisis. But the government of the day then panicked, reflecting the panic in the US, and by that time, interestingly, the International Monetary Fund had a change course. And it’s thinking it has traditionally been influenced by Chicago economists and had always highlighted in my time working there highlighted problems with activist fiscal policy, including the lags problem that you’ve you’ve mentioned, but there had been this major reversal of thinking at those levels. And the Australian government here, panicked as a consequence of the crisis where we did not where it should not have given that the banking system here didn’t collapse in the same way as it did. In the United States. I fully endorse the the underwriting of the system or the banking system at the time, but the fiscal stimulus was, was completely over the top in my view.

Gene Tunny  41:46

Okay, I really loved that clip of my chat with Tony about fiscal stimulus, I think the comparison he makes or the contrast he makes between how Australia responded to the Asian financial crisis, which as he knows, was a huge deal. Particularly in in Southeast Asia. I mean, it had huge impacts on a major Well, an important economy to the north of us, Indonesia, which, you know, country I’ve had a little bit to do with, particularly with their finance ministry. And it led to effectively to the overthrow of the Suharto regime that they had there. So huge, huge impacts in that region. And yet, Australia responded differently, as Tony was explaining, but by the time of the financial crisis, the thinking in in Treasury, and and also it was a government of a different political persuasion, too. So that may have had something to do with the response. Right. Okay. So we’ve talked about crude Keynesianism. The other thing? Oh, yes, one. One thing I want to mention here is that I’ve been talking about how there are these unintended consequences of fiscal policy that that we can see. And I think that was particularly the case with, with one of the packages that was part of the pandemic response here, which was home builder, which was this home builder grant to two people who were, you know, building or renovating a home. So they had a home builder grant there was about, I think it was two and a half billion dollars. I’ve got that in my notes. And it’s ended up having these, you know, a really adverse impact on the building sector now. So there was a really crisp report from this was on news.com.au. This was on Christmas Eve, Kassar building group collapses into liquidation receivership owing $3.7 million, Guzman and Gomez. So jiwaji sites impacted. And so it’s a nice little as well, you know, it’s not nice, but it’s a good illustration of these unintended consequences. So I’ll just read some, I’ll put it in the show notes. And I’ll just read. I’ll just read some of the main points because I think it does illustrate, you know, what can go wrong if you’re not thinking through what the consequences of your policies can be. So ASIC is the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. So that regulates companies here in Australia. So ASIC insolvencies, statistics show 2213 building companies collapsed during the 20 to 23. financial year, there was a 72% increase on the previous 12 months. The alarming trend has been blamed on a perfect storm of factors including fixed price contracts, escalating costs, supply chain disruptions and tradie shortages. So tradie that’s the what we call tradespersons here in Australia. I’m not sure if you use that term in other countries, if you’re in the state So the UK, for example, the previous Morison government’s home builder grant, which was introduced in June 2020, handed out $2.52 billion to owner occupiers who wanted to build a substantially renovated home it turbocharged the sector, more than 130,000 Customers signed on to the programme with many trainees agreeing to the work under fixed price contracts, it soon became unsustainable as prices began to soar. Okay, so there was this crowding out. And you know, the, the builders or the tradies, they were relying on supply, you know, whether, you know, they may, they may have had to subcontract to other trainees, or they may have been, you know, they may need to purchase the supplies, so plumbing supplies or timber, and they may have been thinking, Oh, well, we’ll just quote based on the prices at the moment. And then suddenly, there’s this additional demand a huge amount of additional demand, and their prices increase for all those input costs. And they’ve signed these contracts to do the work at a particular rate. And these jobs are no longer viable for them. And so now what we’re seeing is we’re seeing these these building companies and collapsing, they’re just going into, into receivership liquidation administration. Yep. So bad results from that. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to that really important piece of information there. This is my final clip from Tony, from my conversation with Tony that had in June 2020. It relates to the ongoing burden of the debt. So those interest payments that, you know, that takes money out of your budget, that’s money that you can’t spend on health and education, for example, and this is something that I think it’s not sufficiently appreciated by decision makers during times of crisis. Okay, so I think, you know, there’s, there’s this need to respond, there’s this, there’s this panic, we think this is, this is the big issue we’re going to deal with. Okay. Sure. Except I accept that. But I think decision makers really have to think more about the long term implications. Okay, because, you know, this, this crisis will pass, presumably, I mean, you don’t want to be, too, you know, obviously, we need to be realistic. But generally, these things will pass, we’ll get to the the other side of it. And I suppose we, we probably should have expected that we would get over this pandemic. I mean, it has been, it has been dreadful, and you know, lots of people have died from it. So I’m not willing to downplay it. But we should have thought that yep, there will be life after the pandemic, and there will be this ongoing burden. Okay. So let’s play the next clip, the final clip from Tony on debt. What do you see as the the problem with this is this buildup of debt isn’t there, and there’s the problem, we have to pay for it, or we have to service that debt and a lot of that money is going to go overseas. You’ve also mentioned the impact on economic growth. What evidence is there regarding the impact on economic performance and growth of a buildup of public debt, which is in Australia is easily going to exceed $1 trillion within a few years?

Tony Makin  48:31

Yes, well, there’s certainly going to be the impact on national income because there’ll be a pure drain from national income of the public interest paid abroad, and we’re talking about 10s of billions there that will just be subtracted from national income to service to service the debt that we will have and that that drain will likely exceed. If it’s a trillion dollar debt, it’s likely to be about eight times the foreign aid budget and a multiple of, of what’s spent on the Pharmaceutical Benefits Scheme and, and a host of other other government programmes. So there’s going to be a direct impact there. But there’s been a number of elaborate econometric studies done. And you’ll find them in the literature. I won’t instance all the authors, but the IMF has done work on this. I’ve actually done had a paper published with a PhD student of mine, looking at Asian economies, and there seems to be a consensus empirically, that a 10% increase in public debt. Other things are saying well, contract, GDP growth, that’s conventionally defined GDP by point two of a percent. So that might not sound much but new compound that through it can be quite significant. After a few years.

Gene Tunny  49:55

What would be the mechanism there tiny would it be the fact that too due to service this debt, you might have to have taxes higher than otherwise. And these taxes, haven’t they lead to an efficiency loss. There’s an efficiency loss with taxation, because you’re discouraging people from working or investing. Could that be one of the mechanisms?

Tony Makin  50:15

Yeah, absolutely. The interest rate is going to play a play a role as well. But the there’s going to be a deadweight losses of the future taxes are going to harm future income. There’s no question about that. But also, there’s other studies have shown that the the the interest rate will will increase by seven basis points, or 1% increase in the public debt to GDP ratio tends to in these studies show that the interest rate tends to go up by about five basis points or up to five basis points. But the mechanism through tax is important, but also, through expectations, if you’ve got this big debt overhang, public debt overhang that’s going to affect expectations. And we can invoke Ricardo there in terms of what what he said for for households having to attend to to save more, but also firms and it’s not something that Ricardo instance, I think it’s important that investment investment is likely to be weak due to the uncertainty that business has about future tax liabilities in the face of an enormous public debt. And then lastly, there’s the impact on future generations that Thomas Jefferson, a founding father of the United States instance, and that the the future generations are going to have to pay for the repayment of the massive debt that’s that’s arisen due to the fiscal response. Yep.

Gene Tunny  52:02

Okay, so that was really interesting from tiny there. Now, some of that was the point he was making about expectations and what you call Ricardian equivalence, I think we’ll have to cover that in a future episode, because there’s a big controversy about that, and to what extent that actually, that actually happens. So, yeah, we’ll we’ll cover that in a future episode. The other stuff, you know, the, I think it’s the other points are really undeniable, really about the the interest burden of the debt and what that does the budget. So I think that’s, that’s well said, from tiny Okay, so that’s, that’s it from my conversation with Tony. What I’d like to do now is I like to play some clips from Alex Robson, who I mentioned before, Alex is out of the amazing Korea. He was an economic adviser to former Australian Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull has been Australia’s ambassador to the OECD in Paris. And like me, he hails from Townsville in North Queensland. So yeah, I was really glad to catch up with Alex. Well, I wasn’t glad because it was a terrible event. But it was good that I could catch up with Alex after Tony’s passing to discuss Tony’s legacy. So here’s Alex on tinies legacy.

Alex Robson  53:38

I mean, in a closed economy, the assumption is you’ve got no capital inflows or outflows. And so the exchange rate then doesn’t really matter. So what Mondale and Fleming showed in the 60s Was that actually, if you just change that assumption, and then allow for the exchange rate to change, and capital inflows and outflows to occur, and that has been impacted by by imports and exports. And so with policy, say, for fiscal policy, you get this leakage into and out of exports and imports. And so if your sales are up, for example, boosting government spending or reducing taxes that will then have effects on interest rates, exchange rates and exports, so and then an open economy like Australia, that obviously matters quite a bit. And so the critical thing lever there that that changes, or you know, a lot of those predictions of the standard sort of pump priming model, we think about your government goes out and spends more money and has these multiplier effects and so on is this assumption of capital mobility and how it affects the exchange rate. And once you have that, you get a completely different predictions about the effectiveness of these different policy instruments. So and and Tony was always really good at just constantly reminding people of this and and I think it’s the tend to be something which was taught. It’s been taught, obviously, in universities for a long time, but it didn’t seem to quite make it into the, into the policymakers sort of calculus in in in Canberra. And so that was just one of Tony’s big things was just to remind people and of that. And I think, you know, I mean, we saw that during the GFC. With respect to exports, we saw it with respect to the exchange rate, there were big changes going on. And the point is that, you know, Australia is affected by everything else that’s going on in the world. And that’s why places like the OECD and IMF are always talking about coordinating fiscal policy, because, you know, otherwise, you get these leakages across across countries, and you may not get the impacts that you’re trying to achieve.

Gene Tunny  55:50

Okay, and here’s the second clip from Alex. So my conversation with Alex, I

Alex Robson  55:56

mean, thinking about, he had a good mix of very good technical economic skills. I mean, he wasn’t a heavily mathematical person, but he did use those tools when he needed them. And, but also very much an applied focus to policy questions of the day that that mattered. And it wasn’t something where he, you know, there’d be a policy issue. And so I’m now going to think about that. It was, you know, he’d been thinking about these things for a long time. And then when they tended to come up again, and again, he was ready with the arguments that he divided, quite a lot of thought to. So it was wasn’t like he was sort of chasing these different policies. She was, I think he just spent a career thinking about the big macro topics. And they just come back again and again, in Australia. And and it was we were fortunate, I think, to have him as a voice during these tumultuous times in the big macro debates of the 90s. And then during the GFC. And then more recently, as well, yeah, I think, yeah, thinking about his career, it was a good mix of contributions to the academic literature, technical skills, but then also translating that into policy commentary and advice that really stood him apart from a lot of economists today.

Gene Tunny  57:10

Okay, so we’ve come to the end of the episode. I think that the experience of many economies over the last couple of years has provided validation for the criticisms of fiscal policy of activist fiscal policy that came from economists such as the late Tony makin. The takeaway from this episode is that fiscal stimulus packages need to be very carefully designed and limited in their size, if you are going to implement them. There’s a legitimate argument that they’re best avoided altogether, but I would reserve the right to use them in some cases. And even Tony did suggest that there may have been justification was something like Job keeper, but a more targeted in better designed version of it. Okay, so, to wrap up, it’s really pleased me to be able to go back into the archives and to to find these great highlights from my conversation with tiny, tiny making. He was the leading advocate for sensible fiscal policy and Australia for for many years, and he is sorely missed. Thanks for listening. rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

59:20

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

John Cochrane on Free Markets & Economic Growth and the Fiscal Theory of the Price Level – EP214

Professor John Cochrane of the Hoover Institution discusses the importance of free markets for economic growth and highlights stagnating growth as the biggest economic issue of our time. John talks about what may be his next book, “Free to Grow,” which aims to update Milton and Rose Friedman’s “Free to Choose” for today’s world. After John speaks, show host Gene Tunny interviews him about his views on growth and his controversial Fiscal Theory of the Price Level. This is a recording of a live event at the Centre for Independent Studies in Sydney on 26 September 2023. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored.

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

About Professor John Cochrane

John H. Cochrane is the Rose-Marie and Jack Anderson Senior Fellow at the Hoover Institution. He is also a research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research and an adjunct scholar of the CATO Institute. 

Before joining Hoover, Cochrane was a Professor of Finance at the University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business, and earlier at its Economics Department. Cochrane earned a bachelor’s degree in physics at MIT and his PhD in economics at the University of California at Berkeley. He was a junior staff economist on the Council of Economic Advisers (1982–83).

For more on John, check out his bio here:

https://www.hoover.org/profiles/john-h-cochrane

What’s covered in EP214

  • 00:03:36 Importance of economic growth.
  • 00:16:06 Incentives drive productivity and growth.
  • 00:17:12 Regulation hinders economic growth.
  • 00:22:59 Fixing problems requires better solutions.
  • 00:28:53 Fixing social programs by embracing free markets.
  • 00:39:28 Regulatory state causing innovation slowdown.
  • 00:46:24 Free market healthcare benefits the poor in John’s view.
  • 00:48:47 Fiscal Theory of the Price Level: Inflation caused by government debt.
  • 00:53:56 Avoid old left-right division.
  • 01:05:21 Government debt may lead to a sovereign debt crisis.

Links relevant to the conversation

Video of the Free to Grow event on YouTube:

CIS web post about the Free to Grow event:

https://www.cis.org.au/event/free-to-grow-unlocking-economic-prosperity/

Transcript: John Cochrane on Free Markets & Economic Growth and the Fiscal Theory of the Price Level – EP214

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then looked at by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, who did his best to decipher some tricky dialogue that otters understandably missed. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:03

Yeah, John has written this immense book. It’s fascinating. I’ve picked it up but then I discovered I had to buy three more books to be able to, to interpret it. But it’s it is it’s, it’s terrific.

John Cochrane  00:17

Get past, past, just ignore the chapters to the equations and get to the fun stuff…

Gene Tunny  00:26

I’m getting through it!

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning in to the show. In late September, renowned US economist Professor John Cochrane spoke at the Centre for Independent Studies in Sydney. I’m an adjunct Fellow at CIS and I was lucky enough to interview John after his talk, and I also moderated the Q&A session. John is usually based at the Hoover Institution at Stanford, but he was visiting Australia and New Zealand to attend conferences held by the central banks of both countries. The theme of the event that CIS held was “Free to Grow”. John emphasised the importance of free markets for economic growth, and how stagnating growth is the big issue of our time in his view. After his talk, which I’m replaying entirely because it’s so good, I asked John about his views on economic growth and about his controversial fiscal theory of the price level. So stay listening to hear what he says about that. If you’d like to watch the video version of the CIS event, it’s available on YouTube. And I’ll put a link to it in the show notes. I’ve edited the audio so it’s a bit shorter. But if you’d like to hear the whole thing, including a great introduction of John by the CEO of CIS Tom Switzer, then check out the video, I’d be interested in what you think about what either John or I have to say in this episode. So please get in touch. Contact details are in the show notes. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy it.

John Cochrane  02:24

Thank you. Thanks, it truly is a pleasure to be here. You may ask why, why do I visit central banks rather than just coming to talk to you? The answer is because central banks pay business class, you know, you know who pay, who prints the money. So I want to tell you a little bit about a project that I’m on. I call it Free To Grow. I hope it’s the next book, you’ll notice the allusion to Free To Choose. But Free to Choose was nearly 50 years ago. And it’s time to update it for today’s world and today’s problems. And it really amounts to I’ve been blogging and writing op eds, and so forth for about 15 years now. It’s time to put all that together in one place, which I discovered is not as simple as copy paste. Because you copy paste and you get immense amounts, it means copy, paste and boil down. And that’s much much harder than I thought. So part of that process is to come to talk to people like you where I have to boil it down, because after half an hour, you’re gonna fall asleep. And we can’t go on and on too far. So thank you for coming. What is the most important economic issue of, you know, facing us or the globe or anyone else? Is it climate change, inequality, unemployment, recession? The answer is none of the above, long term growth, the one that nobody talks about now, to get you to think about growth, why it’s a problem and why we need to do something about it. Let me ask you another quiz question. When was the best economy ever? Now a lot of my left wing friends, they’ll point ah the 1950s were just wonderful because, you know, the economy was growing and middle class jobs and so forth. 1950 the average American income was $15,000 in real terms, today it is $60,000. 15 versus 60. Which do you want? It’s not even close. The absolute best economy ever, in all of human history is right now. by a long shot, unless you want 15 versus 60. Now gee, this is GDP per capita and it evokes yawns, but I want to get you excited about it. GDP per capita is not just about more stuff. It’s about first of all better stuff. That household in the 1950 at a tiny house badly insulated, terrible cars that rusted immediately. One maybe black and white TV, health care. You know, they they all smoke. But you know most things you know if you got cancer in 1950 well, they you know, it’s cheap and then they’ll send in the priest. GDP per capita is health, environment, education, culture, defence, social programmes or any hope of repaying government debt, GDP per capita, that people look down on it, but it correlates with everything else. I’m trying to appeal to the progressives in the audience, which might be a few, but we nonetheless, we have to listen. You want to eliminate extreme, you know, extreme poverty, health, child mortality, clean water, all of those things are just collapsing the number of people who live in extreme poverty around the globe is is fallen dramatically. Child mortality what our ancestors even 100 150 years ago, many of their children died. And as a father and grandfather, I cannot imagine that heartbreak that’s just practically unknown, that comes from GDP that comes from economic growth that comes from it’s all part of it. Even you know, things like parks and a clean environment that that all cool, you have to be able to avoid that stuff. One of the things I find most shocking is the new degrowth movement. A lot of the climate movement will admit that it’s really not about the climate, it’s about an excuse to stop growth, and go back to some idea of the farm. These people have never been on an actual farm, say in India, and had to go get the water by hand first thing every morning. It’s just and it’s also annoys me because how much how much does the world economy have to grow before everyone can enjoy the standard of living of say, a social justice activist who likes to fly private jets to Davos we got along great growth before that, for that can happen. GDP is actually a vast undercount. People say, Oh, it doesn’t include, you know, parks and so forth. But it’s a vast undercount of how much better off we are now than than in the past. Among other things, it’s you know, it’s at market prices, it doesn’t count willingness to pay. If you remember, your your economics, the willingness to pay is always much greater than the market price, we get Google Maps for free, that’s worth a lot GDP counts it as nothing, and no medicines, medicines may be expensive. But if you’re about to die, you’d be willing to pay a whole lot more than that $10,000 it costs. A lot of our progressive friends worry about, oh, you know, we’ll run we can’t keep growing forever. That’s wrong. GDP is not just more stuff. First of all, we keep forecasting the end of resources, and it keeps not happening. But where we’re going GDP is the value of things, it’s producing valuable things for your fellow citizens. You know, it’s it’s funny, they say, oh, it’s immoral to go make a profit, you should go do social justice, the most moral thing you can do is to get up in the morning work hard for your fellow citizens. And and and they pay you for it, which shows you how valuable it is to them. But what we are doing, you know, where we’re going is the services economy, the economy of the future, the GDP of the future, will be for example, health, it will be the ability to to live longer and to conquer diseases and to live happier that that doesn’t take a lot of materials. Now I emphasised across time 15,000 in … from like 1,000 in the 1800s 15,0oo in the 1950s, 60,000 today, this is just an enormous increase in prosperity. Let’s look across countries. What’s the economic problem for India? Should they worry about recession? Should they worry about inequality? Well, their income is 2000. Our income is 60,000. The number one question for India is how to be more like us. That’s just orders of magnitude more important. Even China’s only only 20,000. This swamps these kinds of numbers 15 to 60, 2,000 to 60,000, that swamps every other economic issue. A recession is maybe a fall of 2 to 5%. We’re talking orders of magnitude. Climate is as you know, in the news, let’s just take the IPCC reports that say this will cost us 5% of GDP in 100 years, 5% of GDP versus, you know, doubling tripling, quadrupling, the process of growth. India $2,000 plus or minus 5%, or $2,000 to $60,000. And this is just the swamps, that that kind of issue. Now the question is, will this continue? As long as we’re thinking climate change and the economy of 100 years from now, instead of 5%? better off, will growth continue at say 2% a year? Well, then it’s 200% better in 100 years or three times better than today? If it was 4%, we would be five times better than today. That’s Those are big numbers two times better than today four times better than today or just like today that the the end of growth. So the question I see for Western society is will that continue? And the danger is the creeping stagnation, but it may not continue. The US from 1950 to 2000 grew per capita three and a half percent a year. Since 2000. It’s been 2%. We’re cutting the growth rate nearly in half. And the US as much as I will bemoan it is doing better than everywhere else, except maybe Australia, you guys are catching up. But Italy, my favourite country to go visit stopped growing in in 20, in 2010, just a disaster, Europe, Europe is falling behind, the UK, mother country to us both the UK is half as well off as the US in GDP per capita. And it’s just it’s stagnating and going nowhere, you know, half again, I’m going to I’m going to pick on climate, not because climate isn’t important, but just to get a sense of proportionality of what’s important relative to other things, the crisis of climate change 5% of GDP in 100 years, relative to doubling the UK GDP per capita, if they could just be like the US, you know, so climate change is, you know, that UK versus us is 10 times worse than the damage of climate change, we should be paying attention to long term growth and that and that convergence. So for us, the issue is is stagnating growth, and if it keeps going whether our children and grandchildren will experience what we did relative to our grandparents, of course, for for India, for China, for Africa, the ability to live lives like we do in 100 years, rather than be stuck in grinding poverty forever. That is the most important issue. So where does growth come from? Productivity. In the end, it’s all about what can each person produce per hour. It’s about supply. It’s about efficiency. It’s not about stimulus demand, central banks sending money out. It’s not about it’s not about unions. So why are why are we all wealthy? Because our grant, say your grandfather likely worked in a mine. And it’s 1890 and kaboom with a pick? Did Did we get richer because unions made the profits of the mine go to the worker, and now he gets, you know, 50 cents an hour rather than 25 cents an hour at the pick? No, it’s because now the mine is run with some enormous machine. And everybody else moved to the city and got nice jobs like we have. It’s about productivity. In turn, it’s actually, something is really stuck in our in our policy discussion. It’s always 1933. It’s jobs. It’s stimulus. No, Keynes is dead. We’re stuck with the long run. And the long run is about growth and supply. Where does productivity come from? In the end ideas, ideas, not just products and inventions, the you know, the iPhone, we all we all understand that’s an idea. But the little ideas of how to run businesses better. My my favourites is I spent a lot of time Southwest Airlines if you ever travel in the US, they figured out how to board an aeroplane in 10 minutes, United still takes us 30 minutes because we’re all going there fighting for the overhead bins then you swim upstream to check your bags. That is productivity growth. 10 minutes to board a plane versus 30 minutes to board a plane. Every little thing, you know old fashioned businesses like steel, steel I just found out in the US is is cut by at least in half how many man hours it takes to make us a tonne of steel, the yields on boring things like wheat, are just boom, boom, boom up every year. That’s the slow improvements in how do we do things. So it’s ideas. And ideas are very tricky, economically the crucial event and I’m gonna say something that you probably won’t like. The crucial thing about an idea is that it’s what we call non rival, its intellectual property. iPhone property, real property if you use, take my iPhone, I can’t use it anymore. If you take my wonderful recipe for spaghetti alla Puttanesca I can still use it. It doesn’t hurt me at all for you as you use it. Now, why are we all upset about intellectual property? Intellectual property, Once created, should be used by everybody immediately and then we’re all more productively. Why are we so upset about intellectual property? Well, you do need the incentive to create it. But you only need the incentive to create it. It’s it’s tricky that way. Universities you know, my business is creating intellectual property and giving it away for free. That is the good thing. Now that leads you to say, well, we should subsidise research. We should subsidise new ideas. No, no, no, don’t jump to that fact many of my growth theory economist jumped to you know, subsidised research. That’s the answer to producing new ideas. The problem is and let me tell you for sure because I work in a university. It is very easy to subsidise terrible ideas. You know in In the past, there used to be theology departments, whatever, I don’t know what you think religiously, but that doesn’t improve productivity. Now, it’s called departments of intersectional studies, which is the same thing. But it does not lead to productivity gains is what what matters with us whether you want, it is easy to fill academic journals with BS. So we need ideas. And for us, we need new ideas and better ideas. It’s much easier for China, India and Africa, because the ideas are there, they just need to copy. The only reason, the only reason India is not as productive as the US is they don’t do things the way the US does. Their technology, their productivity is not as high, which is a whole bunch of things, education, legal system, management, all the rest of it, but they don’t have to invent anything new. They just have to copy ideas, and it’s not going to hurt us, for them them to copy them. Ideas need to be embodied. So ideas, not just ideas, lots of inventions that are that they need to be embodied, usually a new products, new businesses, new ways of doing things. So they need incentives. And that is, I don’t really call it free market economy, economics, I call it incentive economics. That is the one thing we have to offer. Nobody else pays attention to incentives. Our job is to pay you need the incentives to take those ideas and implement them in new products, new businesses, and every step is hard. We think of growth as 2%. For years just gonna happen. No, every one of those 2% is is is is hard work to do things a little better, and to upset the established order. The problem is, every step is disruptive. So think about Uber and taxis. Easy example, Uber comes in, obviously better, right? We get cheaper rides, cars get used, people get employment opportunities, part time work, and who hates it? The taxi companies. Now I don’t know what happened here. But what happened in the US is just an unholy mess. The taxi companies had been protected forever. They, they they don’t like it. Nobody, don’t count on businesses to be for free markets, businesses hate free markets. Businesses want protection from competition and an easy life. And that’s the problem. This process of productivity enhancement has to be embodied in new businesses that disrupt the existing order. So all of regulation is designed to stop growth. Think of economic regulation, what does economic regulation do? By and large, it says I protect you from competition from him in order to keep the existing way of things going. A lot of it is about transfers, I’m going to take money from you and give to him but we’re going to do it very inefficiently by making you charge by forcing you to charge a higher prices. This regulation is designed to stop growth, not to get it going to preserve jobs, businesses always of doing things. Why? Because we live in democracies. Democracies are responsive to the needs of their citizens. And when the citizens come come screaming to stop competition and preserve my way of life. Democracies give them what they want good and hard as HL Mencken used to say, My ancestor I have an ancestor who came from Germany to the US and he came to the US. They hated Germans at the time, he went to New York, didn’t speak English. He wrote back come to America, the streets are paved with gold. Why? They were in a business they they made furniture and they wanted to move into pianos. But the guilds in Germany didn’t like this. There’s no damn guilds here stopping us from doing what we want to do. That’s what it needs. So why how do we how do we get around that? Well, we have property rights. We have rule of law, the institutions that protect our ability to innovate and and to and to cause problems for the existing people. So why are we stagnating? In my view, the answer is simple. We got people we got ideas, we’ve got entrepreneurial spirit, we have abundant investment capital, we just can’t get the permits. Now my notes say US regulatory nightmare insert horror stories. And you can we have all heard horror stories of regulation gumming up the works of doing things. Good ideas include public institutions. Now I’m I’m a good libertarian with lots of adjectives in front and one is a rule of law in libertarian. Property lights a rule of law and efficient legal system, that the the prep protections against depredation against the ability of your neighbours to go and demand competition that’s really important. And we see that good institutions are one of the most important things to get into growth, that’s why. So how can we get going growth again? Well, let’s we gotta fix the all the sand in the gears that’s getting in the wing. Can this help? There is a strain of thought and economics that says we have just run out of ideas. That’s the end of that, you know, growth is bound to end. I don’t think that’s true. But let’s let’s fix what we can, we can look and see lots of sand in the gears and we can certainly improve the level and, and I think we can do an enormous amount. When you look across countries, the GDP per capita from the Central African Republic, which is about 200, to India, 2000, China, about 20,000. UK about 40,000 US 60,000. There’s a very strong correlation between our incomes and ease of doing business index rule of law index, those kinds of institutional indices, so we know what’s good. What’s amazing is is how big the effect is, from 200 to 60,000, is really just institutions that my favourite is the my colleague, Chad Jones has a textbook on growth theory. And the cover is is a picture of Korea from a satellite, North Korea dark South Korea light. Now, now the good Lord has given us a controlled experiment, I’m sorry for the people of North Korea, but you want same background, same culture, same language, same everything. In fact, North Korea was the wealthier part in before the for the war, you want a controlled experiment on what government can do, it’s just amazing that it can do so much damage. But But there it is, for you, well, continue that regression line, the ease of doing business index puts the US at 82, 100 is possible. 100 just means the best observable everywhere, as I run that regression line out that puts the US 400% higher than it is today. Well, that seems possible that that is I think, a struggle. So how do we do? Erm fixed regulation sounds, you know, like pie in the sky. And the bulk of what I have to offer is, you know, concrete ideas of how we do it. The problem is, here’s there’s a political problem, stimulus is so attractive, stimulus is, ah, I the great politician will give you money and this will float all around, say yay give me, write me a check. Fixing things is a reform effort. And every market is screwed up in its own way with a bunch of vested interests, I call it what we need is the Marie Kondo approach to our public life. You can’t just stimulus, you can’t just go down and buy a lot of containers. You got to fix the sock drawer, and then the underwear drawer and my god the garage is waiting for us the tax code?.Well, that’s the way it is, you know, you have to know where you’re going and and, and start that reform effort. So I want to give you some examples. You’re not going to get in the next 10 minutes programme for everything, but it is the Marie Kondo approach. How can we get out though of the debate, you can see there’s sort of stuck. And I, what I’ve been thinking about mostly is I don’t want to call it out of the box, because that’s so trite, but a way beyond sort of the standard left right dilemma. And I think that’s right, I think there is an answer to air, to most of our problems, that is not just one or the other side more of this. What do you have to do first? Many regulations actually have some reason to them. So understand why, but then do a better job of what they’re doing. One important exercise is what’s the question? As you look at policies, most are answers in search of a question. My favourite being like tax the rich, it’s always tax the rich, but why keeps changing over the time? Well, let’s get the question. And then we can find a better answer. Regulation, regulation is not more versus less. Regulation is better, worse versus worse, well crafted versus not well crafted, full of unintended consequences and bad incentives or not. The the game is to fix, not just more or less, that’s harder. Another important principle, think of the overall incentives, the overall system, not just parts in isolation. And above all, think about the incentives. No one else is thinking about the incentives. It’s politics is just about taking from you giving to him. Nobody’s thinking about the incentives. If you think about the incentives, you’re away from the political wrangling about about who gets what. So for example, let’s think about let me start with an easy one, taxes. What should we do about taxes? Well, what’s the question? If the question is raise revenue for the government with minimal damage to the economy? I said the question once you say the question, the answer is very simple. That the answer to that question is eliminate income taxes, corporate taxes, state taxes, taxes on rates of return, basically just a flat sales tax on absolutely everything. That raises the most revenue for the government with with least cost and and now the objection what’s what’s wrong with that? First objection is, wait a minute, that’s gonna be like a 50% tax rate. Yeah. If GDP if if The government spending 50% of GDP, the tax rate average tax rate is going to be 50%. And if you don’t like that, you need to spend less. The it’s the same tax rate now it’s just raised in a different way. What we do now is we, we put it in lots of different places, so people don’t know. But the idea is simple. What about inequality? Well, number one, get the rich at the Porsche dealer. If you have a flat sales tax, you’re gonna get them you’re just gonna get them at the Porsche dealer, not when when they make the money, and it’s vastly simple. But what about inequality? Oh, you mean that wasn’t the question? The problem with our tax code is it’s trying to do and this is the US, by the way, I should say, I don’t know anything about Australia, and I hate Americans who wander around the world telling other people what they should do. So but I’m gonna seem parochial as a result, because all my stories about America, we’re trying to do 15 things. We’re trying to raise revenue, we’re trying to transfer income, we’re trying to subsidise all sorts of stuff, like my neighbour in Palo Alto lives in a $5 million house got 7500 bucks from the government for his new Tesla. That’s nice. We’re trying to and we’re trying to subsidise all sorts of things off budget without actually, you know, we’re taxing and spending without taxing spending? Well, you’re trying to do too many things. No wonder you get a mess. Let’s separate these. So the way I’d like to do it is let’s put all of that stuff on budget as expenditures. The flat taxes said, Oh, it’s not progressive. But what is the taxes don’t matter. What matters is the whole system. If we raise money efficiently with a flat tax, and then spend checks to whoever you want to spend, the whole system can be as progressive as you want. And as progressive as the voters will like, or as less progressive as you want. But it doesn’t matter. There’s this focus on each one individually, no, look at the whole system. And that can be as progressive as you want. And that you know, but if you put it on budget, then it’s up to the voters. I’m gonna follow principle, I got nothing to say about transfers, all I got to say about is incentives. And I want the lowest possible marginal rates, with the highest possible revenue for the government, that fixes the incentives, how high those rates are? up to you how much you want to spend, how much gets transferred up to the voters? how much they’re happy to do. Let me talk about social programmes. We are in the US at least, we’re running 5 to 7% of GDP structural deficits. And here come the retirement of the baby boomers. That’s our that’s our debt problem. Well, here’s a classic of left versus right. Right, oh, we gotta cut social programmes, we’re gonna go bankrupt. Left, you heartless whatever, you’re gonna throw grandma from the back of the train, how can you do that? How can we break out of this one? Let’s look at incentives. What’s the real problem with American social programmes. The real problem is not how much money we spend. The real problem is the disastrous incentives and it’s incentives that the programmes all put together. You take the average American between zero and $60,000. They if they earn an extra dollar in legal income, they lose $1 of benefits. And that’s on average, there’s many cliffs where you earn $1 And you lose all your health insurance. Make sure not to earn that extra dollar. If you have, if you have affordable housing with an income limit, earn an extra dollar, you lose your house, people are very smart, they respond to incentives. The other problem we have is that low income Americans basically don’t work. The labour force participation is just catastrophically low. Well, duh, why don’t they work? Because if they earn extra, do you want to cheer after me? If you earn an extra dollar, you lose $1 of benefits. So why don’t we work on fixing the disincentives of social programmes? What will happen then, what will happen is more people work, so they won’t need so much social programmes just save money, you’ll help people who actually need help much more effectively. And you reduce the cycle of poverty and dysfunction in a lot of our neighbourhoods. How can we do that? Well, one of the most important ways is that the problem comes from all programmes together. It’s the the food stamps you it’s only like a 50% implicit tax rate. But if you add the food stamps, the Social Security, the low the earned income tax credit, the the low income bus pass, that actually exists, I mean, all the things that are income limited, you put those together, so why don’t we put those all together instead of having 15, 150 actually different different programmes, remove the cliffs. One of the most crazy things in the US if you get another dollar of income, we lower your benefits. If you go get out and get another programme that gives you another dollar of transfers. We don’t lower your benefits. Well we can fix these things. Control the disincentives. Banking, oh boy. banking regulations. This is a classic one of disincentives. And there’s we have we’re in we’ve just done this again. We’re in this cycle of, the crisis comes, bail everybody out, promised to fix it. It doesn’t work. Great. Run comes again, bail everybody out. Again, this is a ne.., this is an important one because there’s remember the little old lady who swallowed the fly, just swallowed the spider to catch the fly and so on and so forth. This is when you think about how things got bad is not just dumb people. It’s smart people patching up a dumb system. And that’s what happened a run happens. What do you do? You got to bail out the creditors to stop the runs. Now you have moral hazard. A bailout deposit insurance is like giving your uncle Luigi your credit card on his way to Las Vegas. That’s what we economists call moral hazard. So we write rules, okay, no double down on 16. No spinning double black or whatever. Luigi figures out, I have an Italian family so I get to use this. Luigi figures out and goes to the craps table and next thing you know you got another crisis. We have the answer. It’s it’s a sensible thing. But now it’s it’s it’s falling apart we have the answer, which is was put in place 1992 but it requires tearing the whole system down and starting from scratch. And that’s the hard part, the answer, by the way is banks should get their money by issuing stock. And then deposits should just flow into flow into trade. It’s called narrow banking. It’s been around since the 1930s. There’s a lot of money people making money in the current system. Housing, you have a housing problem, we have a housing problem, let them build. And I’m only beginning, health, oh boy, healthcare. This one always causes me problems. But I got to tell you so healthcare in the US is one of the most dysfunctional things around. It’s actually possibly worse than socialised health care. Fully private health care can work. Now here and in 30 seconds, I’m not gonna give you the programme. But health is a complex personal service. It’s like lawyering, accounting, architecture, construction, aeroplane pilots, car repair. It’s a complex personal service, all of those we leave to the free market, there is no reason that healthcare can’t be left to the free market as well. And then a brutally competitive market can give us better service and lower prices. Oh my goodness, I haven’t even gotten to horrible publication, public education, labour laws, occupational licencing laws, immigration restrictions, regulatory barriers, lawsuits, prevailing wage, domestic content rolls, the sand in the productivity gears. What are we gonna do? Well, that’s it, those are all out there. But you can see the general principle can, can be used to fix all those if we want to, you know, free, free markets is still a vital way to fix today’s problems. And that’s just today’s economy. Well, you know, new ideas are also the the sand in the gears is there too. You know, there’s a possibility of factory built mini nuclear power plants. Why don’t we have those in the US? Because the Nuclear Regulatory Commission has not licenced a single new plant since 1975. AI, we live in a moment of a spectacular technological advance. It’s like Gutenberg. It’s potentially like like Gutenberg’s movable press. And immediately what do people want to do? Run to Washington to regulate it. And where’s this, it’s not just coming from fear the robots will take over. There’s a strong demand to regulate it because this is information. We are we’re living at the outbreak of the technical censor the censorship state, and boy, oh boy who has control over ChatGPT3, has control over politics, especially biology I see great advances in biology, better health, longevity, that what we’re learning about about the fundamentals of life is fantastic. But good luck getting FDA approval, or increasingly politicised research funding. So let me summarise here we can’t just bemoan, there’s a tendency among us free marketers to have a beer and just say, Oh, how dumb Why are their zoning zoning laws are so dumb, they’re stopping that. But if you understand where they came from, and what the disincentives are, I think you have a better chance of fixing you have to understand where they came from. That patchwork the old lady and the fly, how to how to ask the right questions, to get the answer. You have to examine the whole system, you have to examine the incentives. And you have to make your opponents state the question. And then often there’s a very simple answer. And then they go duh, that wasn’t the question I asked. It’s okay, now we’ll have a better conversation. There’s a way to do this. Economists are quite a bit at fault, my fellow economists. What you’re taught in economics school, is how to look at every problem, diagnose some failure of the hypothetical totally free market, and then advocate new rules that the benevolent omniscient planner will do to fix the problem. But we don’t live in a free market. When you see a problem. Look first, not at a hypothetical failure of some free market look for the regulation that caused the problem, as you can see with zoning and housing, it’s not a failure of the market, it’s regulatory. Now I have to close on a optimistic note. You know, people often tell me, Oh, if only we could get leaders who will listen, They all believe in democracy. How does this happen? Things things will get better when the average person understands how it works and votes for sensible policy. I know a lot of politicians, they, by and large, understand perfectly well how things work. And they understand they won’t get voted in office for it. So when the average person sees, you know, when the average person sees too high house prices, and says, Well, why don’t we let people build more houses, you’ll get politicians who understand that. So really, the way things work is there’s leaders, there’s the chattering classes around them, and there’s the vast amount of sensible voters around that. If you operate in the world of ideas, then the politics will follow. And that’s why institutions like this one exist, we exist to help the ideas that then will make their way into policy. The idea that you can just whisper into the into the great emperors ear, that’s not how a democracy works. And thank goodness, that’s the way our society works. Okay, thank you.

Gene Tunny  36:19

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  36:24

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  36:54

Now back to the show.

36:59

John, thank you. And now it’s time for our Q&A session with our friend and colleague leading proceedings, Gene Tunny is director of Adept Economics in Brisbane. And he’s the author of a recent CIS publication that I’d encourage you to read, Debunking Degrowth. Gene Tunny, over to you Gene.

Gene Tunny  37:17

Thanks, Tom. And thank you, John, for that excellent lecture. That was terrific. John, I’d like to start with this idea of the age of stagnation or the risk of stagnation. And it seems like you’re attributing that to government, I’d like to understand what evidence there is behind that. So we’ve, if you believe the people on the left, we’ve had an age of neoliberalism, we had the reforms of Thatcher and Reagan and in this country, we had Hawke and Keating and then Howard. And there’s an argument that we’ve deregulated too much. But you would push back on that, could you tell us a bit more about why you’re so confident, it’s it’s government regulation that is driving that slowdown?

John Cochrane  37:55

You got an alternative for me? I mean, just look out the window, and you know, try to run a business and and see how hard it is to get anything done. So Reagan and Thatcher were great, but they just scratched the surface. They sort of talked about deregulation, but you know, how many federal agencies did Reagan actually get rid of? You know? So there was a little bit of a pause. But the regulatory state just kept adding more and more. And I see it’s a larger issue, not just of the size of regulation, but the nature of it, our public institutions in the US are fraying. I actually am a free marketer, I look back with nostalgia at the era of regulation. And by which I mean, when our regulatory agencies had rules and cost benefit analysis and public comment and proper procedures. Now, it’s just an executive order and a Dear Colleague letter, you know, and so that that’s in many ways worse as an example. Also, it’s getting more and more politicised. I was shocked. So you may or may not know what’s going on. There was a case, Missouri v Biden that revealed what was happening the censorship of the internet during the COVID era, and went unremarked. The Biden administration was simply threatening businesses like Twitter, we’ll close you down. We’ll send the EEOC, the NLRB, the EPA, you know, this alphabet soup of agents, we’ll send them after you. But by saying that, you know, you see right there, it’s taken for granted. This isn’t rules. This isn’t law. This is just we arbitrary power to close things down. So I see the regulatory state getting bigger, the the legal system in the US, you know, you can’t get anything built because you’re gonna get years of environmental suits. And it’s part of sort of the scorched earth politics. That may not be the answer to the question you wanted, but that’s what I see.

Gene Tunny  39:45

No that’s okay, I just wanted to ask because the the alternative view is that there has been that slowdown in the rate of innovation that you mentioned the the Robert Gordon thesis of the rise and fall of American growth. I think it’s, yeah to me, it seems like a difficult thing to be able to prove one way or another,

John Cochrane  40:02

It is no, what you’re asking me is not just my view but what I think of those views. Yeah. So these views, we got to take this seriously. Gordon basically said, our growth was an SJ thing, it was a one time thing, we learned to use fossil fuels. And that’s over, just, you know, that the possibilities are over. And there is evidence, you know, it’s taking more and more in resource, find an invention. But in part, that’s always been the case. So there’s a great study of the steam engine, steam engines invented, it wasn’t, you know, 18, if you’ve been to the museum’s, it wasn’t like the final steam engines 100 years of making it better and better, and it gets harder and harder to harder to make it better. And we’re kind of running out of ways to make steam engines better. And then someone invents the diesel engine, and then someone invents the aeroplane. So I think we’ve been in a period of sort of, there was a new invention, we kind of work and all that, and you’re waiting for the next new thing to come, which I think is potentially biology or AI. So just wait. But who knows, you know that that’s a possibility. We but we also know, the regulatory state is causing tremendous problems. So you know, maybe we can only raise GDP by a factor of four, before we run in, run out of ideas, factor four will be pretty good. And to let India and Africa have our way, know how to do things the way that will be pretty good, too. And if 200 years from now, that’s where we plateau. Okay, we’re done.

Gene Tunny  41:20

What do you think the risks are with? With AI? I mean, there’s a lot of potential there with biotech is that is the risk that we’re going to be too timid, that we’re going to over regulate, because of the precautionary principle, for example, how do you see that? And what alternative would you offer? What, would you have a principle that you could apply for there?

John Cochrane  41:38

The last big thing on the internet was was, you know, social media sorts of things and Google, and then they’ve been kind of looking for what, I live in Silicon Valley, they’ve been looking for what to do for 10 years. And I talked, everybody wanted crypto for a while that was kind of going nowhere. Not that kind of hard. But the old tech companies have turned into regulatory regulated utilities with remarkable speed. And I worry that this, this is really a demand for the new stuff to do that I don’t, the idea of the robots will take over. They’ve been worrying about that since 1850. I think just technically, that’s silly is just complete sentences, it completes your sentences. Don’t worry about that taking over. I think the demand for regulation is the demand to control the flow of information that we get, and we’re worried about tech is there’s no monopoly that doesn’t get enforced by the government that lasts very long. People say tech’s a monopoly? Oh, yeah, Netscape, AOL, Yahoo, they got that one wrapped up, don’t they? And the same thing is happening to the big tech tech companies now. So the demand I think, really is the danger is the danger of the surveillance state. And, and so, you know, there’s you can see the political demand for regulation, and people like to keep their profits up. So that’s the demand for regulation. Not that the robots are gonna come get us.

Gene Tunny  42:57

Okay. I’d like to ask, again about, well about government. And you mentioned the, the Marie Kondo approach to fixing government and if I remember Marie Kondo correctly, it’s you pick up an item and if it doesn’t bring you joy, you toss it out. Are there parts of the government that don’t bring you joy, that you would toss out?

John Cochrane  43:16

I think the converse of that question is going to be harder or easier to answer. Yes. What what do I like about the government? I think the US is vastly underfunded the legal system, that it takes years to get to get something through the courts is just a shame. That’s part of public infrastructure. You know, where roads, bridges and efficient courts. So that’s why as much as I hate lawyers, and environmental suits and all the rest of it, nonetheless, that’s, you know, that’s a part of the work that we can have some public infrastructure there. Is there anything else that we actually like? What do we like in the government?

Gene Tunny  43:54

That’s okay.

John Cochrane  43:56

Sorry? Yeah, National Defence. That’s a big inefficiency that we put up with. Thank you. It is remarkable. I’m a good libertarian and free marketer, that the military is so efficient at what it does. I mean, it’s a big inefficient waste, but that it actually wins wars is pretty amazing. You know, given given the structure that they’re really amazing people.

Gene Tunny  44:17

Okay. John I’d like to ask about health care, for example, and you’re a proponent of free market, in health care. A lot of the other advanced economies or most of them would have large public health care systems. And the concern is that if you have the free market in health care, there’d be some people that would miss out, they’d be left behind, there’d be people who couldn’t afford it, people who wouldn’t be insured. How do you deal with that objection given, if you look at the US system, US life expectancy is significantly lower than other advanced economies. How would you cope with that objection? How do you, I know it’s difficult to unscramble from where we are and you do have regulation intervention already, but how would you deal with that, that objection?

John Cochrane  45:01

Yeah the US already has a public health system that’s just a remarkably inefficient one. So most of the population is on some sort of government thing, whether it’s Obamacare or federal employees, and the US, you know, in other countries they say, You’re we’re paying taxes, you’re gonna pay some taxes to pay for his health care. In the US, the government says, well, we don’t want to tax and spend instead you business are going to provide her health care, and is that any different than taxing and spending? But then we have this horrible system of cross subsidies, which is what kills the competition? You know what, so government doesn’t want to pay that much. So we say, well, you hospital, you have to provide free health care, and the hospital says fine where are we making up the difference? Well, we’ll let you overcharge everybody else. Okay, but now you can’t have any competition. That’s where the whole homeless comes from. Now, now the left behind issue. So US life expectancy is lower. That’s because we shoot each other. And we and we do a lot of bad drugs. But US life expectancy, if you have cancer, it’s a whole lot better than anywhere else in the world. So it’s horrendously expensive, but but not that bad. You know, the poor people have cars and houses and lots of things, they don’t get great health care, by the way, anywhere in the world. Everywhere in the world, rich people have ways of getting really good quality health care, and we sort of have a fig leaf that that everybody else is, is getting great stuff. So I don’t see that free market health care, because it’s going to be so much more competitive, so much more cost effective. I think it’s gonna serve poor people, poor people, you know, have money just like anybody else. They’ll they’ll buy health insurance and it’ll be cost effective. And, and I don’t mind subsidising it. So you want a subsidy, so we can have transfers, I said, do you know all the transfers you want? I just I’m gonna give you a voucher, you can have a voucher for 5000 bucks, 10,000 bucks here, I don’t care what it is. Go buy your health care on a brutally competitive insurance and healthcare market. You’re going to come great because you got a $10,000 voucher.

Gene Tunny  47:00

Okay, okay. Might be good to ask, go to the audience soon. ButI’ve got one more question…

John Cochrane  47:04

I’ll try to shorten up my answers. Stop asking such good questions.

Gene Tunny  47:08

No, I’ve got one more question about your fiscal theory the price level, which is, yeah John’s written this immense book. It’s fascinating. I’ve picked it up. But then I discovered I had to buy three more books to be able to, to interpret it. But it’s it is it’s, it’s it’s terrific…

John Cochrane  47:27

Get past the, past, just ignore the chapters of the equations and get to the fun stuff…

Gene Tunny  47:31

I’m getting through it. But John, how do you distinguish this from, say, the Milton Friedman view that inflation is always and everywhere a monetary phenomenon, you’ve got a fiscal theory of the price level. We look at what happened during the pandemic, when we had this massive monetary expansion in the Western world and in Australia and the United States, UK. And then we see the inflation following that. And we think, Well, this is what Milton Friedman was telling us. But you’ve got a theory of inflation that is different. You’re saying it’s to do with fiscal policy with government debt? What do you say about Friedman’s theory and how is yours different how does yours add to it or reject Friedman?

John Cochrane  48:08

That’s not a question that’s gonna get you a short answer. 600 page book in 30 seconds, here we come! The fiscal theory of the price level says that where does inflation come from fundamentally? It comes from more government debt than people think can be repaid by future taxes. Government debts and assets just like stocks and bonds. If you think the stock doesn’t have is not doesn’t have any dividends coming, what do you do you try to sell the stock the price goes down. If you hold government debt, and you think, you know, these guys are never gonna pay this off. What do you do? You try to get rid of the government debt? How do you do that? You try to buy stuff to try to sell the government debt, but we can’t all sell it. The only the you know, what is if we try to sell the government debt, we buy stuff, prices go up. That’s where inflation comes from. Now, what about Milton Friedman? I love Milton Friedman. Milton Friedman was 99% right. Wrong about one little thing. So Friedman, he said money causes inflation, not total government debt. Now, how do we agree and disagree? Suppose you take $5 trillion of money and hand it out from helicopters, as Milton said, that’s gonna cause inflation. I agree, because money is one form of government debt. And when you drop money from helicopters, you’re telling people here’s debt, we have no intention of paying this off with future taxes. So we agree that is, it’s an expansion of government debt is money that finances a deficit. But suppose the government drops $5 trillion of money from helicopters. And simultaneously the government burglars come and take $5 trillion of treasury bills out of your safe, you have no more wealth, you have lots more money, but we took away your treasury bills. Now monetarism would say that causes exactly the same inflation as just giving you the debt. And I say ah ah ah, what counts is overall amount of government liabilities and as proof, yes, in the pandemic, the government did drop a lot of money and debt on everyone and got inflation. It was financing huge deficits. That was a fiscal expansion. The government also did $5 trillion of giving you money and taking back debt. That was called quantitative easing. And what did that do? Nothing. So 5 trillion in quantitative easing designed to increase inflation, absolutely no effect whatsoever. 5 trillion of deficits, which could have been money could have been debt, 5 trillion deficits, we got inflation. That’s actually Episode One for the fiscal theory.

Gene Tunny  50:27

Okay. Thanks, John. That explains it better to me for sure.

John Cochrane  50:31

And Milton was great. Now many not that many episodes of money causing inflation, and they were almost all governments printing money to, to cover deficits. So we agree on all those episodes.

Gene Tunny  50:43

Very good. Okay, Tom, should we open up to the floor for questions? And question I’m going to enforce the questions must be questions rule. Gigi Foster?

John Cochrane  50:54

I welcome speeches. Short speeches.

Gigi Foster  50:56

I’m Gigi Foster. I’m a professor of economics at UNSW, one of our local universities. And thank you so much for your lovely talk, which I will be trying to get somehow for my students, hopefully CIS will make that possible. So I really agree with you know, 99%, of what you said. But towards the end, I thought maybe your optimism about being able to fix this through democratic processes may be a little bit overstated. And my worry is that what we have now is this sclerotic mess in not just in government, but in organisations as well, including universities. And it is sustained by poor incentives on the part of the people in the state and the bureaucracies that are not accountable, and the politicians themselves who are career incentives. And what we face is a situation similar to what Kafka saw, similar to what we had in the USSR before it fell. And we know that how those bureaucracies end is they they either have wars that defeat them, or they come crashing down under the weight of their own inefficiency. And right now, our democratic mechanisms are not very strong. A few elections, sometimes, to me, it’s just not a strong enough force. So I’ve been advocating for a lot of direct democratic revival in the resistance and restoration movement here in Australia. And I wanted to know what you thought about the need for that. And if we don’t think it’s necessary, how is this going to come to pass?

John Cochrane  52:08

In the past, democracies, especially actually, small countries, who seem better able to do it than the US are capable of reform. Even the US we’ve had a social security reform, we had a tax reform there, you know, historically, we’ve been able to fix things. I worry as you do, that the institutions are fraying that we are we are in the US having, the government is so powerful, that it’s worth scorched earth tactics, to destroy the institutions to grab power for the next round, because then you get control of the Justice Department, the surveillance state, the taxes and all the rest of it. There is a limited government allows you to lose elections and go lick your wounds and try again. So and I, I’ll be a little political here. I think our big, one of our biggest challenges is we face a political religious movement on the far progressive left, that is understood the march through the institutions. It’s a small fraction of popular opinion, but they know they grabbed the educational institutions, they grabbed the bureaucracies they grabbed the philanthropies, they have the universities, they have the institutions of civil society in their grasp. And they are profoundly undemocratic. They they are, they call themselves save our democracy, but they are Maoist in their in their policies and that and with the fraying of institutions, and the rise of a technical surveillance state, that, you know, that is a genuine threat to democracy and growth. So I was trying to close optimistically, I’m making your point. I am, you know, very worried about that, and our freedom to have events like this.

Gene Tunny  53:47

Righto, Peter Tulip, at the back and then over here… Thank you, Chief Economist at CIS, yes.

Peter Tulip  53:54

Thank you. I’d like to ask about you’re talking about avoiding the left right division, that a lot of the regulations you want to get rid of have a strong constituency within the economics profession. But that’s not true of all of them. There are some views and in particular, free trade, or housing policy, you mentioned where left wing economists, like Jason Furman or Paul Krugman, have almost exactly the same agenda, as you do. But the general public is on a different planet. And part of that is that the public just doesn’t trust market forces. I was wondering if you have views, how do we prosecute those other issues where economists across the spectrum agree, and we’re against the general public?

John Cochrane  54:43

Boy, that’s a hard one, by the way, Econ profession is in many cases very interested also. You know, how do you get consult like health economists, you know, they live to consult for the for the big health either, they’re not gonna say free market. They live to provide advice and benevolent dictators, they tend to be pro regulation as well. How do we get, boy, basic education on basic things that support the institute? I get to think about that one and come back after another question, but because those are fairly straightforward, and of course, the far left doesn’t believe in the far right doesn’t either. You know, Trump has 25% tariffs on everybody. In fact, I was so disappointed in California. There’s a there’s now a yimby movement where progressive lefties they’re saying, You know what, I get it. The only way to bring down housing prices is let people build housing and market rate housing, not just government subsidised housing. And instantly the Republican Party said, no, no, no, no, we must have zoning control and local local. Don’t Don’t count on the right to be free market either.

Gene Tunny  55:56

Over here, and then we’ll go over here. Yes, if you could just…

Michael Potter 55:59

Yes, Michael Potter. So I just wanted to ask about you mentioned I think a when you were talking about health care that the US system is actually worse than a socialised system was just wondering if you could expand or develop on that idea. Why is the system which is sort of partly free market and partly regulated or socialised, why is that actually worse than a fully socialised system?

John Cochrane  56:23

Well in part I was making a joke. But you know, what, there’s a couple of original sins in US healthcare, and one of them is this idea that we’re going to do, we’re not going to tax and spend, we’re going to do it by forced cross subsidies. Because if you tax and spend, you can still have a competitive system. When you do it by forced cross subsidies, you you have to stop competition, and then just the price just explodes. So, you know, we have better health care than most places, but we pay we have twice as good health care at five times the price. And actually, you know, there is this issue, what do you do about poor people? And I said, vouchers is one way to do it another way is, let’s just, if you want it, you know, deal with the homeless people shouldn’t die in the gutter, why don’t we pass some taxes and give them whatever health care you think is a compassionate society deserves the least fortunate. And then the rest of us can be left to the mercies of the free market. And one of the crazy things is that my health care insurance has to be so screwed up, just because to provide health care to the bottom 5% of the homeless person in the gutter, that’s silly. You know, we, we need, you know, I can still go to a private hotel. And we don’t, you know, we don’t we don’t try to socialise that in order to solve the homeless problem. So there is, you know, I assume a government provided system all one in is pretty horrendously inefficient. But a system a crony capitalist system can be as efficient as a, as a well run, government provided system. And I’ll say it I would be for taxing and spending, you know, one way to, you know, tax and provide a a community hospital for the poor, and then we get the free market.

Gene Tunny  58:07

Okay, with some questions over here. And then we’ll go to you, we’ll go to this gentleman. Thank you. Thank you. Thanks.

David Tregenza 58:14

Hello, my name is David Tregenza. I was just wondering, when you talked about development economics. I’ve read arguments from maybe more progressive that the reason America has such all those ideas booming is from their large spend on military, which then leaks to entrepreneurs. And that’s where computers, internet, rockets, satellites, and all that come from? What do you say to that?

John Cochrane  58:38

Well like, China seems pretty good at taking our military ideas and implementing them. You know, those ideas are available for anyone. Now, to what extent was, you know, to what extent the idea is that the most efficient way to produce new ideas, you know, Apollo programme was 1% of GDP, we got Tang and Teflon, you know, maybe we could have gotten that cheaper from from other ways. So some of the basic ideas did come from the military. But the hard work is not the basic idea. The hard work is the implementing it and starting the new company, you know, famously, Xerox, created the mouse and didn’t know what to do with it. Steve Jobs saw the mouse and boom, that, you know, he knew what to do with it. So I’m not sure that we have a dearth of basic ideas. We have as the dearth of is the ability to take new ideas and implement them in new companies, which then challenge the profits and ways of doing things of the old companies.

Gene Tunny  59:36

Nicholas Moore is it? Has the microphone.

Nicholas Moore 59:37

Thanks, thanks for the presentation. It’s been terrific. I’m, of course a subscriber to to, as you say, 99% of these views, using a natural experiment US versus the UK I think is a good test. But I always used to get confused when I looked at France and the UK because the French obviously wouldn’t embrace the sort of ideas we’re talking about, whereas the UK, typically would have, and again, looking at the US, you know, the contrast between California who arguably embrace all the wrong ideas. And when we talk about AI, you know, Where’s that coming from? So, so there does, you know, the natural experiments throw up a bit of challenge don’t they in terms of where GDP per capita ends up where ideas come from?

John Cochrane  1:00:23

I don’t know are France, France and the UK that different in terms of overall level of so…

Nicholas Moore 1:00:28

That’s a point so their GDP is per capita is the same, one’s more open and one’s more closed

John Cochrane 1:00:33

France spends 55% of GDP the UK spends 50% of GDP on on government stuff. There’s sort of this de industrialised, the UK is a financial centre and then tourist de industrialised wasteland, France has a certain efficient technocracy. So they they may be socialist, but they kind of they send people to the Ecole Polytechnique, and then they build nuclear power plants and we don’t kind of let you I don’t know what it’s like in the US. There’s kind of anything we want to build in the US there’s just this chaos of regulatory nightmare. And, you know, can you get stuff built in the in the UK the way it can, you know, you get the technocrats in France to build something they build something you know, they can build a high speed train, the US can’t build a high speed train. SNC, I don’t know if I told this story SNCF bailed out of the contract to build the California High Speed Trains. They said you guys are crazy. Not even socialist France works like this. I don’t see a great. I wish the UK had taken Brexit and become Singapore on Thames. But they don’t seem heading that direction.

Gene Tunny  1:01:44

Very good. Michael Brennan is it Michael?

Michael Brennan 1:01:46

Thanks yeah, Michael Brennan, used to be the chair of the Productivity Commission in Australia up until a couple of weeks ago, I wanted to ask about the economics profession, and where you see the role that it has played. I mean, I hate to indulge in nostalgia, but it does feel as though in your country and ours the economics profession had and played a much stronger role in the economic policy debate but had a much stronger feel for markets, institutions, the broad sweep. We feel it feels to me as though a lot of economists have gone down different rabbit holes, either very abstract, or ultra empirical, but involved in very narrow questions rather than the sorts of big questions that that you’re posing and answering.

John Cochrane  1:02:31

You know, to the extent that economists want to waste their time on technical stuff, they’re not harming anybody. So enjoy it. The economics profession has actually always been quite left wing and statist and, and serve and view their job as sort of advancing progressive goals. The American Economic Association was was founded that way, there’s kind of a, you’re thinking Milton Friedman, University of Chicago, but that was a very small number of people for a very short window of time. And now mostly, they’re in their advancing progressive agendas. You know, you can’t even you can’t publish a paper that says raising raising minimum wages, lowers employment anymore, so it’s kind of going a way of the other sciences as well. So we’re really the danger I see is that it is becoming part of the ideology production machine for the progressive narrative, and becoming less open to critical empirical work that challenges that that narrative, and you know, well, when you work for the government’s guess what you tend to say that the government’s good things?

Gene Tunny  1:03:36

Okay. There’s one question over here.

David Murray 1:03:39

Yeah. David Murray. How do you help people understand these concepts of corporate social responsibility and social licence?

John Cochrane  1:03:47

Do I want them to understand those concepts? With Friedman, your job is to to make profits for your shareholders. Unfortunately, right now, the way you make profits for your shareholders is to keep the regulator’s out of your hair. And the way you do that is to echo whatever political blather is in the regulator’s minds these days. So never count on big businesses to challenge the regulatory state or argue for free markets. They’re in business to get good regulatory treatment, and maybe you can protect us from your markets, and that means they go along with whatever nonsense is coming out of Washington.

Gene Tunny  1:04:21

Okay John, I might ask one more question. I’ve had a gentleman on my podcast who produces these things called Goldbacks. So there, there are a lot of people maybe, still, maybe, I don’t know, it’s under 10% of the population. But there are a significant number of people who are worried about the future of the US and the future of the global economy. And, you know, worry about fiat money. Is fiat money a problem? Do we need to go back to something like a gold standard or goldback currency? What’s your view on that before we wrap up?

John Cochrane  1:04:51

Fiat money is now a share in federal government. It is not, fiat money means money that’s backed by nothing but our money is backed our money is backed by the willingness of our government to raise taxes to soak up the money if necessary, I’m giving you fiscal theory the price level. So it’s a great system, so long as our governments maintain the fiscal space to always back their money with taxpayer, that’s a good system, so long as governments are fiscally solvent, I think the danger of the of the current, not fiat money, so the current system of money backed by the present value of fiscal surpluses is that it might not be backed anymore. And that therefore I do see a possibility of a of a sovereign, a grand sovereign debt crisis. When do you get a crisis? Nobody ever sees a crisis coming, right? Because if you knew the crisis was going to happen tomorrow, then it would have already happened today, you’d run and get your money out. What is the one cl.., and crises always happen when there’s money that can’t be paid back, shady accounting and nobody doubts that this is good stuff yet. Have I just described government debt? So I think, you know, in the next crisis, there is a possibility that our, we reveal our governments to have debts that they have no way of repaying and you could have a global inflation a default on you know, Italy, in some of the EU states, basically, a run on sovereign debt is possible. I don’t, we’re not there yet. But that’s kind of where the end of Western civilization goes. And then you got a problem because our monetary system is all built on the idea that government debt is sacrosanct. Now really any idea of history and you think government debt is the safest assets since the since the Henry the Henry the Third, I think defaulted on the Petruzzi government debt has been the riskiest asset around. And so we live in this kind of golden age. So to your question. I think if that happens, not, I mean, we’re in smoking financial ruins, but you might want some monetary system that doesn’t depend on the value of the government. And, you know, we all have our free market fantasies about that’s the one one place I’ve kind of stuck with the government we have a decent system of short term government debt is long, you know, it works okay. In free market fantasyland. And, you know, after we’ve had our third drink, we should talk about private monetary systems for the moment I kind of put it in, you know, airline pilots. Yeah, pilot licences should be privatised. Okay. Maybe that’s not the first thing we want to do. It’s kind of thing you talk about at the third rank of the Cato. So the same thing? Now gold is not the answer. So a gold standard is a government promise to deliver gold. So you haven’t gotten rid of the government. And a gold standard is a fiscal commitment. No government’s ever had enough gold to back their currency. So what is the gold standard, a gold standard, the government says I promised all these notes. One for one with gold, I know that the gold so what keeps that afloat? What keeps that afloat is the Government’s commitment, that if you start coming to ask for gold, I will raise taxes, and I or enough to get or borrow the gold to give you it’s a commitment to running the fiscal theory the price level. And it’s a bad one because the relative price of gold and other stuff fluctuates, it just would not work in a modern economy, because we don’t use gold coins. So So gold isn’t the answer. And gold doesn’t obviate the problem of if the government’s are bankrupt, they’re not going to be able to give you a gold standard. Is there something in the Bitcoin space that could maybe do it? We need to Yeah, I believe money has to be backed. So you need to find a security that’s backed by real assets that has a steady real value that there’s a lot of it, and that in and that people could use, we could devise such a system but you know, why don’t we just have our governments not default and have to build this from the smoking ruins anyway.

Gene Tunny  1:08:46

Very good Professor John Cochrane. Terrific, thank you. John’s gonna move a vote of thanks. Very good.

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

56:06

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Uncovering the Secrets of Valuing and Selling Businesses w/ Arthur Petropoulos, Hill View Partners – EP211

Show host Gene Tunny is joined by Arthur Petropoulos, founder and managing partner of Hill View Partners, a company specializing in mergers and acquisitions, business sales, and capital advisory services for middle market companies. They discuss how Arthur finds, values, and sells businesses, as well as the wider economic impacts of his work and the role of private equity. They also explore whether we should be concerned about modern-day Gordon Gekkos and how the business landscape has changed since the 1980s. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple Podcasts and Spotify.

YouTube clips

What’s covered in EP211

  • Business sales and capital raising with Hillview Partners. (1:22)
  • Business brokering process and outreach strategies. (5:18)
  • Business valuation and acquisition strategies. (8:10)
  • Buyers and sellers in mergers and acquisitions. (14:47)
  • Business sale process and foreign investment constraints. (17:34)
  • Selling a business, focusing on narrative and information sharing. (24:18)
  • Private company sales and legal risks. (28:00)
  • The role of capital markets in the economy. (38:05)
  • Private equity’s role in the economy, including pros and cons. (44:10)

Links relevant to the conversation

About this episode’s guest Arthur Petropoulos:

https://hillviewps.com/leadership/

Arthur’s YouTube channel:

https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCZu4Nl6i5IseEJBqp1IPd3g

Hill View Partners social media:

https://www.linkedin.com/company/hillviewpartners/

Transcript: Uncovering the Secrets of Valuing and Selling Businesses w/ Arthur Petropoulos, Hill View Partners – EP211

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It was then looked over by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, just in case the otters missed anything whilst they were munching on fish. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:01

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning in to the show. I’m delighted to be joined this episode by Arthur Petropoulos, Founder and Managing Partner of Hill View Partners, which specialises in mergers and acquisitions, business sales and capital advisory services for middle market companies. We talk about how Arthur finds businesses to sell, how he values them and how he sells them. We also talk about the wider economic impacts of the work he does and the role of private equity. Should we be concerned about modern day Gordon Gekkos or were the 1980s different from today? Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Arthur Petropoulos.

Arthur Petropoulos from Hill View Partners, thanks for coming onto the show.

Arthur Petropoulos  01:22

Good to be here. Gene. I appreciate it. I like, contents great, listened to a bunch of it and happy to add to the archives.

Gene Tunny  01:30

Excellent Arthur, what I’m looking forward to is learning a bit more about what you do and in Hill View Partners and the broader community that you’re part of the broader industry. One of one of my favourite podcasts is David Bahnsen’s Capital Record. And David’s someone who’s always talking about the strength of American capital markets, and just what that contributes to the economy. So yeah, I’d be keen to explore that with you. To start off with, could you tell us a bit about what you do at Hill View Partners please?

Arthur Petropoulos  02:06

Sure. So fundamentally, our company helps companies do two things. We advise and assist companies in the sale of their business and we do the same for companies that are seeking to secure capital. So you can think of it investment banking business brokerage intermediary, but the simplest way to explain it is when you think of a real estate broker, or help people sell real estate, we do the same thing, but with businesses, and we’re helping people find capital for those businesses. And it’s a real area of specialisation and focus, privately held companies generating one to 10 million in pre tax profit, typically owned by families, entrepreneurs, small groups of investors. So in the broad scale of the economy, it’s kind of that line between the lower middle market and middle market, that’s our area of specialisation. And really where we focus.

Gene Tunny  02:53

Right and what sort of businesses would they be? I’m just trying to think I mean you’d have some professional services businesses, do you have bakeries or…

Arthur Petropoulos  03:02

So if you think of kind of the, and the reason why we started the business and folks in this space is I spent about 10 years in New York, doing this both on the investment banking side of helping companies as well as the private equity side of buying companies. And what we found is there’s this doughnut hole of sorts, where very large companies kind of work with the Wall Street investment banks, and then very small companies work with the local business brokers. But there’s a huge swath of stuff in between. So you might have a software company that it’s kind of it has a very specialised niche that generates a million or $2 million in profit a year. I think everybody thinks of software’s giant companies are just growth growth. There’s plenty of kind of very niche software’s dashboard, task force management, pricing tools for particular industries, whether it’s construction or satellite dish installation, it could be anything, right. And those companies are a lot of what we do a b2b and b2c services. So you could think of window cleaning companies we’ve sold or gutter cleaning or roofing companies or, you know, irrigation, those are broad Real Estate Services, then there’s just general kind of like specialty manufacturing or distribution companies. So we sold a company that sold cleanroom supplies into pharmaceutical companies. There’s another company that manufactured component parts that went into aeroplanes. And so what I will say the consistent theme for companies we represent so we really, we’re agnostic of industry, so so long as it fits the profitability criteria as well as kind of the complexion of ownership. But what you find after iterations and iterations is that companies in the size that we represent, are not competing on the cost of capital. They do not provide commodity products, and so whatever it’s b2b or b2c services products offering, where we’ll be is there will be something specialised about it, there’ll be something niche something proprietary, there’ll be something they do better than anybody whether they have just better economics, whether they have access to certain markets or customers, or whether they just have a capability or an aptitude that’s unique. There’s usually something so that’s, you know, that’s part of the fun. And part of the exercise is as we’re talking to new people, figuring out what kind of that secret element is to their, to their respective business.

Gene Tunny  05:18

Right? Can I ask you, how does it, how does it work? I mean, so say you’re in business broking. And you’re selling some of these businesses, you’re trying to get the best price for the the seller, and then you get obviously commission, I don’t need to know, you know, that’s probably proprietary and confidential, but I’m interested in, like, do they pick up the phone? Or do you go actively looking for these businesses? You’re in Rhode Island, are you driving around Providence, and you go up to New York City? I mean, how do you how do you do it?

Arthur Petropoulos  05:51

No, so I mean, look, we endeavoured to make this business a national and international business from the get go, because I think historically, it has been a hyper regional business where you have, you know, three guys sitting at the back of a bar, you know, drinking with the guy who owns a local lumberyard, right, or whatever the business may be. And I think as things have evolved, where middle market businesses have, now they’re doing much more national and international work, we find that there, it’s really about just having the dialogue with people and really understanding the objectives and facilitating the process. And so we work with companies all over the states, as well as international to a lesser degree, but Western, Eastern Europe, Southern Asia, then a small amount of Middle East, but it’s really about finding the business that meets kind of the size, ownership complexion, I think season and in the business lifecycle where they’re looking to accomplish one of these goals. But it’s a because it’s not, it’s not a hyperlocal business. Because there’s you can’t just drive up and down a main street or high street and find a lot of these things. They’re kind of, there’s more of them than you think in some places. And there’s less than you think in other places, right? It’s a it’s a quirky business, because you might not realise but there’s a large like, you know, pillow manufacturer down the street from you, or a software company that’s in just this nondescript building that does this thing. And so, our outreach, we do some direct outreach, whether it’s email, whether we’re chatting on LinkedIn, with people, we put out content that on LinkedIn, as well as YouTube, we have two videos going out every week, kind of just explaining different categories, we get a lot of inbound conversations from that. And then I think some of the best relationships and conversations you have are from other happy customers. And so every time a deal closes, and our client’s very happy, they do tell their friends and say, Hey, we know a firm that did a real good job for us and that and engenders some goodwill. So, you know, I think there’s this kind of direct outreach inbounds there’s some warm outreach from kind of relationships and referrals. And then there’s just kind of goodwill generated by I think, good results.

Gene Tunny  08:04

Good one, and in that process of the sale, like getting it ready for sale, are you, are you involved? Are you providing advice on business operations, governance, that sort of thing to try and improve the value of it at the sale?

Arthur Petropoulos  08:20

Yeah, I think there’s certain things that, that are malleable at that stage of the game. There’s other things where it’s a matter of characterization and kind of just understanding it and documenting because a lot of times the processes are there, the people are there. And it’s just a matter of kind of memorialising precisely what the different people do, how are they cross trained? What are their capabilities? What are the processes of the business relative to origination and sourcing of new business operations and the administration of the company as well as kind of the execution and fulfilment of the actual work? And so, most of these things are there. They just need to be crystallised as part of the narrative. And but look, there are time to time where as we’re having those dialogues, where there are things that, hey, you know, it would if this, we don’t want, we call kind of like single source reasons for failure, right? And so if there’s one employee that does this one very important thing, who else could do that if they couldn’t, right? Or if you’re getting certain raw goods from one particular source, what happens if you can’t get it from them? And so I do think it’s kind of parsing through each part of the business and trying to poke holes in it, that has a lot of good dialogue, because the more we can try to poke holes, the more we either get the answers as to why there’s a safeguard or, you know, it allows for the implementation and incorporation of a safeguard and mitigation means at that juncture.

Gene Tunny  09:46

And how would you know, if you’re getting a fair price, I mean, how do you know what sort of sort of price to to aim for there? Is it multiples of earnings or the how do you actually work that out? And also how do you do it across all these different industries you mentioned you’re industry agnostic. I mean, yeah, that you mean, you must have to get across a lot of new industries really quickly. How do you do that, Arthur?

Arthur Petropoulos  10:10

Sure. So by virtue of focusing, I think on the size of the profitability of the company, and by virtue of that it must be profitable. Capital tends to kind of work in different ecosystems. And what we find is that the delineation of ecosystems is much more predicated on the size of the company than necessarily the industry in terms of capital and in terms of acquirers, right. So you have, if it’s a not profitable business, but it’s growing fast, and it’s that venture capital world, or growth equity, right, that’s its own ecosystem, whereas private equity for the profitable companies that we work with, strategic acquirers in the middle market, that’s its own ecosystem. So it’s fascinating, but you’d be surprised at how many of the counterparties on the other side are looking kind of agnostic of industry as well. And more specific to size and complexion. And then kind of large private equity, and publicly traded companies have their own ecosystems as well. So we focus on our one ecosystem, which is important to do. And then but there is always kind of a specialised research that’s necessary for a particular industry, because there are quirks and idiosyncrasies with any industry as we’ve done, you know, 100 plus transactions as Hill View Partners, and I’ve done 100 plus transactions in my life before starting the company, you do learn kind of which, where to look and how to research different industries. And so it’s not so much that you need to know every industry, but you have to know what to look for in every particular industry. So as we kind of get into any particular new ones, and there’s not many that we have not been involved with, but we still take a fresh look towards it. You know, it’s a matter of finding who are the active parties, we have our own internal database, as well as some, we subscribe to external databases and Cap IQ, PitchBook Data, there’s a handful of them out there. And we do a lot of our own kind of proprietary research. I think the difference in largely what we do is, many intermediaries will just kind of gather all the information, puke it to the universe to 20,000 people and just wait for the phone ring. We are proactive, not reactive, we do a lot of research upfront. That way we’re pinpointing who to reach out to. And what that ultimately does, is A) it mitigates a lot of the kind of typical pain points. So shrinks the duration limits, distraction keeps the discretion generates better results. But also, it really fine tunes the conversation. So getting back to your question about multiples, that’s usually a good place to start, right? The fundamentals are the driver. So if we look at it, you’ll see like different stratas of size will usually have different multiple ranges. So a company that does a million dollars in EBITDA will generally trade at four to seven times EBITDA, a company that does 2 million will trade at five to seven, five to eight, maybe 3 million you probably see six to a four, 5 million, maybe you start getting towards nine, 5 million plus, can you get to 10 at 10 million, can you get to 12 times but there’s this multiples expansion. And candidly, I mean, that’s a lot of the private equity thesis, right is if you buy 10 $1 million companies for $6,000,000. Six times multiple for a million dollars of EBITDA for each acquisition, once you have 10 of those together, it’s worth 10 to 12 times EBITDA right? So that’s how you spend 60 and it’s worth 120. But our logic, our research is finding what the comps are, looking where it kind of falls in the strata. But then also, by doing research about finding where our client is the missing puzzle piece for someone’s bought a puzzle, right? So yes, well, you know, if we sold a company that made a certain type of widget, that mega widget company just doesn’t have this one thing to sell, right? We want to talk about that as a buy versus build opportunity for them. So yes, you have the fundamentals but the two other reasons why companies are bought are A) access to certain end markets, but B) proprietary capabilities. And so if it’s something special about what the company does, or if it has very unique access, then we can pivot the conversation to say, Well look, yes, you may think that there’s $1 million EBITDA company’s worth $6 million. However, it would cost you $15 million to start this company from scratch, to build, to take time the resources to allocate to try to build this. So maybe you can buy it for split the difference, right? And so what we say is we wanted to the fundamentals are the starting point. And then the access to capabilities and pivoting the dialogue to buy versus build. Those are the enhancing factors that hopefully we can get even better but to answer your question more simply a lot of research and a lot of conversations. That’s how we know we’re getting the best results.

Gene Tunny  14:46

Yeah, good one. Okay. And can I just clarify some things so you’re on the the sell side, you’re a business broker or an investment bank, or you’re similar, are you similar to an investment bank?

Arthur Petropoulos  15:00

Yeah, I mean, the key differentiator is investment banks deal with security. So they’re dealing with publicly traded companies for the most part, and we deal almost entirely with privately held companies. So that’s why we’re an M & A advisory firm would be the phrasing because we don’t deal with securities.

Gene Tunny  15:15

Yep. Gotcha. Okay. And private equity so they’re on the buy side. And is that companies like Carlyle Group, is it Carlyle is it?

Arthur Petropoulos  15:26

Yeah, so Carlyle, KKR, Blackstone are the really big ones. TPG, I mean, there’s a lot of them. And then there’s different stratas of them for size. There’s industry specialists. But yes, that’s generally the buy side are, so it used to be you’d have kind of two big buckets, you’d have private equity that were funded just to buy companies and sell them. And then you had strategic acquirers that were basically just large companies that would occasionally acquire smaller businesses or different capabilities. But now you have lots of strategic companies have have created corporate development and strategic acquisition groups. There’s private equity that buys strategic companies. And so it’s a bit more of a continuum. But yes, generally speaking, that is the buy side is companies and financial buyers and strategic buyers that are looking to make acquisitions. And we represent solely the sell side. So the companies that are looking to either sell or receive that capital.

Gene Tunny  16:22

Okay, so you mentioned your private equity, strategic acquirers. Could that include individuals or is it generally corporations at this or companies?

Arthur Petropoulos  16:34

So what’s interesting about the companies we work with, I was just telling someone, I believe we have the broadest swath of prospective acquirers for a company, right, like, if you were selling that bakery, you probably wouldn’t be selling it to a person or a few different people. Now, if you were selling a billion dollar company, you’re probably only selling it to private equity or a very large strategic company. But in our businesses say you’re selling a $2 million EBITDA company for $12 million, or $15 million, right? The buyers for that are going to be incredibly broad, it could be a publicly traded company, it could be a private equity firm, it could be a family office, it could be an independent sponsor, a search fund, a high net worth individual, right. So yes, it runs that whole spectrum. From of, of both size, and I wouldn’t, sophistication is not correlated entirely with size, right. So like sometimes the best buyer that knows something inside and out is just a person who’s obsessed with one particular field who really wants a company. And sometimes it’s the largest corporation. So the important part of our job is to just, you know, we say kiss a lot of frogs to find the prince, right or turn over, a lot of rocks to find gold, but it’s having all those dialogues, both within each category, and then across categories to make sure we’re finding the right the right home for a business.

Gene Tunny  17:54

Right and how long does it typically take to sell a business? Like once you get in touch, or once they get in touch or you find the business? You get the the contract to, to, you know, you’ve got the agreement to, I mean, I imagine you’re going to be an exclusive seller is that correct? You’re that…

Arthur Petropoulos  18:14

Yes.Yeah.

Gene Tunny  18:16

Gotcha. Okay, what what’s, how long would it typically take?

Arthur Petropoulos  18:19

This is not a shameless self promotion. But if you weren’t using Hill View Partners right, these processes can take, you know, 18 to 24 months. We want in the part of why that proactive versus reactive process is important is we want six month processes we want offers within 100 days. And then after the 100 day mark, it’s really the confirmatory diligence from an acquirer, but we have the process broken down and crystallised into different component parts. That way, the day we sign an engagement with a client, we are getting the information that we need, putting our materials together and doing the research about the acquirer so that we’re out there in the market within two to three weeks talking to people. We’ve pushed the dialogues through a process of asking people for follow up questions, having conversations, Zoom meetings, indications of interest, letters of intent, there’s, we have a lot of steps along the way to keep shaking the tree, if you will, right. And so that way, every time you shake the tree, things fall away, and things fall away, right. And that’s the fastest way to get to the conclusion, while not losing any of the substance cohesion or comprehensive approach to it. And so we find our processes we can run in a six month process, if sometimes it’ll slip a month or two, depending on if the diligence has taken too long, depending on negotiations, but largely speaking, six months start to finish. That’s the goal, and we stick to it.

Gene Tunny  19:44

Gotcha. And in the US, what are the rules around foreign investment like so if you’ve got a foreign company or or you know, high net worth individual wanting to buy a business in America, how does that is that a constraint is there, are there barriers there?

Arthur Petropoulos  20:01

I mean, not really because it doesn’t tend to be, you know, if you’re getting the foreign investors that will come and acquire businesses in the states are largely part of larger organisations that have a global business that’s doing something, right. Like the probability that someone’s going to want to move from Dubai to Oklahoma to buy a water hauling company is probably low. So, you know, candidly, we’ve had people I mean, look, I mean, it’s more likely, you know, that hey, someone’s moving it from, you know, from London and, and they want to buy a business in New England somewhere. I’ve seen those things. So Oh, no, it’s it hasn’t been an issue on our part. I guess there were a couple businesses that were a little sensitive relative to they sold into the aerospace and defence industry. So there was some prohibition against even then we were just told, like, don’t even bother talking to people in these countries, because couldn’t sell to them anyways. But that’s, that’s where we’ve seen so less about the individual or more if there’s kind of sensitive stuff that’s going into government agencies or something that they don’t want to have the exposure to foreign ownership.

Gene Tunny  21:09

Yeah, yeah. Just back on the sale process. So do you have a Expression of Interest process? And then you have a tender process? So how does that work?

Arthur Petropoulos  21:18

Yeah. So so we don’t we don’t go out there with an asking price on something, right? I mean, we can give some guidance in the sense that if someone says, Well, what are they looking for, this or that we can say well, you know, we’re seeing comps, we’re seeing transactions for companies like this falling in this range. Because we don’t want it to always just focus on the dollar amount too because the structure matters, the transition period for ownership matters, what happens to the stakeholders, the employees, the community, the buildings, that whatever it is, right, there’s a lot of variables. And so we’ll provide a little bit of guidance. But largely speaking, we let the process determine the price because the people we’re talking to are sophisticated parties, they know what these things trade for. And, and I think people know, we’re pretty communicative in the sense that we say, Look, if, if you’re looking to just kind of kick the tires and lob something in here, like don’t waste your time, like don’t waste our time either. And so we’re able to get down to the real bonafide parties quick. And in the process. Typically, there’ll be dialogue questions going back and forth, we have a data room that we populate, but we’re usually asked for an indication of interest, and then a letter of intent. So what that means is, send us an email tell us generally how you valuing this, how are you looking at structure this or that, because then we can have a constructive dialogue with the prospective acquirer so that when they finally put something forward on letterhead, they now have a good sense as to how probable it is that it’s gonna work. And it’s kind of had some dialogue, if you will, or discussion. So we like to have information sharing conversations, indication of interests, and more communication form a letter of intent. And a lot of that happens from day 60 to 90 of a process.

Gene Tunny  23:02

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  23:08

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  23:37

Now back to the show.

Can I ask you about how you promote or advertise the businesses? I’m just thinking about real estate. And I mean, you look at some of the things that real estate agents are doing now particularly in, in capital cities in Australia, where people are mad about real estate, you know, they’ve got these cinematic type videos, they’ve got the the houses all dressed up, they’ve put a lot of work into it. And they’ve got these really impressive videos. I imagine you have a prospectus of some kind, like, how do you how do you promote it?

Arthur Petropoulos  24:14

Yeah, I would say there’s less style points in this business. Right? The because it’s less of an emotional acquisition for the most part, right? Like it has to make fundamental sense for companies to buy things. They’re buying capabilities. They’re buying access, like you know, it’s slightly a different sale than saying like, you know, imagine drinking you know, hot chocolate on the veranda on a Friday night, right? So, the product or if you will, or the thing that’s actually transacting has a slightly different approach. Now, that being said, must be professional must be crisp, clear, concise, but the substance of the narrative is more valuable than the form if you will. And so we communicate to the to the prospective acquirers. We have materials that we put together, it’s in our space, we found like the 100 page pitch book, you just everything gets drowned out in, in the one page thing is far too brief. So we have a happy medium that provides kind of the high level overviews of all the things that are important. We have data rooms that we support back, but we kind of sequence or phase the sharing of information. So that way we make sure people are focusing on the optimal or the key elements of it first. But yeah, so it’s it’s, it’s clean, it’s crisp, it’s direct. It’s not as not as razzle dazzle as some other things. But the goal being to communicate the narrative clearly, communicate the value proposition clearly to the prospective acquirer, and getting their attention. Because, you know, the trick in this business sometimes is that if we’re representing a small company to a very big company, the hardest part of that dialogue is getting the first part of their attention, right? If we can get their eyeballs on it, and they like it, well, then it just creates traction amongst themselves, right? Because now they’re saying, Well, this is interesting, want to look at it want to learn more, and they have their own momentum. And at a certain point, they don’t really care what I want to tell them, they care what they want to look at, right? And so they say, Well, I want to learn more about this and learn more about that. So you can’t drown them out with your own narrative. But you do have to make sure you’re giving them enough for not too much and get the attention. And then if the attention leads to interest, it kind of becomes self fulfilling at that point.

Gene Tunny  26:24

Gotcha. And what if, say, I’m looking at, I don’t know a plumbing supplies business in Milwaukee or something like that, could I actually, and I’m a prospective buyer, could I line up a visit to the, the company’s premises and talk to the management?

Arthur Petropoulos  26:41

Sure. At a certain point of the conversation. So we try to phase things out, right? Like, you should be able to, if you are the plumbing supply distributor guy, and you know, this business, right, so we have to kind of validate prospective buyers. So what’s your track record? What’s your history? What’s your industry knowledge? What’s your financial capability to do these things? And let’s say you check out on all these things, well, then you really should be able to give an offer, or at least a skeleton of an offer just based on numbers and conversations with ownership, right. And so there is a certain, so only when we get to like a high level structure, that you would, you can at least put the ? on the back of an envelope. And that ownership can get on board with that we then pivot to you know, whether it’s an in person meeting, facility review, I think the problem with a lot of intermediaries is they allow too much access too soon. And it’s like, you know, this isn’t a field trip, right? Like, we’re not looking to have like 25 people come around and kick the tires and things because it creates an environment of instability for the employees. It’s not good, right? And so you really don’t want to do that until, you know you have something and we try to push. And it’s a tug of war sometimes, but we really try to push things as far as we can. Before we’re doing anything, that could be a disruption.

Gene Tunny  28:00

Gotcha. And you mentioned so you’re trying to validate or vet the buyers, is that that’s a risk mitigation measure I it? Are you, I mean, you’re I guess you want to protect the legacy of the business for the person who sells it. Like, what’s the what’s the thinking there?

Arthur Petropoulos  28:19

It’s not so much from a, I guess it’s qualitative in a way, right? Like, we’re not gonna we don’t want to sell businesses to criminals, or people who have bad track records, you know, in terms of like treating employees and stuff. But, you know, we also don’t, you know, it’s not like, oh, I don’t want it to what’s the Aussie word, you know, a bug in some way, right? Like we don’t like so it doesn’t get to that level, where it’s like, I don’t want these kinds of people or those kinds of, it’s really about capability. It’s about, you know, it’s about industry experience knowledge, feeling comfortable, that they would be a good steward of the business from a fundamentals perspective. Because you’d be surprised. I mean, you know, we always joke and say it’s separating the prospects from the suspects. But it’s, you there’s, there’s a lot of people out there that I think are looking at businesses is like, you know, when you sell a house, right, like you ever sell a house and you put the house for sale, and take buyer, the neighbours show up? Yeah. And it’s like they’re not buying the house. And it’s like that same neighbour, it’s like their hobby is to go look at houses every weekend, right? And they just go in and they like, eat the food and kick around and like, take some paper towels. And so in business, you’d be surprised that a lot of the same names show up and so we want real buyers, but we don’t want to waste any time. There’s no value. There’s no style points to fluffing up the numbers of interested parties on the front end. It’s no good for anybody. So it’s more about capability and are they a bonafide prospect. And and you know, qualitatively, are they going to be the right steward. It’s less about, you know, did they go to a proper preparatory boarding school. It’s more about actual capabilities.

Gene Tunny  30:01

Yeah, yeah. And is this regulated Arthur? Like I imagine it’s not SEC, but are there state regulations around this? I mean, what’s the

Arthur Petropoulos  30:10

Yeah, and there are there are SEC regulations pertaining to private company sales, you know, relative to sizing and structure of deals in a way that does not kind of conflate with securities. And then state by state, there’s different considerations depending on on what it is, for the most part, though, this is it’s kind of free market, third party transactions to other people who are owning things. And, you know, not many of these transactions are going to be either, you know, pivotal to national defence, or, you know, under like, Hart Scott Rodino Act for like, antitrust and stuff like that. I mean, these tend to be, you know, if you said, What is kind of the typical situation, it’s a company that does a thing, either for a particular product or geography, there’s a giant company or bigger company that does it everywhere else, and wants to get access to their geography, and they kind of bolt them on. So. And that’s, you know, sometimes it’s merger of equals, sometimes it’s just one person, but a lot of times it’s kind of the aggregation strategy that’s looking to bolt something on. And so it is regulated, and there’s certainly laws and rules to it. But it’s not to the same level of securities, because not dealing with, you know, selling shares, small amounts of shares to large number of kind of passive investors.

Gene Tunny  31:31

Gotcha. Is there much legal risk on the seller side, I’m thinking, I mean, you know, with any sort of tender process or auction, there’s always, you know, there’ll always be a significant number of people where there’s the the winners curse, so to speak. How do you deal with that?

Arthur Petropoulos  31:47

Yeah, so part of the negotiation. And so once we have a deal, basically, under a letter of intent, you enter into the diligence phase, in which case, the buyer puts forward a purchase and sale agreement for the consummation of the transaction. So unlike real estate, where you have a purchase and sale agreement that you sign, and then you enter into diligence, in corporate transactions, you sign a letter of intent, you do the diligence, and then the purchase and sale agreement is signed, kind of coterminous with the closing of the transaction. But within that, within the purchase and sale agreement are representations and warranties both ways, right. There’s disclosure schedules, so that a seller would have to say, Are there any pending litigation? Is there any complaints? Or what are the customers you’ve lost? There’s things that have to be put in there. And from a buyer’s perspective, they have to say, what they are willing to take, you know, at face value. And so the way we an old, an old mentor of mine said, reps and warranties are there for, you know, fraud, willful misrepresentation, things like that, to protect buyers against, but it is not in what he called, he said, It’s not schmuck insurance, right? It’s not, it’s not insurance that you paid, you didn’t pay too much, or you didn’t know this and do that, right. Like, this is a business between sophisticated parties. And so if a seller sells a company, you know, without using a person like us, and they don’t get a good price and don’t get a good structure, they really don’t have any recourse to complain about it, because that’s the deal they agreed to. Buyers similarly if they, you know, if it’s not, if it’s not in the contract, then then it’s, it’s not part of it. So point is, it sounds more adversarial than it is. There’s just kind of customary reps and warranties that very clearly define what the post transaction risk or exposure is from both parties. They are negotiated pretty heavily by the attorneys. And, you know, as it pertains to the business elements, we get involved as well. But our general positioning on it is we want to protect the buyers from fraud from, you know, willful misrepresentation things we don’t know, which don’t happen with the clients that we work with. But what we don’t want is for anybody to just say, like, I bought the company, I mismanaged it. And now I want, you know, some money back because I didn’t do the right thing, right? That’s not That’s what we avoid. And nobody really asked for that. But we don’t want it to be grey.

Gene Tunny  34:15

Right. So do you engage the lawyer or does the seller engage the lawyer?

Arthur Petropoulos  34:21

It depends on the situation. And it depends on what kind of an attorney a seller’s using. And so sometimes, if a seller is using a corporate attorney for a lot of activities that they’re with they’ll say, hey, I really want our attorney in the mix here. And that’s perfectly fine. We work with lots of people’s attorneys and that usually when we get the letter of intent, negotiated but not signed, that’s typically when they come into the process review that and then we work alongside them shepherding diligence. But there are other times where people say like, you know, I you know, my attorney is a great guy. He’s a great friend. You know, he helped me buy my flat in Brisbane, but you you know, I have a $50 million business, maybe he will play a part in the process. But do you have someone that you can bring in that just does corporate transactions all day, in which case, we have a global network of people that we’ve worked with, that we can bring in, depending on the locale of the business. So it’s situational. And we can work with clients either way, depending on their preference, but we always keep a strong roster of, of attorneys. And I, what I’d say is the right types of attorneys, because you can have, you know, anybody can pick up the phone book and call up the most expensive law firm in the world. But it’s where do you find kind of that optimal mix of value and capability? And so whether it’s people that have spun off of the big law firms running smaller boutiques that are slightly off the radar, or are more tactical people, we like those kinds of relationships.

Gene Tunny  35:46

Yeah, very good. I should ask Arthur, how did you get in, how did you get into this? I mean, you mentioned you worked on Wall Street. Could you just tell us a bit about what you studied? And did that help you get into Wall Street and then your path to Hill View? Partners, please?

Arthur Petropoulos  36:03

Yeah, sure. So when I grew up, my father used to read, he had a very broad spectrum of books he was interested in, and ideas. And so I remember, you know, it was gonna be Plato’s Republic or Aesop’s Fables. But he read a lot of history books to us. And so I remember going through like, you know, Amerigo Vespucci, he was travelling the world selling pickles or the Dutch West Indies Company was fine, you know, whether it was silk or spices, but it felt like the history of the world was the history of business and war for other things, but business, right commerce, and, you know, the idea of a finite amount of resources and an infinite amount of want. And so when I studied more and I would get into like the industrialization of America, and, you know, Carnegie Steel turning into US Steel, and all of these aggregations, I found the combination of business transactions of finance of growth and in aggregation of industry to be fascinating. And when I grew up, the only people I knew that who really had their hands in these things were always attorneys, you hear like, oh, this attorney just helped this person sell this company. Because I do think particularly in days past, I think a lot of attorneys kind of served a dual role in these things. And they still are, you know, key advisors to companies. But so I went to law, I studied undergrad business, I actually wanted, I wanted to get a minor in music theory, I played the piano. But I remember my mom said, if you want to play the piano, you can just leave school and stay in the living room. But we, but anyway business was the key focus in undergrad, and I went to law school, and law school doesn’t have majors, but you can effectively create your own focus. And so we created or I focused on corporate transactions, both from a mergers and acquisitions and financing perspective. And it was when I was in law school that I was reading the case law, you’d have to study of your KKR and acquiring Nabisco and Philip Morris, and this and that. And when you started reading all of these cases, you’d say, well, who is that? And how do they work? And how does this work? And so once I figured out, what is an investment bank, what is a private equity firm? How does capital work, who are these lenders, that’s when I think the world kind of opened up and I said, Ah, like, there’s this whole ecosystem of corporate transactions and all these participants in it. And then I realised, you know, although I believe the law degree is phenomenal in terms of understanding the allocation of risk and structuring of things. I found that, you know, the investment banking was a bit more firmly in line with where my interest was. And so it’s not an atypical path in the sense that I think Lloyd Blankfein and Brian Moynihan and Sam Zell like they all actually had law degrees, because I think they went through a similar kind of learning exercise. And so even that’s, that’s how I was in law school. And then did whatever a young guy looking for a job, you know, picked up the phone and found lists of names and called and called and called and got a job helping middle market companies sell themselves and then went to the buying side and had a few jobs in New York and then said, Hey, we should start our own thing, came back to Rhode Island to do that. And here we are today a little wiser, and with a little more grey hair.

Gene Tunny  39:19

And I mean, there’s no disadvantage to being in Rhode Island I imagine is there?

Arthur Petropoulos  39:24

You know what, there was a time but I think it predated me a little bit where if you wanted to be in finance in the States, it was either really LA or New York. And then you saw outposts pop up in Houston for oil and gas businesses or, you know, Florida because of how many New Yorkers moved there. You know Boston for pharmaceutical businesses. But my notion when we started Hill View was it was already felt like no one really cared where anyone was, as long as A) you could get to where you need it to be, and B) you produce results and B was far more important than any other stuff. So, so no, I mean, I think like we sit right between Boston and New York. So it is a nice hub to kind of do stuff locally, but we’re doing things all over the world at this juncture. And, you know, again, so long as we produce the results, then, you know, it doesn’t matter if we’re in San Francisco or Saskatchewan.

Gene Tunny  40:05

Yeah, yeah. Because even if you did take a meeting in New York City, for example, what’s that a couple hours away is it at most?

Arthur Petropoulos  40:19

Yeah three hours.

Gene Tunny  40:21

Three hours. Gotcha. Okay. Righto. So before we wrap up, Arthur, I’d like to ask I mean, like what do you see as the value that you’re adding to the economy or the business brokers, then we might talk about the other side of it, the private equity, because there are a lot of there’s a lot of negativity out there about private equity, a lot of concerns about market concentration, and these leveraged buyouts and all of that. So could you just talk about what you see as the benefits to the economy of you’re, what you’re doing to start with please?

Arthur Petropoulos  41:04

Sure, I believe that, you know, capital and transactions are kind of the the oil that facilitates or greases the skids for the economy in the sense that transactions have always taken place. But if you read about, you know, John Rockefeller going through Standard Oil, I mean, he was just kind of bludgeoning people and buying things for nickels and in like, you know, there was a lot of unfair competitive practices. Whereas I think, as the capital markets, and as the M & A markets have evolved, it’s facilitated things so that they happen faster, so that they happen in fairer terms for the selling party. And ultimately, I think, allow for the evolution of industry on a quicker and more efficient basis. And also, I think bolster, economic, competitive positioning, you know, particularly for domestic companies, versus kind of international, you know, many times like you have US conglomerates, competing against, you know, state run organisations in other countries, right. So the only way you’re going to compete is on scale and is own size and is on innovation. You know, there’s always that joke about politics, they say, the number one rule of economics is the idea of scarcity, that there’s more want than there is stuff. And the number one rule of politics is to ignore the number one rule of economics. And so I forgot what economist said that but so in reality, right, there’s scarcity. And there’s, there’s scarcity of talent, there’s scarcity of stuff of services of goods. And so the further you can evolve any particular industry, it does allow for even as painful as it can be the reallocation of human capital, to things that are less efficient, right. And so it’s almost this, like, it does push things forward, like, you know, irrespective of how much anybody could complain about, you know, life in America in 2023. Like, it’s hard to argue that, like, your life is not just as good as like a mediaeval King, right, like you have. I mean, literally, I’m sitting in a chair right now, I’ve got the Library of Alexandria, in my pocket, I can have more pizzas show up at my door in a half an hour than then I can ever eat. I mean, it’s like, it’s amazing. But the only reason all of these things happened is because, you know, the guy said, Hey, I have one pizza place, I could own 10 pizza places, and we should do delivery. And then so, you know, Little Caesars and Pizza Hut and Domino’s. Right. And so it’s like, I think that there’s, there’s places and ways to kind of rein in just the pure animal spirits that can come out with that. But at the same time, I mean, that is why for all of our black eyes, you know, the, you know, the most capital, capitalist focused countries have been the most economically dominant because they allow for that. And I think that the part that we play as intermediaries in the capital, intermediaries is facilitating the efficiency of that exercise and allowing for innovation and consolidation on a quicker and effective basis and protect while protecting the interests of those who contributed to the evolution right to the sellers of companies.

Gene Tunny  44:10

Gotcha. And what about on the buyer side, the private equity, do you have any thoughts on on that side? There’s this caricature of Gordon Gekko going in and, you know, the concerns about loading companies up with debt and stripping money out of companies and, and sacking lots of workers. Do you have any thoughts on that? Do you think private equity adds value out there in the economy?

Arthur Petropoulos  44:37

Absolutely. Because I mean, I think that they very much are the facilitators of innovation and consolidation. Right? It’s capital. It’s looking for return on capital that’s doing that. But you know, taking a few steps back, you know, if you think of the United States economy, a lot of that kind of Gordon Gekko element was a bit of an idiosyncratic situation. So you had, you know, let’s say, we leave World War Two and all all of these conglomerate companies start to form, right? Because they basically apply like war learned processes and they just say, we’ll buy everything right and putting it together. And so you had, you know, CBS owned the Steinway Piano Company, and you had all these, like things that came together because they figured they could just run the same process. And so you hit the 1970s, you have huge inflation, because of too much money printing and we won’t get into that. And then Nixon takes the dollar off the gold standard, inflation goes through the roof values of companies go down. And so you start to see all of these companies where it’s like, you’ve got five different companies combined, that all do different things, and no one knows how to value any of it. Because it’s like, you know, the same company owns Jello pudding that owns like, you know a concrete company, or whatever it might be. So the initial premise of it was buying under, under, misunderstood assets that were put together incorrectly, and disaggregating them in a way that allowed for a better value of each constituent element. Secondly, there was a lot of, you remember the Gordon Gekko speech about, you know, tell their paper company when he’s saying like, all of the executives own 1% of the company, and they’re just pillaging it from cash. There was a certain glut of industry in that time period of inefficiency, that was losing kind of our competitive positioning on a global basis. So you can make the argument that and this is where it gets tricky it because, yes, there were a lot of layoffs. But truly it created efficiencies and companies that allowed them to be globally competitive reallocating the human capital to industries, you know, that made that were more ripe for innovation. Now, there’s pain that goes along with that. And then it’s not to be ignorant of the fact that there were a lot of greedy people involved, right, like all of that leverage was not necessary to accomplish these things, it was just a way of choosing the, you know, choosing the return. So the pendulum goes back and forth. And anytime it goes too far, it will pull back, what I would say is that the modern incarnation of private equity has largely been one of innovation and scale, right. And so buying up a lot of small companies and aggregating them, I think, the biggest myth in private equity in today’s environment. Now, I’m not saying if private equity goes out and buys a bloated software company and fires a bunch of people. But you know, that wasn’t making any profit. But I’m saying when private equity goes out there and buys an aggregation of distribution or manufacturing companies, they want to keep the people, the people are the valuable part. That’s where there’s scarcity. So in today’s environment, that notion of over levered like financial engineering and layoffs is really, I think, a relic in private equity in today’s environment does a lot more, I think, good than harm, and a lot of those excesses have been had been pulled in. That’s not to say, you know, there’s not exceptions to that. But in today’s environment, they are a accelerant of aggregation and innovation, I think in in industry as they consolidate different businesses.

Gene Tunny  47:59

Okay, very good. Arthur that’s been terrific, I’ve learned a lot I learned, I hope you don’t mind, I grilled you over the process and what you do exactly. And I mean I learned a lot about how this, these transactions occur. So thanks, heaps for that. That was great. Tell us about your, your outreach, or your YouTube and newsletter or whatever, please. That’d be great.

Arthur Petropoulos  48:23

Yeah, so I’d say check us out on YouTube at Hill View Partners, if you just typed in Arthur Petropoulos, you’d come up on and on LinkedIn our company page Hil View Partners both on YouTube and LinkedIn, we put out two videos a week, talking about just different topics in the mergers and acquisitions and capital world kind of recurring themes, almost like an FAQ of the things we’re always talking about. And then reach out to us, either on LinkedIn, myself, or the company page, or on our homepage, hillviewps.com. So hillview, P as in Peter, S as in sam .com, where you can reach out and set some time up as well. But that’s where to where to find us. And on a, you know, on a closing thought, not to get too philosophical, but I think I think anytime you kind of take a position, that something is just entirely wrong or entirely right, or you’re you’re missing a lot of the nuance, right? And so a lot of the economy has excess in both ways. Right? And so, there are, you know, have there been situations where, you know, companies have been too greedy? Yes. Have there been situations where, you know, look at the industrialization of what America had lots of greed there, right? Look at situations where the unions were too greedy and look at how the steel disappeared in the 1970s. Right, so like, so I think the key to being good at our job, and I won’t extrapolate it enough to say good at anything is like you must understand nuance, you must understand subtlety. There’s four sides to every story and the truth sits somewhere in between and so it’s our job to kind of see reality for what it is not necessarily what we wish it would be. And by virtue of taking that kind of sober yet realistic look on things you know, we’re not, we’re not people that are always cynical and say it’s bad. We’re not people that are always optimistic and it’s always good. But we say, life is hard. The world can be a nasty place. But there are glimpses of good and nice things along the way. And we, we, we like those. And so any event for what it’s worth, that’s our that’s our view of the universe that you didn’t ask for. But this is a this has been good Gene, I appreciate it.

Gene Tunny  50:22

Very good, Arthur. I’ve really enjoyed it. And yep, I like having rounding it out with that philosophical thought. So I think that’s terrific. So yep. Very good. Arthur Petropoulos from Hill View Partners. Thanks so much for the conversation. I really enjoyed it.

Arthur Petropoulos  50:37

Likewise Gene. Appreciate it.

Gene Tunny  50:41

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

51:28

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Sir David Hendry on economic forecasting & the net zero transition – EP198

Sir David Hendry, the renowned British econometrician, talks to hosts Gene Tunny and Tim Hughes about the state of economic forecasting and the transition to net zero greenhouse gas emissions. Among other things, Sir David talks about how to avoid major economic forecasting failures (e.g. UK productivity), forecasting global temperatures after volcanic eruptions, and the role of nuclear energy in the net zero transition. Sir David is currently Deputy Director of the Climate Econometrics group at Oxford. 
Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

About Sir David Hendry

Sir David F. Hendry is Deputy Director, Climate Econometrics (formerly Programme for Economic Modelling), Institute for New Economic Thinking at the Oxford Martin School and of Climate Econometrics and Senior Research Fellow, Nuffield College, Oxford University. He was previously Professor of Economics at Oxford 1982–2018, Professor of Econometrics at LSE and a Leverhulme Personal Research Professor of Economics, Oxford 1995-2000. He was Knighted in 2009; is an Honorary Vice-President and past President, Royal Economic Society; Fellow, British Academy, Royal Society of Edinburgh, Econometric Society, Academy of Social Sciences, Econometric Reviews and Journal of Econometrics; Foreign Honorary Member, American Economic Association and American Academy of Arts and Sciences; Honorary Fellow, International Institute of Forecasters and Founding Fellow, International Association for Applied Econometrics. He has received eight Honorary Doctorates, a Lifetime Achievement Award from the ESRC, and the Guy Medal in Bronze from the Royal Statistical Society. The ISI lists him as one of the world’s 200 most cited economists, he is a Thomson Reuters Citation Laureate, and has published more than 200 papers and 25 books on econometric methods, theory, modelling, and history; computing; empirical economics; and forecasting.

What’s covered in EP198

Conversation with Sir David:

  • [00:02:27] Economic forecasting: are we any better at it? 
  • [00:05:56] Forecasting errors and adjustments. 
  • [00:08:04] Widespread use of flawed models. 
  • [00:12:45] Macroeconomics and the financial crisis. 
  • [00:16:30] Indicator saturation in forecasting. 
  • [00:21:02] AI’s relevance in forecasting. 
  • [00:24:23] Theory vs. data driven modeling. 
  • [00:28:09] Volcanic eruptions and temperature recovery. 
  • [00:32:26] Ice ages and climate modeling. 
  • [00:37:09] Carbon taxes. 
  • [00:40:10] Methane reduction in animal agriculture. 
  • [00:44:43] Small nuclear reactors: should Australia consider them?
  • [00:49:08] Solar energy storage challenge. 
  • [00:54:00] Car as a battery. 
  • [00:57:01] Simplifying insurance sales process. 
  • [01:01:19] Climate econometrics and modeling.

Wrap up from Gene and Tim: 

  • [01:03:23] Central bank forecasting errors. 
  • [01:07:12] Breakthrough in battery technology. 
  • [01:11:18] Graphene and clean energy. 

Links relevant to the conversation

Climate Econometrics group at Oxford:
https://www.climateeconometrics.org/
Conversation with John Atkins on philosophy and truth mentioned by Tim:
https://economicsexplored.com/2021/10/16/ep109-philosophy-and-truth/
Info on solid state batteries and graphene:
https://www.topspeed.com/toyota-745-mile-solid-state-battery/
https://theconversation.com/graphene-is-a-proven-supermaterial-but-manufacturing-the-versatile-form-of-carbon-at-usable-scales-remains-a-challenge-194238
https://hemanth-99.medium.com/graphene-and-its-applications-in-renewable-energy-sector-333d1cbb89eb

Transcript:
Sir David Hendry on economic forecasting & the net zero transition – EP198

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It has also been looked over by a human, Tim Hughes from Adept Economics, to pick out the bits that otters might miss due to their tiny ears and loud splashing. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory, evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode. Please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show.

Hello, thanks for tuning into the show. In this episode, Tim Hughes and I chat with the legendary British econometrician, Sir David Hendry. We talk with Sir David about the state of economic forecasting, and about the transition to net zero greenhouse gas emissions. Sir David Hendry is co director of Climate Econometrics and Senior Research Fellow at Nuffield College, Oxford. Previously, he was Professor of Economics at Oxford, and before that he was Professor of Econometrics at the London School of Economics. After the interview with Sir David, Tim and I go over our main takeaways from the conversation. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy our conversation with Sir David Hendry.

Gene Tunny 01:26

Sir David Hendry, welcome to the programme.


David Hendry  01:31

Thank you very much, Gene. Thanks for inviting me.


Gene Tunny  01:34

Oh, of course. It’s a pleasure to have you on to talk about forecasting. So forecasting’s something that Tim and I have been thinking a lot about. And we’ve chatted with Warren Hatch who’s a super forecaster with I’ve also spoken with John Kay, about radical uncertainty and how you deal with that. And I’ve also read your book on forecasting, the one with Jennifer Castle, and Michael Clements, and I thought that was very good. And who better to, to have on to talk about forecasting than someone who has really transformed forecasting and economics, someone who’s had a major impact on forecasting? So to begin with, David, I’d like to ask, how has economic forecasting developed over your career? To what extent has it improved? To what extent are there still areas for improvement? Could you talk to us about that, please?


David Hendry  02:34

So Gene, I don’t think it has improved. I think technology has but the actual practice hasn’t. The time that I got really interested in forecasting was acting for the select committee of parliament that was looking into economic forecasting, after the debacle of Nigel Lawson’s budget and then crashing the economy in the early 1990s. And what I discovered, and acting for them as an advisor, is that 90% of the evidence he got was people actually forecasting and only 10% was looking at how you should forecast, what should you do, what goes wrong when you forecast with no analysis at all? So we started a long programme of analysing what can go wrong in forecasting and why. And once you know that, what can you do about it? Well, obviously, there’s nothing you can do about things that are unpredictable. Right, so the pandemic, unpredictable, forecasters shouldn’t kick themselves because you’ve got it completely wrong forecasting December 2019, for 2020, to discover that it’s vastly different. I mean, the biggest ever fall in GDP in Britain, you couldn’t possibly have forecasted that, that’s not a problem. And we can’t do that, it’s you can start to improve the forecast as you go through 2020. and realise that things are going badly wrong, but you can’t forecast in advance. So we isolated two key features that go wrong in forecasting. One is unpredictable events like that, that shift the data. So data is going along, and then either shifts up sharply, like inflation, or shifts down sharply, like output. But once it has changed, you can do a great deal about it. Some methods now don’t work. And some methods do work. And the methods that don’t work are the methods that stick to what went on before. So they carry on at the same level. And that’s completely wrong relative to the new level. So you have to have very adaptable methods that jump as soon as the forecast has gone badly wrong. You use methods to try to adjust for that. We call them robust methods. Right? So they’re after the shock to GDP. They’re robust. So the Office of Budget Responsibility in Britain, forecasts productivity per decade, completely wrongly, every year, they were wrong for 10 years, if they’d used our methods of adapting because productivity had been growing at about 1.7% per annum up to 2012, and suddenly it stopped, we don’t know why it stopped. But it’s come back to the levels that we had in the 19th century. Point seven. But if you keep forecasting 1.7, we just get massively wrong forecasts all the time, very bad advice for governments. And our methods would have adjusted to that within a year, saying, Okay, it’s changed, it may change back. But meantime, you better forecast along this direction. So the actual, if you like, the forecast errors that people make today are very similar in size to the kind that were being made in the 1960s.


Gene Tunny  05:56

Right. Yeah, that’s a that’s a shame. I should I forgot to introduce Tim. Tim, do you have any questions for Sir David on that?


Tim Hughes  06:04

No, it’s, it’s interesting. I mean, this isn’t my level of expertise. I’m here as the layman in this partnership with Gene. So I tend to look at things from a macro view and more from a guy on the street sort of perspective. But I’m really interested in that when you say that, well, for instance, it hasn’t changed since since the 60s. What’s the delay in the take up of these modelling systems for government?


David Hendry  06:27

Well, one of the reasons it hasn’t changed is that the frequency of large, unpredictable events hasn’t changed. And they’re very common and much more common than people realise, except to see the pandemic has been, Oh, quite unusual. Of course, we’ve had lots of pandemics, some of them happened like SARS too, not to go anywhere. Others like the COVID have gone everywhere. Inflation in Britain in the 1970s. It’s very similar to what it is today. And for very similar reasons. Now, I think a lot of forecasting that you hear about comes from central banks. And that’s the kind of forecasts we can analyse because they’re made to publish it. We don’t see the forecasts within many major institutions like JP Morgan, or Citibank, or whatever, they tend to keep them to themselves unless they do really well, in which case, they tell you oh, we were doing really well. But when you look at Central Banks, say we take the Bank of England as a paradigm, their model collapsed with the financial crisis, it just fell apart, and they said it fell apart. So we started to build a new one, we pointed out to them why it had fallen apart. They’re using a method of mathematical analysis that works fine if things don’t change, but becomes like navigating around the globe using Euclidean geometry when things do change, that just, it just doesn’t apply. And its widespread use has been a disaster in my view, for macroeconomics, and is the reason so much of it has gone wrong, because it assumes that the method that these models are built on assumes there are no sudden, unexpected large changes. Whenever they occur, the models fall apart. And we had a letter recently in the Times saying the bank should try testing their models from the 1970s. And they would find it’s a shambles. It doesn’t work at all. Because the 1970s in Britain was filled with crises, 3 day weeks, IMF coming in, interest at 25%, inflation, etc. And their model just wouldn’t cope with that. And we’re now in is not quite such a bad situation, but we’re now in a similar sort of situation where a wage price spiral is kicking in, these models don’t have wage price spirals. They didn’t allow for the fact that people had saved a great deal during the pandemic, because they couldn’t spend it wasn’t, it was forced saving if you like, and as soon as the pandemic ended they started spending, the supply side had improved to meet this high level of expenditure. So of course, you have all these factors coming and they’re not in their model. So naturally, the model was A they said inflation wouldn’t go up and B they said when it did go up it would be transitory, whereas we were saying, it will go up and it will not be transitory, it will be very persistent and very hard to dampen down.


Gene Tunny  09:24

Right. So this is a letter in the Times I’ll have to have a look for that. That sounds interesting. And it’s a bit of a concern that the Bank of England hasn’t improved its, it doesn’t sound like it’s improved its models very much at all, because in 2010, so you gave a talk to the Institute for New Economic Thinking, and you were talking about the problems with the models that central banks were using. And this was in your conclusion, you said that “there are huge costs to underspecified models and I think the financial crisis is partly due to central banks having very badly under-specified models in their repertoire.” Would you be able to explain what what you meant by that? Is that what you’re talking about here? They’re not allowing for structural breaks. But are there also are there variables they’re not including? Could you just unpack that a bit, please?


David Hendry  10:16

Yeah, there are variables they’re not including and often including variables in the wrong way. So for example, the Bank of England includes wealth. Now some wealth is expendable, like your house, some wealth is potentially spendable like money invested in stock markets and bond markets. In some it’s very spendable, which we call cash, deposits and demand at financial institutions. And it makes a huge difference, to break these up, because wealth itself can change a lot but it doesn’t change expenditure because house prices go up, or house prices go down. But it can also change a little bit and hugely changes expenditures because people run out of money, they have to start borrowing, and they haven’t got time to sell their house or the bond markets in disarray. And financial markets have fallen hugely, and you don’t want to make big losses. So you need to think very carefully about how you include variables in models, as well as which variables to include in models. I was referring to the fact that the housing models in the US when the financial crisis started, were very weak, they didn’t cover all the aspects that that matter, because in some States, if your house price falls greatly, and leads to a large indebtedness, if it was sold, you can just hand back your keys and walk away. You can’t do that in other States. And the subprime crisis generated articles, even from central banks, saying that it’s really important to get poor people onto the housing market, because that’s where how you build that wealth, of course that led to all sorts of speculation, and then house prices crashed. And that’s poor people who end up suffering most and we got a very bad financial crisis. But you guys didn’t have it. Right Australia avoided it, because it hadn’t got engaged in quite such nebulous activities as the AAA assets that were worth nothing.


Gene Tunny  12:16

Yeah, yeah, we avoided it. I mean, partly because of mining. And then the Treasury and the government here, they would say that they had a timely fiscal policy response. I mean, there’s debate about the extent to which that was relevant. But yeah, we were we were lucky. And maybe we hadn’t had as much crazy financial activity as in the States and Britain. We’ve got our regulators too. So yeah, a variety of reasons. But yeah, that’s, it’s fascinating.


David Hendry  12:46

I was gonna say, the way macro economics is taught in almost all major universities around the world still relies on this approach of believing agents optimise across time into the future. And you can’t do that in a world in which you suddenly get big shifts, right? You’re what looked optimal one day becomes a disaster the next, for example, Royal Bank of Scotland trying to buy this Dutch Bank looked optimal to them in the state of the world before the financial crisis and did become an absolute massive disaster after it. And that isn’t something that’s taught in macroeconomics courses that I know off.


Gene Tunny  13:29

Yeah. Yeah, unfortunately, a lot of the macros become very mathematical. And you’ve got all of these forward looking models, these Ramsey type models, and yeah, but I wonder about the just how applicable, they are. So good point. Can I ask you about your methodology David? So you’re famous for having promoted this general to specific methodology, if I’m getting that right. Could you just explain roughly what that is and how its implemented and what the modern implementation of it is? I mean, you’ve got this automatic forecasting system. Could you tell us a bit about that, please.


David Hendry  14:11

The whole idea started in the 1970s, when it was quite clear that the then big models in the US and Britain didn’t really incorporate enough information. And if any, if you leave a variable out of a model that matters, say you didn’t include housing in a macro model, and suddenly you get a big change in house prices, the model will go wrong, because it should be, housing should be in the model, and it’s not there, and it shifts and that then shifts the reality relative to the model. So it became clear you needed to think very hard about all the things that might matter. And that then required you to put statistical method that could discriminate between what does matter, and what you thought might matter but does not matter. And so we had this paper in the mid 70s, on the consumption function in Britain, showing that you could explain everybody else’s consumption function failures by a more general consumption function that pointed out why they went wrong. And that led us to develop this general to specific as a very general approach. Now, it evolved greatly in terms of, as we realise, more and more the importance of shifts and outliers in forecasting, we began to develop these methods, which at first, I have to say were greeted with not scepticism but total disbelief that you could do it. So that to take the basic idea. Say you’ve got a relatively short time series that’s got 10 observations. And you think that within those 10, there might be a discrepant observation, somebody wrote down 10, when he meant one, right? You just fit the model to it, or it’ll go very badly wrong. So what we do is we create an indicator variable for every observation. So it’s one for that observation and zero elsewhere. So you get 10 of them. And you put them in in big blocks, say five, and then the other five, and they won’t do anything, if there is no shift, but they’ll pick up the shift when it happens. And we call this indicator saturation, because you put in as many of these indicators as observations. Now why would anyone think of doing that? Well, it was serendipitous. I was asked to participate in an experiment in econometrics, to model food demand in the United States, from 1929, which isn’t a great date to start, any time see, through to 1986. And I looked at what everybody had done, and they had all thrown away the data before 1946, they couldn’t model it. So I built a model of it and looked what had gone wrong in the interwar period, and discovered there were two gigantic outliers in I think, 1932 and 33 but don’t guarantee that it could have been, but round about that period. And Mary Morgan kindly went to the archives and discovered, guess what, the US had a food programme? Well, will a food programme affect the demand for food, you bet it will. So I put in indicators for those observations and immediately got a very good model for the whole period, for the period up to 1946. So then I thought, right, let’s fit the cost period, including the early one. But we’ll put in indicators for all the observations, which is the kind of forecast test and found the Korean War I think had one big outlier, but otherwise, it was fine. And then about a year later, thought that’s funny, I had put in indicators for every observation. All the ones for the pre war period and all the ones for the post war period. And it had worked, I got the best model of anybody. So I started talking to Soren Johansen, a famous econometrician statistician, he said, “You’re nuts. You can’t do that!” And about a month later, he emailed to say, “Yeah, I think you can do that and I think I know how to analyse it,” which because if you don’t analyse it in economics, they just ignore it. And so we published several papers showing detailed analytics of why it would work for impulses, we then extended that to steps and then trends. So we can pick up trend breaks, step breaks etc. So for our 10 observations, we might end up with 40 variables. Most statisticians look at you, you’re nuts. But actually, you can show it will work. Because if there’s no break, no trend, they’ll all disappear. If there’s no step shift, they’ll all disappear. There’s only one outlier, you’ll be left with one outlier. And that’s it. So that’s how we do general to specific now. And that’s why you need automatic modelling. Because a human can’t do that. The number of possible things is far, far too big. The computer programme can of course, do it in seconds, at worst, maybe minutes if it’s a huge data set, because it’s got many, many things to look across.


Tim Hughes  19:27

Actually, this probably feeds into one of my questions for you, David, which was, you mentioned about the modelling and the mathematics, and the current uptick in artificial intelligence, in AI, is that something that has made a big difference with the work that you do?


David Hendry  19:45

Now our programme is a sort of AI programme date back a long way. Because it’s experimenting with everything. It’s a programme that’s designed for data that keep changing. Most AI programmes are not. Most AI, it takes all the cases and trains the computer to identify things in those cases. But if the cases suddenly change, that’s not going to work. And so AI has itself, the way people have used, it has not made a big impact on forecasting yet. They have to adapt AI to learn from the data, and be ready for it to be adaptable into the future in a way that if you were trying to teach a programme to identify measles, you probably would just take all the cases of measles and the programme would be able eventually to look at the spots and say, Yeah, that’s measles. But if Measles can suddenly evolve, as say the pandemic did, what you’re trying to pick up by AI would no longer be relevant. It would look different, and AI would misclassify. So AI has got to be hugely changed to be relevant for forecasting, which is about a changing world. We’ve got climate change, we’ve got pandemics, we’ve got wars, we’ve got crises, we’ve got inflation, we’ve got changing population levels, etc, etc. Unless it can adapt to that it won’t be useful in forecasting.


Tim Hughes  21:15

In your view, do you think that that is quite likely that AI will get to the point where it will be more predictive and not just reactive?


David Hendry  21:22

Well, we’ve shown you can do it, ours is very simple AI, it’s nothing like the kind of complicated neural networks that are being used in some areas. But it does show that you can do it for forecasting, and it does matter. And in the M4 Forecasting competition, which was run from Melbourne, the AI ones or machine learning, as they were then called, did not do terribly well. We came seventh in our very simple one. And and it turned out that we spent about a 50th of the time that most of the other teams did.


Gene Tunny  21:57

Was this of a motorway was it was at the M4 motorway?


David Hendry  22:01

no no. M for Makridakis fourth forecasting competition. The M four we’re now at five. It’s currently ongoing. Makridakis is a Greek forecaster, who decided the only way to improve forecasting is to find what worked. So he asked people, here’s 1000 time series, we’re not going to tell you what they are, model them, and send us your forecasts for the next 10, 20, 30 observations. we’ll analyse those and see who did best. So at the M4 there was 100,000 time series to model. And you then have to forecast I think, up to 20 years ahead for some of them. And you’ve to send in all your forecasts. And they then worked out who did best and got closest to the actual numbers in the future. Actually Uber did, Uber won the competition, Uber, yeah, the car hire people got algorithms of the kind that could be applied to forecasting. But what they did, we think was accidentally wrong, that they looked across, say, nobody knew what the time series were. But it does turn out that some of them were, say, GNP from 1950 to 1980, and somewhere from 1990 to 2010. Right. Now, they looked across, do some series help us in forecasting other series. And we think they actually included the future of the series they were to forecast in the, seeing if these series helped it, which is why they forecast much better, because we’ve mimicked their method, when all the series are completely independent, and it doesn’t help. So they had to be doing something like that accidentally, I don’t think they realise that, some of the series where the future of others of the series…


Gene Tunny  24:00

Okay, yeah. Can I ask you a question that’s related to that? It just reminded me, because you were saying that they don’t tell you what the data series are. Now. There’s this debate about, well, to what extent do you use theory and you’re modelling, you know, theory driven versus data driven, is it the case that you can get a reasonably good forecast without any theory whatsoever or without any understanding of what the underlying what the data are actually measuring? Or do you need theory? How do you think about the role of theory in your modelling? David?


David Hendry  24:33

Well, when we were forecasting week ahead Covid deaths and cases in the UK, the model only used the past data. And for the first six weeks we were by far the most accurate forecasters relative to epidemiologists with their big models and taking account of whether, you met people who had it and all the rest of it, and that’s because their models needed about 10, 12 weeks of data before they even began to be useful, whereas we could forecast immediately without any theory. I mean, I understand the big models and why they work, but we thought you can’t use that. And it’s because the way COVID hit, it did big jumps, measured on very few cases. And suddenly, like Bergamo, you had 50 people dying in a day, right? And so you get these big jumps and our methods adapt rapidly. So in that area, you could do extremely good modelling without theory. But when it comes to economics, how many variables are there? 5 trillion, possibly in the economy, if you think of everything that’s going on, so you have to have some theories and say, well, most of those don’t matter. We just can’t deal with that. So we use a lot of theory in our models, but we embed it in the general. So say you have a theory, let’s take a very simple theory that only income causes consumption, consumers spend their income and that’s it. So consumption is related to income, period. Okay, we keep that and embed that within a model in which things like well, maybe interest rates matter, maybe wealth, maybe liquidity, maybe, etc, etc, etc, matter. But when you’re searching, you don’t search over the relationship between consumption and income, you always keep it there. And if it doesn’t matter, then it will turn out to have a very small coefficient, and you can decide to drop it in the end. But if it does matter, and it’s the only thing that matters actually our method will give you the same answer as your theory model. So we embed theory in such a way that if it’s correct, that’s what you will get. And if it’s wrong, you’ll get a better model. So it’s both theory driven and data driven.


Gene Tunny  26:53

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.


Female speaker  26:58

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you frank and fearless economic analysis and advice, we can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.


Gene Tunny  27:27

Now back to the show.

And so you start off with a very general specification, lots of data in your database, lots of variables, if I’m getting this right, and then you allow for the potential potentially all of these structural breaks things where things go a bit crazy, you jump up to a new level, like during the pandemic or, or whenever, and we we dropped down from the trend growth path we were on maybe we were cycling around it and suddenly we’re somewhere we’re in this hole and so you’ve got models that can adjust for that sort of thing is that if a fair way of thinking about it,


David Hendry  28:05

Yes, it’s post, yeah. Yes. Once it’s happened, then the model will pick it up. So quite a good example that might intrigue you is finding out where all the volcanic eruptions occurred over the last 1000 years. And when the when one of my colleagues gave a paper in our methods at our General Environmental Conference, all the volcanologists were intrigued and asked us can you use these adaptive methods to show where volcanoes were and measure how they work? Well, the answer is yes, we adapt our methods instead of them being one zero zero. They’re kind of like a V. Because when a volcano erupts, the temperature drops immediately. But it then recovers roughly half a half a half a half of what’s left. So the V shape picks that up. So we found all the volcanoes from 1200 AD in the data set of tree ring growth dendrochronology. And the key thing about that Gene is as soon as you’ve got the first observation of the volcano erupting and the drop in temperature, you can very accurately forecast all the remaining observations to the recovery, by having this V shaped go half a half a half. And we showed we could forecast, okay, forecasting after a volcano in 1650 isn’t all that interesting today, but it tells you that the next time we get a world explosive forecast like Tambora or Krakatoa, we will be able to tell the world after it’s stopped erupting, how quickly the temperature will recover to the previous level. It also lets us adjust the so called baseline temperatures that IPCC use. That in fact have been several quite big volcanoes that have dropped the temperature a little bit for a few years, and that actually means that they’re cheating by using a slightly improper average over the periods they’ve picked, as they shouldn’t include the volcanic eruption, right? Because that’s when you should use the natural level that had been over that period overall, if that makes sense.


Gene Tunny  30:22

Yeah, that’s fascinating. And so your, so is that an application of your method? Or are you, the point you’re making about the volcanoes there? Or are you saying that you can apply some theory to get a better forecast? I’m just trying to understand


David Hendry  30:36

It’s our methods purely. And it’s just the knowledge that when volcanoes erupt, the temperature falls, but it goes back again. So the question is, what form do you use for that? We just invented one that says V shape, and then we put in a V for so, it’s just over, I think we had about 900 observations. So we’ve put in 900 of these Vs in big blocks, but it only picks up a significant g if there was a Volcanic Volcanic eruption, right, because otherwise, it doesn’t help fit the model. So it then just picks up all the volcanic eruptions, and the volcanologists started using this method, we’ve done one to get a new archive of volcanic eruptions since zero, like 2000 years ago,


Tim Hughes  31:24

Actually this probably leads us on, do you have anymore questions Gene?

Gene Tunny 31:30

No not at the moment, go ahead Tim.

Tim Hughes 31:33

David, I was gonna ask you about climate econometrics. So you’ve written a book on that with Dr. Jennifer Castle. So I was interested to see exactly what climate econometrics is, and how it might be able to help us tackle climate change.


David Hendry  31:44

Yes, climate change is caused by our economic behaviour. All our methods were developed for modelling economics. So it would be quite unsurprising that they would work from modelling climate change, which is due to economic behaviour, CO2 emissions, and nitrous oxide emissions, the way we travel, the way we live, the way we eat, the way we warm our houses, etc. All these things are economic decisions. And so if the methods work for the economic behaviour, they’ll work for explaining climate, they’ll actually also work for claiming, explaining things like ice ages, even though there’s no humans around then, because they, the kind of dynamics of ice ages how the amount of co2 in the atmosphere, the amount of past sunlight falling on the Earth, that’s created the temperature, the amount of ice that’s around, etc. All of these carry forward into the future and there’s really good data on ice ages, I mean, 800,000 years of pretty accurate data and how it evolved. And we can fit our models to that, again, very general. Now, why would you want to put in indicators? Well, of course, there’s often a lot of dust in the atmosphere. And dust falling on ice turns it black, which turns up the amount of heat that absorbs. So if you have a period of massive volcanism, which does occur, I mean, often you can have 50 years of vulcanism puts up so much dust, it actually changes the pattern, and you can pick that up, and the sudden jumps in temperature that were unexpected, for example. So it can be applied to all these issues. We’ve been applying it to modelling ‘How well is the UK doing in getting to net zero?’ Now we were at a particular point that we had very good data on all the ingredients that lead to CO2 emissions, the amount of coal, which was huge in the 19th century and up to about 1970 was pretty large in Britain, but then began to drop dramatically, because it became inefficient relative to other sources, but also because it was banned in household fires. When you were not allowed to have fires based in smoky coal because smoke, so you get the demand for coal falling, and that led to the discovery of natural gas in the North Sea. Prior to that the gas system was coal gas, which required you to burn coal to get the gas but it’s very inefficient so that got rid of coal and natural gas is much more efficient. And oil was throughout beginning to replace the use of coal in many industries particular. And then in 2008, the government banned it from being used to produce electricity. And that’s the death knell for coal in Britain’s there’s almost none used nowadays. Now, 2008 is something The Climate Change Act of 2008 amazes many people, both parties unanimously voted for it as did the Lib Dems is completely we need this, let’s do it. And you get a huge, very rapid drop in the amount of CO2 emissions in the UK. Now Britain’s been moving towards a service economy from a manufacturing one. But it hasn’t been doing that to get rid of CO2. It’s been doing that because World Trade Organisation rules meant you couldn’t put extra taxes on people who are cheating in the way they were pricing their products. And so they killed off a lot of British industry. So I don’t accept that the offshoring has anything to do with climate change and claim that our domestic reductions. So Britain’s come down from 12 tonnes per person per year to four and a half tonnes per person per year over that period, which is a very dramatic reduction. America is still at 15. So it’s still above the highest it ever was in Britain. And one of the explanations we came across recently is that in Britain, cars went about 20 miles to the gallon in 1920. Now on average, they’re going 55. In America, they went about 20 to the gallon. And now they’re going about 20 to the gallon. And there’s many, many more cars, and they’re driving much further. So they’re consuming vastly more oil, and therefore gasoline. And therefore pumping out much more CO2, nitrous oxide, particulate matters, etc. They’ve had no efficiency gain, whatever, because they’ve gone for these bigger SUVs, much heavier, much bigger engines and petrol, gasoline has never been taxed in the US, whereas in Britain, the tax is about two thirds of the price of a pump.


Tim Hughes  36:54

Yeah, it’s expensive. Yeah, it’s a lot.


David Hendry  36:57

Yeah, it hasn’t discouraged people from driving. Right, people are still driving, there more and more kilometres on aggregate in Britain driven every year despite these high taxes and gasoline is one of my reasons for believing that carbon taxes will not by themselves solve the climate change problem. We need technology we need to adapt until we’ve written several papers, proposing a system of what we call five sensitive intervention points. That can be used to exploit how people behave without trying to change their behaviour, but to make them do things that will then be climate optimal. So for example, cars in Britain last nine to ten years on average, and then become obsolescent. So instead of buying another internal combustion engine car, price electric cars so that they automatically move over and buy an electric car. And if we did that, over the next 30 years, we’d end up with every car being electric, and nobody having suffered and have got the new car that they wanted at each point in time, but switching over gradually. But that requires you to be providing more electricity all the time to meet this, which requires upgrading the grid and installing more wind farms or solar cells, and maybe more small nuclear reactors and perhaps investing more in fusion in the hopes that the current breakthroughs can be made useful for society before 2050, and so on. And the paper tries to spell out how all these steps interact all the way down, clean right down to farming, how we get rid of the massive amounts of nitrous oxide, methane and even CO2 to come out to farming. That’s a huge concern in New Zealand, your neighbouring country, poor farmers, they’re objecting to fart tax. I don’t blame them. I mean, so how can they deal with it? Right? It’s, it’s not like you can deal with the tax when cars were getting more efficient when they’re driving less or getting an electric car. They need to think of the technology that will reduce methane emissions from animals. I don’t know if you know that there’s an island off Orkney called North Rolandsay, where the sheep are not allowed off the Shore, there’s a wall around the island and all the sheep are kept on the shore, and they eat seaweed. But methane…


Tim Hughes  39:25

Yeah, I heard about this recently. And because I was going to say I agree with what you say about technology, making these changes. So you know, rather than forcing people’s habits to change or you know, doing something drastic with our food chain, etc, the technology will contribute towards those changes. And yes, I saw that the seaweed or additives made from the seaweed could be one of the solutions for for methane. So just by adding it to the food. Obviously, it’s early days to see if that may or may not work on scale. But it’s encouraging It is encouraging to see those breakthroughs.


David Hendry  40:02

I think the breakthrough that’s needed is to synthesise the chemical. that does it. Because I don’t think you can grow enough seaweed to feed all the world’s cattle, sheep, goats, etc. I think that’s not on. But knowing that asparagopsis taxiformis, which is the one that seems to be best for stopping the thermogenic reactions within animals, it could be synthesised in the way that aspirin was taken from willow trees, and then Bayer worked out how to synthesise it. And I think these these things are possible. So yeah, I mean, our paper suggests that all of it is possible. Some of it needs subsidies, I don’t think tax is the right way to do it. Because we saw the uprising in France from the yellow vests. And that’s happened in Sweden, people object to their lifestyle being disturbed. This doesn’t disturb their lifestyle. It just says, oh, you know, you’d be better off if you do this. And then you can keep manufacturing going making cars but electric cars and wind turbines and solar cells and heat pumps and so on. All of it’s out there. And the thing that I do emphasise when I meet sceptics is by the end of the 19th century, we had cars that were electric with rechargeable batteries that could go up to 50 miles between recharges. We had solar cells, on roofs, we had wind turbines that were being used on farms, we knew that climate change was caused by excess CO2. And everything was in place for an all electric society, we knew how to generate it from hydro power, from wind power from solar power. But then the Americans discovered oil and the internal combustion engine. And that


Tim Hughes  41:54

So that technology was there at the end of the 19th century. You’re saying?


David Hendry  41:57

At the end of the 19th century, all of it was there. And we trace who invented it, how they invented it, how it developed? Yep, it was all there. Not LED lighting, that’s an important, more recent development.


Gene Tunny  42:12

Yes. Can I ask about that? That paper? I’ll have to look it up. It sounds fascinating. So have you you’re you’ve done modelling, have you of this path to net zero for Britain? Is that what you’re saying?

David Hendry 42:20

That’s what we’re saying yes

Gene Tunny 42:24

Okay. And yeah, it’s feasible. If there’s this technology, some technology shifts, technological improvements, but also that there may need to be some subsidies for electric vehicles, I think, was that what you were…


David Hendry  42:37

For the electric vehicles, but also for the grid. You need a massively improved grid, both because there’s vastly more electricity, but it’s got to be more resilient to climate change, because climate change is going to happen. Irrespective, even if we managed to reduce everywhere, it’s still going to carry on for a long time, because the oceans and the air have got to calibrate the temperature. And that takes a long, long time to happen. So sea level rise will continue, the Earth will continue to warm but at a slower and slower rate, if we stop pumping out quite as much CO2. And obviously, if we can find ways of extracting it, to research that, that would help. One of the things that does extract it, believe it or not, is basalt. Stuff that volcanos erupt, right? Now, if you look at photographs of volcanoes, the land around them is very fertile. So you can actually replace artificial fertilisers by ground up basalt. And that will act as a fertiliser, because it’s got all the minerals in it, but it also absorbs CO2. So it actually helps reduce CO2 whereas artificial fertilisers in making it they produce CO2, they produce nitrous oxide, etc, etc. So one of our proposals is that we start switching quite rapidly to using ground up basalt which costs next to nothing. There’s 300,000 cubic kilometres of basalt in India. That’ll take a long time to use that up.


Gene Tunny  44:12

Right, I’ll definitely have to check this out. I mean, this is a big issue for Australia. How do we get to net zero? And I mean, Britain’s probably got some advantages over us, you, you don’t have as big an area. I mean, we’re gonna have to build all of this transmission to connect up the renewable energy. Like we don’t have nuclear energy here and the Opposition party is trying to push it, but then I think there’s going to be a lot of community resistance to that here in Australia.


David Hendry  44:37

Yeah, I can believe that. But do people understand small nuclear reactors? That’s the only ones we’re arguing for, not the big ones, the small ones. In Britain, lots of big ones. And they’ve produced a lot of transuranic waste, that’s going to be a huge problem for humanity. Now, there are two advantages to small nuclear reactors. One they can use that transuranic waste as their fuel and greatly reduce the amount of radioactivity that needs to be dealt with from it. And secondly, they’ve been used in nuclear submarines for 50 years, and there’s never been an accident. So they’re very safe and they don’t have any fissionable material that terrorists might want for bombs. I mean, the stuff they’re using is useless. Other than burning up the waste, it’s a problem anyway. So if the public knew that these are harmless, that they’re getting rid of a problem, you don’t have nuclear reactors, so it’s less of an argument there. But in Britain, people would jump at the chance to cut the amount of nuclear waste that needs to be disposed of, burying it or put it in deep caves, etc. And these guys can do it


Gene Tunny  45:52

Right Yeah. These are the small modular reactors, are they?

David Hendry 45:56

Yes,

Gene Tunny 45:58

I think that’s what Peter Dutton, who’s the Opposition leader here, what he’s talking about,


David Hendry  46:02

Oh good for him, I think they are actually an important component, but only one possible component of an electricity provision, that would give more energy security. And, and be something that can work in almost all circumstances.


Tim Hughes  46:18

This is an area that we’ve talked about a few times, and one of the things that comes up is that the most likely scenario would be to have a suite of different options as to where they get the power from. So for instance, we’re very lucky here in Australia, we have abundant supply of sunshine. And so that’s clearly one of the options open to us, which we currently use, and it will grow. But there’s also hydro, there’s wind, there’s other options and having the various different things available. So that for instance, I mean, I know in the UK, for instance, like to rely on solar isn’t something that you’d want to rely on fully. So it would be the same everywhere I imagine and that that those suite of options or those suites of available power supplies would be different around the world. But it does seem to be that a lot of this is driven by the market, which we’ve noticed here and it has come up in conversation, which is that’s that seems to have been a big change, where that it’s been widely accepted that climate change is real, and that most people do want to have clean oceans, clean atmosphere, clean fuel. And so that driving force from the market, seems to be also then instigating the technology from the suppliers of those options, you know, people like Elon Musk, or, you know, these, these people who can make things happen very quickly, much more quickly than governments can. So it seems to be accelerating and going in the right direction. And so the net zero target is 2050. I think, is that right for the UK?


David Hendry  47:51

That’s right, it’s too far in the future. But we’ve picked it because the costs of adjusting to it are near zero, and probably even positive benefits from doing it slowly, in terms of machinery running out, cars getting obsolescent, trucks needing replaced. Developments, I mean, in solar cells, for example, Perovskite cells are now able to produce 30% of the energy from the sun as against the standard solar cells 22. That’s an enormous improvement. And that technology will take a little while to get commercialised and applied. And then people will have much, much more efficient solar cells to put on their roofs.


Tim Hughes  48:32

And the infrastructure needed for electric vehicles is obviously going to be enormous, especially in the built up areas. So it’s going to take some time for it all to happen.


David Hendry  48:44

Absolutely, but if the market prices correctly, it can be profitable for them to instal all the connections, it doesn’t necessarily cost much in the same ways they built filling stations. I mean, they didn’t build them for fun. They built them to make a profit to build these guys to make a profit as well.


Gene Tunny  49:03

Yeah, there’s some big issues here. Tim, one thing I would say on the solar I mean, even though we’ve got abundant sunshine, the challenge is, it we’ve got to store that solar energy for when it’s actually because yeah, that’s one of the problems because you don’t have it at night and yet there’s a big peak in demand when everyone gets home from work. And yeah, that’s why we’re having to build hydro where the State government’s here is investing heavily in hydro and trying to progress some couple of hydroelectric plants quite rapidly, which is, which is what you need to do so


David Hendry  49:33

Yeah, Britain’s rethinking hydro again, taking the Great Glen and converting it to a massive lake to reservoir to bag more hydro and Norway has always produced most of its energy from hydro. The first ever house to be lit by electricity was driven by hydroelectric. Armstrong, the gun manufacturer, built a hydroelectric system for just providing his house with electric lighting. That’s the first in Britain. So that’s part of the 19th century that we could have got an all electric world. And storage is a big problem Gene really is. And we’ve recommended using nighttime much later nighttime surplus energy to produce hydrogen. There are several methods, let’s not go into them parallel assistant electrolysis and creating liquid hydrogen, right. And liquid hydrogen is a fantastic storage of power. Okay, and you can use it either for heat, or to provide the electricity that you don’t have otherwise, indirectly or as a high heat source for industry if we’re going to get rid of coal and oil, they’ll need a high heat source. Well, you just see NASA’s rockets taking off and you realise you can get a lot of heat using liquid hydrogen mixed with oxygen


Gene Tunny  50:56

And so do you think that could be commercially viable, we’re trying to build a hydrogen industry here, not me, but the state government and the industry. And I know the Japanese are very interested, Mitsubishi and companies like that they’re looking at, they’ve got all these exploratory projects up and down the coast here. I mean do you think it could be commercial?


David Hendry  51:16

Yes, definitely. I don’t know what the cost to steel makers is of their energy provision. But if the hydrogen is made from the surplus energy at night, from things that wind turbines, which often have to be switched off, because you’re producing electricity that can’t be consumed, but it will always be able to be consumed from making surplus hydrogen, that’s our surplus energy for making hydrogen. And the cooling will also require a lot of energy. So I think it could actually, they could actually end up paying people to make hydrogen. Right to stop the wind turbines being turned off when a large percentage of your electricity is coming from wind turbines. And it’s coming at night, when you know three in the morning, the demand is zero. So I think there’s strong possibilities of using that.


Tim Hughes  52:10

That’s good battery technology is really another area as well, of course that is is going ahead. I was just trying to remember the name of the technology, I think it’s single cell batteries. If that sounds right. But I know Toyota, for instance, have invested a lot of money in this next generation of batteries. And it’s been talked about in the realms of that there will be sufficient enough in a car that you’ll be able to power your house from your car. So it’s that kind of capability that is being expected. Remember John Atkins, mentioned this in one of the


Gene Tunny  52:42

Yes, we might have to go back to that Tim and have a look and put some links in the show notes.


Tim Hughes  52:49

It’s a thing, it’s a thing. I didn’t make it up, I promise.


David Hendry  52:51

Okay, so you have to remember that using that kind of technology, a glider went around the world. Right? Yeah. It was a glider, but they did do it, and Britain has several electric aircraft for short distance travel, which are all electric. And trains. I think both Germany and Britain have been developing trains that ran off fuel cells of the kind that are driven by hydrogen. And they do produce enough electricity. But at the moment, the machines that do it are enormous and very heavy. So they have to find some way of producing fuel cells that work from much less expensive and heavy technology. But why not have solar cells in the roof of your car? Well, at the moment people would rip them off, of course, thieves would just take them, but they become ubiquitous. That may be one of the routes that we could do. Another as you mentioned, Musk, at one point, Tesla put up a video on the car being the battery. And they used graphene tubes filled with electricity all the way around the car, and then it provided enough electricity to drive the electric engine for 1000 miles. They dropped the video very quickly. And we don’t know if they dropped it because it was giving away secrets of they didn’t want or it didn’t work to try to match it didn’t work. I think it should work. I can’t believe that I mean graphene is a super capacitor can store enormous amounts of electricity. And there must be a way of using it and making graphene has now become very straightforward. You can take waste plastic, it was a laser and you turn it because it’s a carbohydrate you turn it into carbon and the carbon can be turned into graphene. Just pick up the tiny bits and join them the way that they originally discovered graphene in Manchester.


Gene Tunny  54:57

Incredible. That’s just incredible what’s going on, David we’ll have to put, I’ll put a link in the show notes to your research group on climate at Oxford, isn’t it. So I’ll put a link in because there’s links to all sorts of great stuff you’ve done and all great articles. There’s one more thing I wanted to cover before we wrapped up, because I know we’re getting close to time. There was one thing that you mentioned in that talk that you gave in 2010. This was to the Institute for New Economic Thinking, if I remember correctly, I think was George Soros in the audience? It was incredible. It kept showing George Soros in the audience because I think it’s his, his Institute, or he funds it. But there’s a mention of the insurance company, you talked about this large US insurance company that you’ve done some modelling for or they were using your approach and 5000 variables, and but only a few 100 data points? And could you give us a flavour of what type of modelling that was? I mean, without revealing anything commercial, I was just…


David Hendry  55:55

Yeah, okay. So the 5000 variables are things like a 28 year old, single woman living in Texas with one car, and no children and owns their house. And that’s a variable. Right. So they then price their insurance for her house, knowing all these factors. They were finding that the sales were getting too difficult. And they wanted some simplification of what was actually driving their profit. So Jurgen Doornik who actually did this work, already had auto metrics, working with quite short time series on these sorts of various people. But you could then model all the things that might be taken into account and discover, actually, it didn’t matter that they were single, it probably didn’t matter, they’re female, it probably didn’t matter they’d no pets, right? What mattered was that they owned the house or didn’t own the house that did have a mortgage or didn’t have a mortgage and whether it was fixed term or so very few variables turned out to matter. And it allowed the company to dramatically simplify the number of people that they employed for sales, right, they came way down until when the financial crisis hit, their cost base was vastly lower. And they survived the financial crisis in the way that many insurance companies didn’t, because they, you know, they lost so much money in housing, for example. So that, although it says 5000 variables in most of them could never have mattered when being male would not apply taking female, for example. So males would not have been entered in the models for females and age that older people can’t be young females. So you can see immediately, although they talked about, we talked about 5000 variables, and there were most of them wouldn’t have been relevant in any given situation.


Gene Tunny  57:56

Right. And so this was the autometrics or autometrics is that part of


David Hendry  58:00

OxMetrics. That’s part of the OxMetric system. And it’s written in Ox, Ox is a computer language that Jurgen developed in the 1990s, early 2000s, it was the first attempt to get fully automatic modelling. And I have to say, our first attempts were really ridiculed by the profession, the idea that you can automatically model it didn’t require human intervention. Well human intervention is of course, thinking about what goes into the model. After that, itt’s pointless spending hours trying to see which is the matter when the programme can do that much more efficiently, much faster and much more generally. So it gives, we believe it gave much more time for thinking and much less time wasted in front of the computer desperately trying to find the model.


Gene Tunny  58:51

Yeah, it sounds to me like our central banks and treasuries and finance ministries should be, yeah they should, if they haven’t got a copy of your programmes, they should get a copy of them and start applying them because we certainly need to do better than the, than we have been in terms of forecasting. So…


David Hendry  59:09

RBS definitely has a copy, the sorry the RBA.


Gene Tunny  59:14

Okay, yeah. Yeah. It’s hard to know what they rely on some, I guess they they’ve got a model. I don’t know to what extent that it informs their policy actions. They got this Martin model, which is Yeah, yeah, it’s I don’t know. I don’t it doesn’t I don’t know whether it’s was developed using your

David Hendry 59:25

No, it wasn’t.

Gene Tunny 59:30

No I might have to come back to that because it’s a it’s a rather complicated model not not today, but just just good to Yeah, it’s good to good to find that out at least they’ve got your software if they and hopefully they’re making use of it to some degree. Okay, Tim anything more for Sir David?


Tim Hughes  59:50

No, I just think so it was really interesting. Thanks again for your time, and I think it just reinforces the, the way you talk about the modelling and the conversation we had about AI. Again, it’s something that’s come up in other areas where it’s a really powerful tool, but there’s a human discernment at some point to sort of like, bring it all together. And without that, it’s only so useful. And so I think it’s always encouraging to see that we need that human intervention to make sense of things. And sometimes humans get in the way of good modelling. I imagine, you know, that, but if we can give that amount of work over to the models and the AI to do the work for us as a tool, then, yeah, it’s very powerful.


Gene Tunny  1:00:35

Very good. Okay. Well, Sir David Henry, thanks so much for your time. I really enjoyed it really appreciate it really learned a lot. So thanks. Thanks so much.

Tim Hughes 1:00:40

Thanks for your time.


David Hendry  1:00:43

Thanks a lot. Thanks for having me interviewed.

Tim Hughes 1:0046

You’re welcome.

David Hendry 1:0050

Take care.


Gene Tunny  1:00:54

So Tim, that was an amazing conversation with Sir David Hendry, what did you think?


Tim Hughes  1:00:59

Yeah, that was fascinating. I really enjoyed it. I was a very happy audience member for most of that but yeah, I really lapped it up.


Gene Tunny  1:01:06

Ah, you’re more than just an audience member Tim! I mean, I think you are. You’re participating in that conversation. And you’re asking some good questions. So yeah, it was good to have you onboard. And what I found fascinating is I mean, I had the I had the line of questions about forecasting. And then we went broader than than just the forecast. And we started talking about climate econometrics. And you know, what he’s doing the modelling of getting to net zero for the UK, which I thought was absolutely fascinating.


Tim Hughes  1:01:40

Yeah. And he mentioned that the modelling hadn’t actually progressed in many ways, like, not necessarily with the climate econometrics, but with the other modelling that we were talking about in the first half of the conversation, which was surprising to hear.


Gene Tunny  1:01:53

Yeah, the forecasting. I mean, not what he’s doing, because he’s really a leader in forecasting

Tim Hughes 1:01:59

Yeah so his model he could back

Gene Tunny 1:02:03

Yeah, I mean, and of course, he’s going to back his own modelling, but I’d actually believe it because he’s one of the gurus of econometrics. So when I was studying econometrics, or first started studying back in the 90s, he was one of the big names. And yeah, the approach that he had this general to specific approach where you’re, you’ve got this very general specification, you’re trying to hone in on this more specific specification, you’re searching for the right functional form the right way to express the equation, the right variables, the right number of lags, and some clever things to get things back on track. If they’re shocked things like error, they call them error correction mechanisms. You remember, he was talking about the volcano modelling the global temperature after a volcanic eruption, I thought that was really interesting how he had this clever little functional form this V shape to get to get it back on track to model that I thought that was really clever. And I mean, he’s renowned for doing that sort of thing in his economic models. And, yeah, I was surprised that there hasn’t been a more widespread take up of that approach. And I think my takeaway from this is that, yeah, there needs to be more education or more outreach from from David’s group, I guess, at Oxford to really, you know, promote their their methodology, I guess they’re they’re doing it, they’re trying to do the best they can. And it looks like, you know, central banks or reserve banks got a copy of their software, the OxMetric software, which has PcGive and the other, the other parts of that software, but from what I’ve seen, it’s not as widely used as it probably should be


Tim Hughes  1:03:50

With any modelling, couldn’t that just be run in tandem as a hypothetical to see how it might have performed against the current models? Is that how it would work?


Gene Tunny  1:04:00

Yeah, yeah. And hopefully, they’re doing that. But


Tim Hughes  1:04:03

yeah, because like, you would think at some point, you know, if it’s outperforming, everybody’s interested in, you know, the best outcome s o it would be interesting to see, didn’t, didn’t actually ask that direct question. But that would be interesting to know if that might be feasible or possible, or if it’s been done?


Gene Tunny  1:04:20

Well, I think hopefully, the central banks and Treasuries are using this approach, or they, or I hope they they’re experimenting with it, they should use it more from what I can tell. What I found interesting about our conversations, he was talking about how I forget whether it was the Treasury in the UK or the Bank of England, they were overestimating productivity growth in the UK for a consistent period for like a 10 year period or something. And so that sort of mistake could have real consequences because if you, if you’re overestimating productivity growth, then you’re overestimating what you’re GDP growth is, what your economic growth is, your, in your forecasts, and therefore, what that would mean is that you may not have your policy settings, your monetary policy settings, right, because you think GDP growth is going to be faster than it actually will be. And so maybe you’re not giving, you don’t have the bank rate low enough to to help, you know, promote economic growth. So that sort of forecasting error can have material consequences, if you know what I mean. So it’s important to get these forecasts, right, because if you’ve got those forecasts of where the economy is going wrong, then that can affect what the Bank of England does, or what the government does with its budget.


Tim Hughes  1:05:41

Yeah. And it seems to be human. The human influence, which is the most unpredictable, or the, the element that is most likely to bring around an incorrect forecast.


Gene Tunny  1:05:53

Yeah, I mean, I guess the human element and yeah, I mean, all sorts of things. But the problem is that the economy Yeah, I mean, ultimately, it’s about humans, because they’re, they’re the the units in an economy. But the economy is so complex, and so many moving parts, it’s just very difficult.


Tim Hughes  1:06:13

There was some, also, with the second part of it, the climate, econometrics, which was fascinating, I didn’t realise the extent to which Sir David had been involved in that. And so he was very deeply involved, and it was really interesting, that part. And I know we’ve talked about climate and getting to net zero and the the challenges faced with that, and the changes in the technology that is driving us towards that, which is obviously an ongoing and very interesting subject. And I have to say, so I made a, I was trying to recall this information that our friend John Atkins initially mentioned to us about solid state batteries. So I was trying to remember what it was exactly. So this, these is the one of the new generation of batteries, which, you know, is still in development. So we’ll link in the show notes, I found something from the Guardian of July 2023 that explains a little bit more about solid state batteries.

Gene Tunny 1:07:00

Oh, good. So what does it say?

Tim Hughes 1:07:05

It says, just briefly, that basically Toyota has made a breakthrough that will allow it to halve the weight, size and cost of batteries, it would be that we are, da da da make batteries more durable, and believed it could now make a solid state battery with a range of 1200 kilometres or 745 miles that could charge in 10 minutes or less. And the company expects to be able to manufacture them as soon as 2027. So this is obviously not, it hasn’t happened yet. So this is a projection. But it seems that they’re quite close. So this is the sort of, I saw this a few months ago, it wasn’t the Guardian article, it was something through ABC, I believe in Australia. Along those lines of about Toyota has worked with solid state batteries. Clearly, there’s technology being, you know, pushed forward all around the world on different areas, and which ones come to the fore or make it to market like, you know, we can only speculate. But it certainly seems that there are changes coming and more efficient, effective ways of storing energy and producing energy, that are all moving towards that target of net zero by 2050.


Gene Tunny  1:08:16

So this is something that’s better than the lithium ion batteries. Yeah.


Tim Hughes  1:08:21

And like everything else, there were problems at the beginning that they’re trying to work out. Yeah. So yeah, it says that for benefits compared with liquid based batteries. I think one of them was I saw that it doesn’t, they don’t burst into flames as easily, which is a good thing, like so when they say there’s no spills, for instance, from a solid state battery, if they get in a prang, or whatever may happen. I mean, I’m sure that there’s pros and cons with most new technologies. And I’m sure there’s none. You know, it’s no different with solid state batteries. But it seems to be one of the ones that’s coming through, it’s been around for a little while, and it seems to be progressing. But it’s just one of those areas that by the end of this decade, it’s going to be very different. And of course, by 2050, there’ll be things we haven’t even heard of yet, that will be key parts of the whole target net zero target,


Gene Tunny  1:09:10

We might have to get someone on the show who can explain to us batteries, solid state versus other types of batteries, because I’d be fascinating to know about the technology and what minerals are required. Right? Because I mean, you had that conversation with Guillaume about the Dark Cloud, wasn’t it? And that’s, you know, the, the fact that we do need to mine all of these, these critical minerals and that’s that’s got consequences, of course. So yeah, we’ll be good to have that conversation. Tim, one of the other things I found fascinating, yeah a couple of other things in the conversation. I found David’s point about all the technology that was available at the end of the 19th century. I thought that was fascinating. That was fascinating.


Tim Hughes  1:09:55

I didn’t I didn’t know that at all. That surprised me. It surprised me big time.


Gene Tunny  1:09:59

Yeah. yeah. And also the point about nuclear energy I was, yeah, that was really surprised by that, that he was so positive about it and thought it could work here in Australia, and that perhaps some of the concerns that we have in Australia, about nuclear energy are misplaced.


Tim Hughes  1:10:20

So that was specifically modular.


Gene Tunny  1:10:23

Yeah, the small modular reactors, and he’s saying they’re a lot safer. And this is something I talked about Ben’s, I talked with Ben Scott, about a couple of years ago, I think, on this show, the potential of small modular reactors, I though that was good that David brought that up.


Tim Hughes  1:10:39

Yeah, that was interesting. I hadn’t actually heard of that before. And I know that we’ve, like spoken about it before with Josh Stabler, for instance, with the the likelihood that there’s going to be different solutions to the energy provision in the future. So it’s not just going to come from one main source it’s going to come from most likely several different ones. So if modular nuclear power stations are a part of that, that’s quite possible. But it’s clearly going to be not just one thing. And just on that subject as well. There was it was mentioned about graphene, David mentioned, oh, yeah, I know this, that’s come up in a conversation we’ve had before here in Brisbane. There’s GMG, who are involved in that, here in Brisbane,


Gene Tunny  1:11:23

with GMG. So G stands for graphene I guess, and there’s…


Tim Hughes  1:11:27

Graphene Manufacturing Group. And so it’s in the space of renewable energy, and this whole push towards clean energy.


Gene Tunny  1:11:35

But what’s graphene got to do with it? Because graphene is a material, isn’t it?


Tim Hughes  1:11:39

Very good question, Gene. And this is something that I will get back to you as soon as I know. Yeah, because this is actually my solid, solid state battery moment in the in the wrap up, I managed to get another one in. So we’ll put something in the show notes to do with the graphene, but I know it was, it came up in a conversation we had with


Gene Tunny  1:12:02

ah apparently it’s going to create products with a better efficiency than the existing ones.


Tim Hughes  1:12:07

Yeah so it’s part it’s part of the all of this emerging technology towards better energy storage. Like most other things, it’s happening in many different parts of the world at the same time but we do have this, this company in Brisbane,


Gene Tunny  1:12:19

it looks like Yeah, yeah. Sorry Tim I just noticed it looks like someone’s built a graphene solar farm. So it looks. Okay.


Tim Hughes  1:12:25

Yeah. So to be to be explored, like, because it’s not something I know a great deal about, or, you know, so I think that w’e’ll definitely will, will earmark that for the next conversation we have about clean energy and where that’s going.


Gene Tunny  1:12:36

Yeah, for sure. Because this is it’s an ongoing issue. And I mean, the conversation, this isn’t going away. And you look at this northern hemisphere summer, and yeah, I mean, that’s just going to intensify this conversation, I think. Yep. Yeah. Okay. The other thing I thought was good about the conversation with David, I liked your question about AI and what’s happening with AI? And David pointed out, well, what they do, their algorithm, their automatic model selection algorithm, their auto metrics, that’s a form of AI. I thought that was a good point that he, he made there. Yeah, yes. Yes. So yeah, it was good question. So all in all, what a terrific conversation. And yeah, I really thought Sir David was amazing. He’s someone I would love to have here in Australia participating in the Australian policy debate on energy in particular, I think he could be that he could provide that sage perspective. He’s someone you’d pay attention to, he’s someone who’s very thoughtful, you know, good communicator, and as well as being a real gentleman.


Tim Hughes  1:13:43

Yeah, I really enjoyed it. And I found it very eye opening. And yeah, I think there’s, like you say, it’s an ongoing conversation. So it’ll, it’ll keep evolving. And hopefully, if we can, maybe they’ll be a round two with Sir David to continue that conversation.


Gene Tunny  1:13:59

We can only hope, so Tim, anything else before we wrap up this, this debrief?


Tim Hughes  1:14:05

No, I think I think I should stop while we’ve still got enough room in the show notes for


Gene Tunny  1:14:13

you introduce a new concept – then I ask ‘Tim that’s fascinating can you tell me more?’ Nope!


Tim Hughes  1:14:20

They say a little knowledge is dangerous. On this one I was lethal, but no, it was fun. I enjoyed it. And yeah, it’s it’s something that affects us all. And it’s something that’s changing very quickly. And so yeah, we’ll we shall return to that conversation no doubt.


Gene Tunny  1:14:36

Absolutely. Tim Hughes thanks for joining me on this conversation.

Tim Hughes 1:14:40

Thanks Gene.

Gene Tunny 1:14:43

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it? Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.


1:15:27

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Immigration & Australia’s housing crisis w/ Alan Kohler – EP191

This episode delves into the pressing issues of housing and immigration in Australia, featuring a conversation with renowned financial journalist, Alan Kohler. The discussion revolves around the impact of high immigration rates on housing demand and affordability, emphasizing the need for coordination between immigration and housing policies. The episode also highlights the supply-side factors contributing to the housing crisis, such as restrictions on housing development and protections for character housing and heritage. The host Gene Tunny suggests the need for a national debate and parliamentary inquiry into Australia’s immigration rate and population growth to weigh the benefits of immigration against the challenges of housing and infrastructure. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

What’s covered in EP191

  • [00:01:58] Australia’s housing crisis. 
  • [00:06:47] The need to coordinate immigration and housing. 
  • [00:08:00] Short-term vs long-term rental – the impact of AirBnB, etc. 
  • [00:13:05] Local governments and the housing shortage. 
  • [00:18:30] Drop in average housing size. 
  • [00:22:32] Increasing housing supply as a solution. 
  • [00:24:17] Immigration and housing affordability. 
  • [00:28:07] The pandemic response and the housing crisis.

Links relevant to the conversation

Alan Kohler’s articles:

Labor immigration and housing policies are an explosive mix

Alan Kohler: Population growth equals economic growth, but for whom? 

RBA research on average household size:

A New Measure of Average Household Size | Bulletin – March 2023 | RBA

Previous Economics Explored episodes on housing:

Odd way to fix housing crisis proposed by Aus. Gov’t: invest in stocks first w/ Dr Cameron Murray, Sydney Uni. – Economics Explored

The high cost of housing and what to do about it w/ Peter Tulip, CIS – EP134 – Economics Explored

Missing Middle Housing podcast chat with Natalie Rayment of Wolter Consulting | Queensland Economy Watch    

Australian Financial Review articles on housing:

Housing supply crisis: How Auckland took on the NIMBYs and won 

1.3 million missing homes blamed on councils and NIMBYs 

Transcript:
Immigration & Australia’s housing crisis w/ Alan Kohler – EP191

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, thanks for tuning into the show. In this episode, I chat with renowned Australian financial journalist Alan Koehler about housing immigration in Australia. These are related highly topical issues in this country at the moment. You’re in Australia, you’ll probably know Alan from his nightly finance report on ABC News. Alan was usually popular in Treasury when I was there, because he’d always feature an interesting chart and his finance report, and would often talk about it the next day. In addition to being a finance reporter, and presenter at the ABC, Alan was the founder of the Eureka report and business spectator now owned by News Corp. Many thanks to Darren Brady Nelson for connecting me with Alan, please make sure you stick around after the end of the interview, because I’ll have a few words to say to wrap up. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Alan cola. Alan cola. Thanks for joining me.

Alan Kohler  01:43

Not at all.

Gene Tunny  01:45

Alan, you’ve written some really great commentary on what’s been happening with housing and immigration here in Australia really frank and fearless commentary. And I’m glad to have you on the show to chat about that. In October last year, you wrote, If the Labour government doesn’t start coordinating immigration and housing, the mixture will be explosive, because Australia’s housing crisis is going to be horrific next year. I’d like to ask to start with Have there been any developments since you wrote that article that makes you more or less optimistic,

Alan Kohler  02:20

I suppose less optimistic in the sense that the increase in immigration this year has confirmed it’s 400,000. It’s it’s mainly catch up. But it’s clear that we’re back into higher levels of immigration. And the rental vacancy rate has not really moved. It’s gone from 1.1%, nationally to 1.2%. So that column II referred to was really just investigating job vacancies, and rental vacancies in various places around the country as well as nationally. So what I did was I went around to various places in the country, both cities and country towns, and looked at the number of jobs that were advertised on seek and compare that with the number of rental properties available on RPA. And just found that the number of job applications of job heads were vastly in excess of the number of places to live, if it was available. So you know, you’re wondering what’s going to happen. And when all these businesses needing staff advertising for staff in places like Warren ball or the Sydney Hills district or Cannes or Calgary? I mean, I looked at all these places, and there was a vast difference in the number of job vacancies and job ads and the number of places to rent.

Gene Tunny  03:50

Yeah, yeah, absolutely. And you, you suggested that it could be horrific next year. Do you think it’s horrific at the moment?

Alan Kohler  03:57

Well, it’s certainly not getting any better. For sure. I mean, the government’s plan is to is to have a housing. Future Fund, as it’s called, was $10 billion in which and the earnings from that fund will be used to build houses, and they’re proposing to build 30,000 over five years. But really, that’ll scratch the surface. I mean, the number of places that are needed is vastly in excess of that.

Gene Tunny  04:23

Do you have any thoughts on the structure of that Future Fund? There’s been some criticism of it by various commentators such as John Corrigan, and Cameron, Mary and the greens are that they think it’s a bit futile. Do you have any thoughts on that yourself? I mean, I know you just said that. You think it’s just scratches the surface, but any thoughts on the structure of it what they’re trying to do there?

Alan Kohler  04:44

Well, the only thought I have is that it’s better than nothing. It seems to be quite complicated. The way they’ve got the money is going to be given to the the actual Future Fund Manager and then there’s kind of various places that the earnings go to some some of the states Some of the Commonwealth I mean, I look at this kind of bureaucratic structure and feel like the money will disappear before it gets anywhere. Because, you know, bureaucracies tend to make money disappear.

Gene Tunny  05:15

Yes. And the fund managers or, you know, they’ll they’ll earn some fees off it, too. Of course, I think that’s one of the points that that Cameron mentioned. Can I ask, what do you have in mind by starting to coordinate immigration and housing? What what sort of things do you have in mind there? Alan, have you thought about how they could do that?

Alan Kohler  05:37

Well, I think the main thing they need to do is actually have a hard look at how many houses are required, given the immigration policy that they have initiated. So they, they make a decision about immigration, they decide how many people are going to come to the country, right. And then they, they also have data on how many houses are available. And therefore they can know what housing is required to house, the people who are being invited to come to Australia, and also the people who are here and what the sort of current demand is. And then I need to find a way to create to make that housing available. Because otherwise, what you end up with is a soaring in rent, which is what’s occurred, there’s been huge increases in rent over the last couple of years. And also you get huge increases in house prices, because of the demand. And there’s just simply a lack of supply. So what I suppose what I’m talking about is, you know, actually doing something at the government level to create the housing. Now the question is, what will it be because, you know, there’s not enough, it takes too long to build houses, even if they even if the housing Future Fund had enough money in it to build enough housing, it will take you know, a couple of years to build the houses. So it’s not as if that’s going to be a quick solution. But one of the things I’ve been I’ve also been investigating is the question of short term rentals and Airbnb. And I did another column in which I kind of observed that the number of rental properties available in Australia, at the time, I think was a month or two ago, the number of rental properties on raa that were available in Australia was 51,000. And the number of properties on Airbnb and other short term rental sites was 300,000. Right? So there’s a huge difference. And also, I looked into the difference in rent that you get, for the same property as a as a lease on our a and on Airbnb and the differences about three times I think that there needs to be a difference because putting it on Airbnb is risky, because you might get a party or you might rent it at all. So there is a need for a risk premium. But the question is how much of a risk premium and I think it’s self evident that the risk premium currently, that’s available on Airbnb is too high, because not too many people are putting their properties on Airbnb rather than putting it on REO for lease, which is leading to a bit of a shortfall. The question is, how do you how do you redress that imbalance? How do you get, say 100,000 properties off Airbnb? And onto the long term lease rental market? I think there’s some way that the government needs to find to to achieve that. What I suggested was some some use of the Kevin Rudd rental subsidy scheme for the introduced I can’t remember the name of it now. But there was a rental subsidy scheme that was abolished by the coalition that was introduced by Kevin Rudd that was aimed at low income earners. And maybe there’s a way of modifying that in some way that could, in a sense, redress the imbalance in rent between short term and long term rental. But look, you know, I don’t have all the answers. I’m just saying that there needs to be some thought put into, not just into, into getting people into the country, which we clearly need. I mean, we need the immigration, it’s not I think the answer is to not have the immigration because the staff shortage is everywhere. Businesses are screaming for staff. And, you know, and also the care, the care industry, the care sector, healthcare, aged care, childcare, you know, we’re all struggling for staff so we need the immigration and also baby boomers and they’re retiring so there’s needs to at a higher level in general of immigration, to deal with baby boomer retirement, what I’m saying is that they need to combine some sort of housing policy with immigration policy and think about what they’re doing.

Gene Tunny  10:16

Yeah, yeah. I’m just trying to remember it was the Kevin Rudd policy, it may have been the National Rental Affordability Scheme. Was it N RAS? I can correct? Yeah. Yeah, it might put a link in the show notes or a few N RAS properties. out near Bowen Hills, I’m in Brisbane. So I think I think there are n RAS on with immigration and housing. So you mentioned I mean, we do need immigration. But we’ve suddenly got this 400,000 per year of immigration. Would there be scope for adjusting that from year to year, depending on labour market conditions of housing? Is that something that they should be actively considering? And more broadly, do we need a national? Would you say we need a national housing and population policy? And we need to have that debate about what’s the optimal rate of immigration given these other circumstances? Well,

Alan Kohler  11:13

it’s not 400,000 per year, it’s just 400,000. This year as a catch up for the pandemic when there was no immigration. So, you know, I think the what we’re heading back towards, as a long term rate of immigration is somewhere between 202 130,000, demographers are struggling to say there’s more likely to be 200,000, the Treasury forecast in the budget was 230,000. Long term. You know, I don’t know what it is. But it’ll be something around about 200,000, I guess. And that seems to be what’s needed, you know, to replace the baby boomers and to, you know, just to keep the place ticking over. So I think if what you’re talking about is some sort of adjustment separately to immigration to, you know, meet the housing that’s available. I think that to be the other way around that, really, the immigration needs to be the starting point. And they need to do something about the housing, short term in a hurry, and not just muck around with long term solutions.

Gene Tunny  12:21

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  12:27

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  12:56

Now back to the show. To what extent you see the housing shortage as a result of restrictions at the local government level. Is it due to zoning? Is it due to character protection of character housing of heritage?

Alan Kohler  13:14

Oh, yeah, no doubt about it. I mean, I had a coffee the other day with a bloke who’s running a campaign in Melbourne, called EMB. Yes, in my backyard it stands for and it was started in San Francisco, which is got to Herrera to horrendous NIMBY problem in San Francisco. There’s there’s also a chapter in Canberra and one in Sydney, one in Brisbane. So there’s, they’re starting up here. They’re all young people, and they’re trying to get medium density housing built in the suburbs. You know, I really admire them going on, I think that that’s what’s required. That’s one of the problems in Australia is that we have a high density housing in and near the city with high rise. And then we have large blocks. We don’t have anything much in between we don’t have we don’t have the sort of four storey buildings that other countries do through the suburbs to allow people to allow a lot more people to live close to the CBD. I mean, one of the problems we have in Australia is that we have each city has one CBD. And so the further out you get, the more inconvenient it is, and so that that really puts a premium on housing, that’s, you know, within half an hour or an hour of the CBD. And because of councils zoning, there’s a limit on the amount of housing that’s, that’s being built in those, you know, within the hour commute from the CBD. And so, you know, that’s, that’s what’s required really, I mean, the characters the these people in in the MB movement going on and what they’re doing is they Going to the council meetings. So they’re not just putting out press releases, they’re going to the council meetings and speaking in favour of in favour of developments, housing, you know, apartment developments in those suburbs, because the one of the points they make is that when councils consider these proposal development proposals for, say, a five to 10 Storey, housing apartment block, the only people who bother turning up at the council to talk about it are those who are against it. And there’s never anybody who’s speaking in favour of it apart from the developer, which I think is an interesting point. You know, so the council’s really aren’t a hiding to nothing. I mean, they’re elected by the local constituents in, in their wards. And, you know, the constituents are all against anything being built. So, you know, they’re more or less on a hiding to nothing, you know, and I think so, there’s a bloke called Simon Kirsten maca, who’s a demographer in Melbourne, who I talked to a bit than his solution is for the federal government to give councils a quota of dwellings that they need to approve each year. And if they fail to meet the quota, they lose funding. And if they fail to meet the quota for the second year running, the administer administrators put in they they sacked, which is a pretty tough kind of solution. But he you know, he makes the valid point that this is a real crisis. Yes, we’re just not building enough housing. And we’re not building enough medium density housing, in places where it’s convenient to live. I mean, speaking in Melbourne, I’m not sure where love the place to be speaking about Melbourne, there’s a lot of fear a bit of housing being built in places like where are we in tan Eaton, you know, far our suburbs. But they’re incredibly inconvenient. I mean, the infrastructure is no good, you can’t get out of the place. People are spending an hour in the car, just to get their kids to school. You know, I just think that, you know, there’s there’s a real mismatch, there’s a real problem with where the housing is being built, and the amount of housing that’s being built in places that are convenient.

Gene Tunny  17:29

Yeah, I agree regarding the mismatch. So in Brisbane, here, the only places in the inner city where we’ve really seen an expansion of suppliers in former light industrial commercial areas where they’ve been able to redevelop such as at West End, or Milton and a new state, and we’ve got a lot of high density there. But yeah, we’re missing that, that more medium density, which I think would be really desirable. And I liked that idea of the financial penalties for council. I think that’s, that’s terrific. Another thing I’d like to ask Alan is about the there was a huge drop in the average housing size, and that’s associated Well, there are various factors. But during the pandemic we had, we had cheap money, we had people moving out of home earlier or leaving group houses. And we’ve got also a greater desire for space due to people working from home. And this has been people argued, some commentators or analysts are arguing that this is the big problem. Now it was this unexpected drop in that average housing size. And that’s what’s causing all the problems we’re seeing now. What I’d like to ask is, do you think that was, was that something that should have? I mean, is that something that’s unforeseeable and therefore, well, this is a, you know, this is a problem, obviously, but it was something that you really couldn’t do much about, and therefore, we just have to let it sort of play itself out. I mean, there’s, there’s not time for panic. I’m trying to think of the best way to ask this well, where I’m going with that. But that’s that’s one of the first things we’ve seen, is this drop in the average housing size? Do you have any thoughts on what’s happened there?

Alan Kohler  19:02

Well, the average house size, the average, the average number of people per house has definitely declined. It’s, I think it’s down to two and a half. I can’t remember what it is. But it’s certainly down from four to two and a half, something like that over over a decade. And I certainly when I was a kid, all the children that shared bedrooms, I mean, our I’ve got three sisters, there’s four of us. And it was a three bedroom house. But these days, all kids have to have their own bedroom, right? I mean, start the houses have to be bigger, to have the children, but also there are a lot of shared housing, that no longer exists. Look, you know, the number of people per house has definitely declined, but it’s not an act of God, but it’s certainly something has to be taken as a given. It’s not something the government can do anything about. You know, it’s not going to be able to say to we need to have more people that are housing, you know, let’s sort of cram in more on it’s not going to that’s not something government can do so it needs to happen. needs to be taken as a given that that’s the way it is. I mean, I think it’s starting to rise again now is because of the cost of rent, which is driving, particularly young people back into more shared housing. So I think I think the number of people who are house metric is on the rise again. But I don’t think it’s gonna get back to the where to where it was.

Gene Tunny  20:21

Right. Yeah. I think there was some RBI analysis that showed that prior to the pandemic, it was was over 2.55 or something like that. And then it dropped down to 2.4. A, and they’re saying that this meant that there was demand for an additional 120,000 houses or something. So that’s part of the problem. We’ve got it. At the moment. It was this. That’s one of the shocks that’s been experienced. And but I mean, so there’s this debate currently between or is it just that due to that shock, or is it due to the long term problem with building enough housing? I mean, I tend to lean toward the the fact that, you know, we haven’t built enough to because of restrictions in the past, or the restrictions, we’re still got. But yet, we’ve also got this shock that’s occurred. So it’s a combination of factors, what we’re seeing now,

Alan Kohler  21:11

certainly not one factor. I mean, there’s a number of factors. Yeah. Supply being restricted, declining household size, immigration increased in 2006, from 170 to 260,000. And kind of more or less stayed there. So, so that was a huge increase in the number of people coming into the country. And that’s kind of has continued and will continue. So there’s so there’s been a step up in immigration at the same time as house, household size falls and suppliers restricted. And also, don’t forget negative gearing and the capital gains tax discount, which is encouraging demand from investors. And also, the other thing that’s been driving prices up is all of the first homebuyer grants, which tend to just go on to the price.

Gene Tunny  22:03

Okay, Alan, Carl, or any final remarks on immigration and housing. I’ve really enjoyed this conversation. Just anything you’d like to add before we finish up?

Alan Kohler  22:13

No, I think we’ve pretty well covered it and I’ve enjoyed the conversation. Two.

Gene Tunny  22:17

Very good. Thank you, Alan. Really enjoyed it. Thank you. Okay, I hope you found that informative and enjoyable. The main takeaway that I took from my conversation with Alan is that he sees the way to tackle the housing affordability problem is by increasing housing supply. He’s highly conscious of the demand for foreign workers by Australian industry, so he wouldn’t want to tighten up visa requirements to reduce the rate of immigration. Alan is absolutely right about the need to increase housing supply. I must say, however, that I’d be more willing than Alan to adjust immigration policy settings, given how difficult it is to increase housing supply in the short run. Certainly the Australian government’s proposed housing Australia Future Fund wouldn’t do much as I discussed with Cameron Murray in a bonus episode in late March. In my view, we need to have a national debate, possibly even a parliamentary inquiry into Australia’s rate of immigration. And we need to work out an optimal rate of immigration and indeed, of population growth. There are many benefits from immigration, of course, but they need to be weighed up against the short run challenge of housing so many new people and ensuring that we have sufficient infrastructure. In my view, we should possibly consider population decentralisation strategies. For example, we could relocate some administrative functions of governments to regional areas and hence we’d relocate the public servants. There are several regional cities out there will many regional cities out there that could could be good destinations such as Townsville, for example in North Queensland. We should also ask, why do we need to rely so heavily on immigration to boost our workforce? In the case of skilled labour? Why aren’t we training enough Australians to meet the needs of business? Furthermore, I’d note that students are a big part of the Margaret intake into Australia. And it’s difficult to argue that they’re mostly filling skilled jobs. The impact of our high rated immigration on housing demand and hence rents and house prices is probably large enough that we should ask whether the benefits to industry are sufficient to offset any adverse impacts on the broader community. Of course, as I discussed with Alan, housing affordability is a multi dimensional challenge. There are demand side factors such as immigration and the reduction in average household size, but there are also supply side factors. One of the supply side issues is definitely the restrictions on housing developments in our Cities, there are too many rules which are constraining the supply of housing and making it more expensive. We have various protections of character housing of heritage, and it makes it much more difficult to develop the housing stock that we need. If you’re a regular listener, you may recall that I spoke with Natalie Raymond from the Brisbane yimby group a couple of years ago. As Alan mentioned, yimby stands for yes, in my backyard. It’s a fantastic movement. I’ll put a link in the show notes to my conversation with Natalie, so you can listen to that episode if you haven’t yet. Again, if you’re a regular listener, you may recall that I also chatted with Peter tulip last year about the high cost of housing. Peter is a former Reserve Bank of Australia economist. He’s now chief economist at the Centre for independent studies where I’m an adjunct fellow. Peters estimated that for detached houses, planning restrictions are estimated to raise house prices 73% in Sydney, 69% in Melbourne, 42% in Brisbane and 54% in Perth. I’ll link to my conversation with Peter in the show notes too. I think it’s a great one. And Pete has done some really rigorous research on how these planning restrictions impact housing, so I recommend checking that out. Another former RBA economist Tony Richards, he’s just published some analysis of the impact of planning restrictions on housing supply, and it’s received some great coverage from my old Treasury colleague, John Keogh, who’s now at the Financial Review. John has summarised this research by Tony Richards as follows. Australia could have built an extra 1.3 million homes over the past 20 years. But costly zoning planning and building red tape imposed by local councils is chiefly to blame for a huge housing under supply. That sounds plausible to me. Indeed, I’ve been on the news here locally because I’ve gone up to the site of a of a redevelopment or proposed redevelopment up in Paddington on the corner of Latrobe and given terrorists with a page of workers club is and they wanted to redevelop that as a mixed use development with residential and commercial. But it was opposed by local residents. And yep, there’s no development there. And I mean, we really need to develop prime sites like that that are well located and think about the interest the greater community interest rather than just the the interest of people within the neighbourhood. We need to think about the greater good. Okay. I should note that there’s some evidence out of Auckland in New Zealand regarding the impact of up zoning on housing affordability, so up zoning is allowing redevelopment or high density uses of land that’s zoned for low density residential use. After up zoning began in Auckland and 2016, there was a building boom. And since 2016, rents in Auckland have only increased 10 to 20%. Compared with 40% in Wellington, it looks like there’s an even starker difference for house prices. So they’ve gone up only 20% in Auckland compared with 70% outside Auckland. So I took those figures from a recent financial review article, which I’ll link to in the show notes. So check out the show notes for any links to any studies or reports I mentioned also for any clarifications in case I miss remembered something or I’ve got something wrong. Okay, I might come back to the Auckland experiment in a future episode to have a closer look at the evidence. As always, we need to make sure we understand all the facts, we need to be conscious that correlation doesn’t necessarily mean causation. And just because something follows something else. That doesn’t mean that they’re related, or there’s a causal relationship. That said the evidence from Auckland does look promising, and it makes sense from a theoretical perspective. Finally, I should note that the housing crisis we’re having in Australia is probably partly due to the pandemic policy response, including Ultra loose monetary policy, cheap money, and the lock downs. These policies stimulated demand for larger houses for those who could afford them. People demanded more space. They demanded studies so they could work from home and the international border closure for nearly two years, followed by its reopening in late 2021. That’s led to a huge amount of catch up immigration. As Alan noted in our conversation, all these new people need places to live in a rental market that is already extremely tight. So in different parts of the country. We’ve had vacancy rates for rental properties of around 1% In some cases under 1% Good paid with around three to 4% Normally, increasingly, we’re learning about the adverse unintended consequences of our pandemic response. Next time, our political leaders should think much more carefully about adopting such extreme policies, given the negative After Effects we’re now seeing, not to mention the adverse impacts including the restrictions on civil liberties that we saw at the time. We need to do much better next time if there’s another pandemic in the future. Okay, that’s about it for me, please let me know what you think about either Alan or I had to say about housing and immigration in this episode, you can email me via contact at economics explored.com. I’d love to hear from you. Thanks for listening. rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if you’re podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

31:33

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Gov’t wellbeing budgets & frameworks: useful or useless? w/ Nicholas Gruen – EP187

Show host Gene Tunny talks with Dr. Nicholas Gruen, CEO of Lateral Economics, about the increasing focus of governments on wellbeing. For instance, former NZ PM Jacinda Ardern rebranded the national budget as a Wellbeing Budget, Wales has a Futures Generations Commissioner, and Australia is developing a new wellbeing framework, Measuring What Matters. Gene and Nicholas discuss the limitations of the current top-down approaches and platitudes, and consider potential solutions for better integrating wellbeing into policymaking. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

What’s covered in EP187

  • What is the “well-being agenda”? (2:44)
  • The “Easterlin paradox”. (5:08)
  • How do you make these judgments? How do you measure well-being? (10:50)
  • How is this relevant for policy? Should governments be tracking this broader measure? (28:36)
  • Is complexity a plus or a minus in the Treasury wellbeing framework? (33:39)
  • Why do you need a framework? (40:02)
  • Good examples of programs which could improve wellbeing. (44:29)
  • The importance of being connected to family and friends. (53:42)

Links relevant to the conversation

Nicholas Gruen’s YouTube channel:

https://www.youtube.com/@NicholasGruen

Video version of this episode on Nicholas’s Uncomfortable Collisions with Reality podcast:

Wellbeing: can we escape the iron law of business-as-usual 

Measuring what matters — second consultation process | Treasury.gov.au

Fairfax Lateral Economics Index of Australia’s Wellbeing Final Report (the HALE index discussed in the conversation).

Transcript:
Gov’t wellbeing budgets & frameworks: useful or useless? w/ Nicholas Gruen – EP187

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, thanks for tuning into the show. In this episode, I chat with Dr. Nicholas grilling about the growing interest of governments in well being something broader than living standards or GDP per capita. Former New Zealand PM Jacinda Ardern, rebranded her national budget as a well being budget, Wales as a future generations Commissioner. And now Australia is going to produce a wellbeing framework called measuring what matters. As you’ll hear in our conversation, Nicholas is highly supportive of bringing wellbeing into policymaking. But at the same time, he’s sceptical of the way we’re going about it. He breaks down what’s wrong with the way we’re doing it. In short, there’s too many platitudes and too much top down thinking, and he explains how we could really make a difference if we did it right. Nicholas is CEO of lateral economics. He’s an angel investor, and he’s headed various government inquiries, including the Australian Government 2.0 Task Force, according to the Financial Times as Martin Wolf, Nicholas is a brilliant man who deserves to be better known, although he’s widely known within Australia, and he has an ever growing international reputation. This episode is at joint production with Nicholas as YouTube show uncomfortable collisions with reality. So please consider checking out his other content on that channel and you get a chance, a follow up to the conversation, this episode will be available on that channel brought out now for my conversation with Nicholas grown on well being. I hope you enjoy it. Nicholas, thank you, good to be with you. So I mean, you’re aware that New Zealand has a well being budget doesn’t it? And our own government here in Australia, it’s going to be releasing a measuring what matters statement. So it’s looked at what New Zealand’s done and it’s been? It’s excited by that. There’s a lot of interest in well being at the moment. What do you attribute that to Nicolas?

Nicholas Gruen  02:43

It comes goes, Gene, I think this, this urge, it’s an anti agenda. In other words, it comes from a frustration with the idea that we are obsessed with economics, we’re obsessed with dollars and cents, we’re obsessed with a single measure. And that single measure is GDP. And there’s a lot to be said for that. GDP is in fact, a much better measure of human wellbeing than we think. But that’s a little bit like saying democracy is a terrible, it’s a terrible mess. If you have to have a single measure, it’s, you know, I think you we can improve it somewhat. But there are all kinds of ways in which GDP is a much better measure than you might think. And that’s kind of partly because you can’t get rich without attending to basic social facts. And social institutions like schools, hospitals, families have to be in reasonable functioning order, if you’re going to have a wealthy society. So in a kind of an indirect sense, measuring how wealthy countries are, does help you distinguish between societies that are relative functioning relatively well, and societies that are not functioning relatively well. Please don’t think that that’s me saying we should put down our classes and forget about the deficiencies in GDP. So Bobby Kennedy put it best many years ago, 1968, when he said that GDP measures all those things in life, except the things that matter most to us, how well we bring up our kids, how beautiful our cities are, how kind we are to each other, how we manage how effective we are staying out of wars, GDP doesn’t measure any of those things. And it doesn’t measure a whole lot of other things as well. So that I think quite a good way to think of the well being agenda is to say that it’s trying to draw our attention to those deficits. And I’m very happy to say that it should live or die by how successful it is in addressing those deficits.

Gene Tunny  04:59

Okay. So wellbeing is going to be correlated with GDP per capita to an extent and is it the case?

Nicholas Gruen  05:08

And we see that in the there’s this famous thing called the Easterlin paradox. Why don’t you tell us what these? Oh, well, I

Gene Tunny  05:15

Was gonna ask you that. The way I the way I remembered if I’m remembering correctly, is that up until level of Is it personal household income, which years ago, I think was about 75 or 80,000. US dollars,

Nicholas Gruen  05:31

it was quite a lot less. Was it a lot less? Was it? Yeah, yeah. So you get a strong correlation between GDP and subjective well, and people telling you that they think their lives are working out relatively well, if you go, and it’s not very surprising, you go and ask people in war torn Sudan or somewhere like that a lot of highly corrupt and poor places. Well, being is low and GDP is low, and they climb together, and then they tie a lot and then the relationship tails off. And I think it was about $20,000 per annum, where you get that tail off. We remember this is maybe even less than that, because remember, I think it’s dates to 1974, the Easterlin paradox. And in many ways, it probably comes out of the kinds of sentiments that Bobby Kennedy was giving expression to in 1968. And it’s it says, Look, after you get tolerably wealthy, other things seem to matter more to people than how much more wealthy they’re getting.

Gene Tunny  06:37

Yeah. And what’s this idea of well being is so I’d like to ask is this happiness? Is it utility? To what extent is governments when they’re promoting well being is that about promoting the greatest good for the greatest number as Jeremy Bentham expressed it? How do you know?

Nicholas Gruen  06:54

I mean, I like to be vague about this. And I like to be vague, constructively invasions. And what I mean by that, in fact, if you’re vague, then you can honour the well being agenda as and when I called earlier, a kind of anti agenda, it is saying, hang on, where we’re never, it’s pretty unlikely we’ll ever not managed for GDP, but that leaves out all these other things. And the thing is that if you try and same, you can use words, I mean, Bentham had this problem himself, when he said the greatest good for the greatest number, he could never quite say what good was, he would sort of associate it with pleasure or whatever. And, as you know, what economists did in the, towards the end of the 19th century is that they did a little bit of on the spot, metaphysics and said that economics was about utility, that the ultimate out quote from the economy was not money, can’t take it with you, and you can’t eat it. It was money existed to improve utility. And I think utility is a nice word, it anchors the activity to what we all think of what uncertainly we did in the late 19th century and early 20th century, as all the useful things about life. Today, our lives are much more postmodern, they’re much more saturated with fantasies, entertainment, advertising, and so on. And that’s created all I mean, it’s right, why rather like that, the the, this is an Australian word for people overseas, but I’m going to use it anyway. The Daggy if you like nerdy sense of the word utility, it’s saying how can we be useful and we get a lot of utility. A poor person who is a paraplegic gets a lot of utility out of a wheelchair, or hundreds of 1000s of dollars worth of utility. If you want to get that much use that much usefulness to someone who is able bodied and has plenty of money, you’d have to do an awful lot to be more useful to them than a wheelchair is for a paraplegic person. So I think of it as quite an anchoring quite an egalitarian idea. So to Bentham, and this is one of the things that’s one of the characteristics of economics during its period of what I call clarified common sense. People like Alfred Marshall, Cecil Pigou, who were working toward in the turn of the 20th century, they built their idea about what the economy about was about around usefulness. And one of the upshots of that was that if you’re just focusing on usefulness $1 to a poor person or a pound to a poor person buys much more usefulness by It supplies them with much more urgent needs. If they spend it halfway wisely, then it can provide to a wealthy person. So that injects into our thinking a degree of egalitarianism in the guise of scientific thought, or if you like, economics has clarified common sense. So I see the well being agenda as reviving some of those ideas. And one of the people who’s responsible for it, Richard Layard, at the London School of Economics has written very much in that in that kind of tradition.

Gene Tunny  10:38

Right? Okay. So you talk about this idea of $1. In a poor person’s hand, the more valuable than in a wealthy person’s are the utility that comes from it? Yeah, but how do you make these judgments? I mean, can you do this scientifically? How do you measure well being for example, can you actually put a number on it? How do you think about that,

Nicholas Gruen  11:00

and you can’t measure utility either. So So modern economics, after that period got mesmerised by the idea of being scientific. And it didn’t get anywhere. All it managed to do is to we had a, if you like, a blurry vision of what was true, because I think almost every person listening to this will say, yes, yes. In general, on average, it’s strongly true, that money going to poor people, right now, with a budgets being prepared, and people are talking about increasing the dole for people over 55. Well, there will be some people who take it to the casino. But most people and I don’t know whether that buys anything, probably buys less, they probably buys less utility, less well being than money to me or you. But most people will spend it on things that are much more useful. So I don’t want to say Oh, well, we can’t be scientific about that thought, therefore, we’re just not going to have it. But that’s essentially and we can talk about this more if you want to, but what you can just agree with. That’s essentially what happened in modern economics from about the 1930s onwards, where we moved from a criterion of well being, which basically said, everyone’s wellbeing can be presumed to be everyone can presume to count the same. And therefore, if we’re just focusing on well being, and of course, we can’t just focus on well being, we’ve also got to think about incentives and stuff like that. But abstracting from that, ignoring that it’s a powerful, stylized fact, that money to the poor, is urgently needed, and money to the rich is not. And that basic idea kind of disappeared from the methodology of economics, in the pursuit of making it more scientific. And so we watered down the idea of what a improvement in the well being of a population was. And all we said was something which is sort of useless for practical purposes, it’s okay for modelling and that’s called Pareto, making a Pareto improvement, named after bill for a great thinker, Vilfredo Pareto, who ended up being rather sympathetic to Mussolini towards the end of his life. But he was he didn’t like the idea that you could compare any one’s subjective, state with anyone else’s, he produced Pareto wellbeing, which says, you get a Pareto improvement only if you can show that you can improve one person’s well being without harming anyone else’s. Well, that rules out progressive taxation, it rules out actually pretty much anything you’ve worked in the treasury, it’s almost impossible to do anything in policy without fight without some losers turning up. And then economics has nothing to say about that. And I don’t think that’s good news. And I think the well being agenda is one way to remind ourselves of that lack that absence. And it’s an excuse to try and bring back some of this not to, and maybe we’ll get to this not to erect a kind of big alternative approach with a big brand new thing, but a correction to some of the obvious moats in our eye on this in the sort of ways economists are thinking at the moment.

Gene Tunny  14:39

Okay. So how can we measure this? You’ve done some work on this Hale index? Is that a way of measuring well being can that be useful for assessing whether our well being has increased or

Nicholas Gruen  14:52

moving into that? That’s a good illustration of what I’m trying to say because I guess you could mark at the Hale index. I’ll explain what it is in a minute, as a sort of brand new way to conceptualise well being. But that’s not how we thought about it. We started with GDP for some of the reasons that I’ve outlined earlier. And then we said that there are some obvious ways in which GDP doesn’t tell us, that doesn’t give us what we can correct this in big, ugly ways. Where there are big ugly deviations from common sense. And then we know that we’ll, we think we’ll have a better measurement of well being, and it won’t be perfect. And it’s not something we want to run away with. But it will help us think about policy priorities, and talk about whether we’ve been getting richer or poorer as a society. So let me give you some examples. GDP is blind, to whether young people from 15 to 25, are spending their extra money going on holiday, or going to TAFE going to uni, going to school, and building what economists call human capital. We take that into account because we say that if you are spending this money, on your education, your knowledge, your training, your capability, then you are investing it. And so we put that back into GDP. And of course, if you think about how long in our lives we educate ourselves, well, 12 years is a kind of minimum for people pretty much now. And a lot of us have at least another three or four or five or six years. That’s a huge amount of your life. And therefore it’s a huge part of the economy. And so when we started, when we put that in, we changed the you know, you could see that as Australia invested in increasing retention in schools, which happened quite in a big surge during the whole government. And then, as we as we got more and more people with cert three and above qualifications, that that produced a large surge in benefit. And that would be a good thing to think about. That’s something we should congratulate ourselves on when we when, when it’s working and, you know, give ourselves a talking to if we’re not making those things happen. And another way to think about this is to say that the business will alter in this period, the business community, we’re obsessed with talking about workplace relations and workplace relations are quite important. But that’s the interface that businesses have with policy, that’s the one that they think about. And it’s vastly less important. I mean, if you do a really bad job of either, you’ve got a lousy economy on your hands. But if you are doing a halfway tolerable job of either, then human capital is vastly more important than exactly how you configure workplace relations. And anyway, no one’s ever worked out a perfect way to configure workplace relations. So one way to think about this is to say that the Hale index, this index that we built, tells you what’s important and what’s not. And some other big differences, that reflecting the comments I made about money in the hands of poor people buys you more urgent needs than money in the hands of wealthy people. During the last 20 or 30 years, Australia has become somewhat more unequal, it’s it’s a little overstated. People tend to overstate it, they tend to think we’re nearly there were as bad as the United States or the or Great Britain. And we’re not by quite a long chalk. But nevertheless, there’s an effect there. And so that that should go in. And if we have become richer, but more unequal, it’s not clear that we’re better off. And so, you know, I think quite a good, quite a good measure of a just a single measure of economic well being is median income, and median income has not grown as much as actually I’m not sure about that median income. No, I think median incomes not grown very strongly, you might be able to correct me on that. But what we’ve done well as we’ve looked after people at the bottom quite a lot better than they have in the United States. And the PR people at the top have been very well looked after, but not nearly as well looked after as they have been in the United States. Anyway, so it takes into account inequality. It tries to take into account natural capital and the result that natural capital is you know, the quality of our air and our streams and, and the amount of minerals that remain in the ground. One Upshot from that which I’m not, I’ll just tell you about it is that we, the methodology we arrived at We certainly didn’t try to come up with this result. But the methodology we arrived at told us that natural capital, at least in terms of diminution of natural capital, at least in terms of what’s happened so far was pretty minor. And that even took into account greenhouse. But of course, that depends on the trajectory that greenhouse takes. So that at least gives you something to argue about that, you know, you’re not just waving your arms around, as I’m doing right now. And then the other thing we did is we talked a few areas of mental health, which have, which are common, and have large impacts on well being. And they were depression, and anxiety and obesity. Well, obesity is a physical condition. But that has a notice that is correlated with large reductions in self reported well being. And so we threw that in the mix. And as obesity has been rising, that’s been taking 10s of billions of dollars off our GDP. So that’s what it looks like. And that to mention what I said before, I don’t want to con anyone into thinking this is a comprehensive measure of well being even though sometimes it gets reported in the press is that, but I want to say, look, it’s GDP, and then we’ve made some big changes where the worst problems of GDP exist. And that’s got to be a good thing. It’s, it’s the old clarified common sense idea, rather than welcome to the new paradigm.

Gene Tunny  21:32

Okay, so the Hale index, Harold age, lateral economics index, on well being Yeah, well being just so clarification, you talked about human capital. So are you valuing the time input that people are spending in education and training because the the actual resource cost of the education and training or the value added, that’s already counted in GDP are

Nicholas Gruen  21:58

correct. So what we say that if you go to TAFE, you go to uni, you build your human capital, the resource cost of doing that as already take is already measured in GDP, we paying your tutor as your lecturers, we’d pay for the buildings if you go to them, and, and so on. And but then we say that at the end of this process, you have invested in an asset and that asset and so and we do the same, you see GDP doesn’t contain depreciation. So it’s a basically, it’s purely recurrent. And it has no way to conceptualise the capital account, it has no way to conceptualise whether you’ve made yourself richer for the future, or poor for the future. And so it tries to do that. Does that make sense?

Gene Tunny  22:55

I’ll have to have another look at it. Yeah. Because I mean, the, what I’ve seen in the past is that people have adjusted GDP for the depreciation. So part of the That’s right, well, yeah, yeah. Part of capital expenditure that occurs is just to replace existing capital. So, you know, some people argue, well, you should actually look at net domestic product or net rational product. And

Nicholas Gruen  23:21

we do that in. So we start at that. I mean, I didn’t mention that because I just thought it was too technical, but we start with NAMI national income. Okay. So we got depreciation in there. So we put capital, so we need to put capital appreciation in as well.

Gene Tunny  23:38

I see what you’re driving at. Yeah. Okay. Capital appreciate. Yeah. Okay. Right. Well, I’ll put a link.

Nicholas Gruen  23:44

I mean, let me just let me just so people can conceptualise it. So you start with GDP, which has no measure of depreciation, your point, but the buildings you had this year, are worth less at the end of this year than, let’s say plant and equipment. Yeah, the cars you own are worth less at the end of the year than this year. So we take that out of GDP. And if you’re going to do that, by exactly the same token, you would put back into GDP all the ways in which you’ve built capital. And the main ways in which you built capital is through human capital. There’s sort of three four times as much human capital in the economy than there is physical capital.

Gene Tunny  24:27

Okay, okay. The big effect

Nicholas Gruen  24:29

two big effect.

Gene Tunny  24:32

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  24:38

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice. We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world. You can get in touch via The website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au, we’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  25:07

Now back to the show. Like what I wonder, is whether we are actually much better off than we were, say, in, in the 80s or 90s. Because, I mean, clearly the technology is just incredible that we’ve got now I mean, I remember having a Commodore 64 When I was in high school, with 64 kilobytes of RAM. And now I mean, everything you’ve got now, it’s just I don’t know how many 1000s of times better it is. But it’s just an incredible improvement. But yet, I don’t know how much better the quality of our life is, particularly with all the smartphones and the distraction? And do you know what the evidence is on that though? What is it?

Nicholas Gruen  25:50

Well, my style? Well, I mean, leaving the smartphone, the distraction point out, because that’s a very different sort of thing you’re thinking about, we can talk about that. But my kind of guess from scanning the literature on that is, so I think one of the main things you’re talking about is that a lot of the streams of benefit that we get from technology of free, or you go to Google, we go to Facebook, if you call that a benefit, there are just all these free services and free doesn’t work with GDP, GDP to GDP, it’s just invisible to GDP, because GDP, put your binoculars on and then whenever someone’s paying for something, you work out, you know, you say, Oh, that was $2, that’s $2 to GDP last whatever they paid for it. And anyway, it’s a, it’s an process of serial accounting, working out how much value has been added with each transaction. And in this process, the value that’s added is not counted, some of the commercial value that added is counted, and that is the advertising revenue. But so so again, it’s it raises the question of the household economy as well. I didn’t mention one of the great weaknesses of GDP is that GDP goes up. If you go out to dinner, and it doesn’t go out, if you if you get someone else to pay for your dinner, or you know, to cook your dinner and pay for them, that that GDP rises, but if you cook it at home, GDP doesn’t rise, I could give you some more striking examples, more sexual examples. They’re a bit more striking, which is that most people’s sexual activity doesn’t contribute to GDP, but going into a prostitute does. So that doesn’t seem to be a very good way of measuring human wellbeing. So there are anyway, we haven’t tried to correct for those things. But those are the those are some of the sort of paradoxes of GDP. Yeah. But I don’t mean to be too critical of GDP because of it. Clearly, we are, we are wealthier. And

Gene Tunny  28:06

to an extent, I mean, just given the expansion of I mean, houses are much larger, on average than they were 30 years ago. We’re probably I mean, the quality of cars is better. We can you know, then they’re cheaper in real terms, I think. And partly that’s because we’re brought down the tariff wall here. But yeah, I guess we are better off in a material sense. But it’s not as much as you might think, if you just look at the GDP per capita numbers, because there are these other things we should be taking into account. Yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  28:36

yeah, that’s right. That’s right. I mean, the other thing is, I’ll just tell you, I went this afternoon to somebody who was looking at an MRI of my shoulder, which is sore and tingling. Now, I’m pretty confident that I mean, there are various ways various pathways, you can imagine that the existence of MRIs is picked up in GDP, I mean, you pay money for the for the MRI, but the fact that the fact that he can look inside my shoulder and look at where the bone is, and where the where the sinews are on sale, there’s a spur there. And we couldn’t do anything remotely like that. As an economist sitting there, very few people would have this reaction when they’re doctors looking at an MRI. But that was what I was thinking about. I was thinking, well, I doubt if that is properly reflected in productivity statistics. And in GDP. It’s an incredible thing to basically have your doctor be able to look right inside things and you know, that that’s a very powerful thing.

Gene Tunny  29:43

Yeah, yeah. Okay. Okay. So I think basically, the takeaway is that well being is this it’s much broader than than GDP. It’s challenging to measure. How is this relevant And for policy, Nicholas, I mean, should should governments be tracking this broader measure? Should they be tracking something like the Hale index? Or the ABS be producing it? And should they therefore then adjust their policies to address this if there’s a deficiency? And yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  30:15

so So that’s, that’s the nub of the question. So there are various lots of people say how wonderful it is, you’ll hear this it’s almost a cyanide, I will hazard to guess it’s a sign that you’re listening to someone who hasn’t really thought about these things very carefully, or sceptically when they start talking about Bhutan. So Bhutan made a really big splash by saying that it was managing its economy for gross national happiness. But if you take it seriously, and you look how they do it, it’s a bit of a joke. No offence to Bhutan, good on them. And they’re doing quite well. So you could argue that it’s all because of well being. But if you try to look at what they’re doing, I mean, it’s very hard to get anything published after about 2009 on the subject anyway, from Bhutan. So it’s a cart that people love the idea that they’re managing for wellbeing. I’m not sure exactly when, but probably in the, the tooth, the, you know, the 2000 to 2010. But maybe earlier than that fair bit of pressure was put on the Australian Bureau of Statistics to produce a wellbeing measure. And I basically pushed back and said, Look, we will produce a thing with series of indicators called measuring Australia’s progress is that it, of course, and we will not aggregate it all and pretend that we can put this all in a single measure. And so you know, they look at natural capital, they look at equity, they look at the environment, and they produce rich data on this stuff. But the calls keep coming, oh, we need to. So in other words, if we had this big demand to manage for well being, then that’s fine, the ABS could produce this data. And then our politicians and our senior thought leaders will put inverted commas around that. They’d be saying, Good, we’ve got the data. Now we’re going to manage for wellbeing, but that’s not what happens. So that’s a sign that something funny is going on. And so around the world, we hear this idea that we’re going to, we’re going to manage for wellbeing. Now, we might be able to go into this in more detail in the next podcast that we’re going to have on this where we’re going to have a closer look at some of this. But I think that is a mistake. I think it is a mistake to go running around creating, quote, wellbeing frameworks, if there are a wellbeing framework of a particular kind, because so New Zealand has done that. Well, let’s go through what’s happened. The Treasury announced that it had a well being framework. And this was announced in a speech by a senior Treasury official, who shall remain nameless, but is closely related to me. And it was announced that there were these five principles in the treasury Wellbeing Framework. And you can imagine, you know, we can work out what they are the first, you know, the top three or four are going to be prosperity, equality of some kind, and we’re going to read a reference to equality. Another one will be a reference to the environment, you know, health, happiness, stuff like this. And the fifth one was happened to be complexity, which was intriguing. And I sort of looked at this and thought, Well, that’s it that’s on what’s like, I can see how complexity is sort of important. But is it a plus? Is it a minus? What’s it doing that? Now, the Treasury Wellbeing Framework or so it was called a well being framework? I think it was quite obvious at the time that it was not a well being framework. It was a set of talking points. Is that a bad thing? I don’t think it is a bad thing. Can Henry wanted the Secretary of the Treasury at the time wanted to make the point or wanted Treasury officials to think more broadly about what the Australian economy was about? No problems there. But it wasn’t a framework because of framework constraints. You and it’s it, you will be applying this framework. Wherever you do work, wherever it’s relevant. I can prove that that didn’t happen, because the Treasury wrote a submission to I think the a triple C on Consumer Policy and another submission on regulation of financial instruments. Now, if that doesn’t raise the question of complexity, nothing does and the word complexity did not appear in those submissions. I’ve documented this So, so it wasn’t a framework. That’s okay. But it’s a very good illustration of a number of things, which is that, you know, it’s very easy to grandly talk about visions. And we should be suspicious of that, we should be suspicious of that for lots of reasons. But without going into, like, if you’re serious about that, I’d be suspicious, because I don’t think it can be done, I don’t think it’ll be helpful. I think it’ll all fall over. But in fact, you don’t really have to worry, because when you get suspicious, what I’m mainly suspicious of is that this is what I call a re skinning operation. And we will get business going on more or less, as usual, with some new words dotted around. And I think that that’s clearly demonstrated in the, in the case of the Australian treasury. And And to top it all off. John Fraser, when he was the Treasury Secretary, just got rid of it. And a number of people were quite upset. I think you were a bit upset. And you said you were sad to see it go. And I said, Well, I’m sad to see it go. But it will it made no difference and making everything go will make no difference. And and I said, Can you tell me anything? Any thing, any piece of work that was changed for you in the treasury by the framework? And I think you had nothing to say then. But you might have more to say now?

Gene Tunny  36:24

Well, I think what I said at the time, Nicholas, was that I think it was designed to change the mindset. There authorising words. Yes, yes. And I don’t think you could ever say, Well, as you mentioned, there was a a submission that it appears wasn’t informed by the well being framework at all, which I think is a really, that’s a that’s, that’s not very good. I mean, I’m surprised that complexity wasn’t, wasn’t mentioned in that. But yeah, you’re right. I mean, it’s very hard to operationalize these things. I mean, because you know, these things come from, you know, the senior executive, or I think it was either Ken Henry, or Blair calmly or someone like that very senior in the treasury. And I mean, you know, that they wanted to have it permeate through the organisation, they wanted people to change their, their mindsets from because there was a concern treasury, or we’re just all the corner Kratts. And all we care about is GDP and the the economic numbers, we’re not concerned enough about broader well being. So I think it was well motivated. It just didn’t, it’s hard to change practice

Nicholas Gruen  37:32

being stuff is well motivated. And that’s my point. Let’s, let’s have a little D tumescence, about how well motivated we all are. And let’s attend to the difference that we’re making. So that’s the Treasury, that’s the Australian treasury. Now the New Zealand Treasury is a very different story than New Zealand Treasury, actually kind of contacted me I’d written some stuff on well being and they contacted me. And I was amazed when I had a look at what they’ve done. They’ve been working away before Jacinda Ardern, turned up and said, Let’s have a well being budget. The New Zealand Treasury were actually doing a great deal of work, trying to reconceptualize the national accounts, and all this kind of stuff. And they were pretty serious about doing it. But I’ll tell you what’s happened. We can talk a bit about this, about their well being budget in a minute. But what’s happened is they have put a lot of work in and the result is that at least in principle, whether they’ve got to this stage or not, I don’t know. But in principle, they would be able to tell you, the world self reported well being of Maori in Rotorua. Now, isn’t that impressive? Well, actually, it’s not impressive, because what’s not impressive about it is that you’ve you’ve put a huge amount of effort and resources into something and thinking resources. And what are you missing out here? Well, what I’m arguing you’re missing out is, you know, what the Mary well being in Roger or is and you’ve got no further information about how to improve it. And that’s what matters. So I want to use well being frameworks. Well, this this hankering for well being as an authorising environment, to start finding some things where wellbeing and GDP deviate the way they were something where there’s a big problem with the well being and GDP is ignorant of it is it’s invisible to GDP, there’s suffering. And I would like to, I would like the well being thinking to start being used to authorise this and I was talking to a state government a treasury, actually, Treasury state government this year, and and I was saying this to them and they said, Well, you Yes, but we need a framework. And I said two things. I mean, firstly, why do you need a framework, it’s not going to help you achieve anything. But I said, I can give you a framework, the framework will be not on how to measure wellbeing everywhere for no apparent reason. But how to build a framework which will deliver wellbeing benefits. And we already have a bit of a, we already have a bit of a picture of that, because we’ve done it conceptually, in another area, which is sort of simpler and more technical, and therefore doesn’t involve the human element so much, and doesn’t therefore engage our feelings in quite the same way. And that is greenhouse. So we have cost curves are very basic, the firt, the first language we ever developed about greenhouse before, even before Kyoto, which I think if I’m correct is 1997, we develop the concept of no regrets measures, what are no regrets measures, they’re things that are good for the economy, and good for greenhouse. And there are quite a lot of those. The classic case of trying to improve the efficiency of at small levels, that management don’t pay a lot of attention to the installation of warehouses and factories, the energy efficiency of electric motors in those things. And they’re actually quite large economic benefits. And they come with greenhouse reductions, and there are still some of those around so I think so the very first thing you go looking for is wellbeing benefits that are no regrets measures, things that have a big impact on the work on wellbeing, while they actually do no harm to the economy. But if that’s the case, is highly likely, given that people who feel good about themselves are more productive and less fractious, and less likely to try and pinch, you know, try and blame other people for their problems and so on. That is that something that could be we could do something very exciting. Now, let me give you a very small illustration, my best illustration of this, it’s actually happening now might have happened earlier, if we’d taken this seriously. In hiring, there is a bit of a craze, you can call it a bit of an ounce, maybe one of the best part best outcroppings of the the woke stuff, which I’m not terribly fond of in lots of guises. But here, if you go to an interview, and you don’t, one way of presenting well you’ll tell most people is you, you aren’t afraid to make eye contact, you make the right amount of eye contact. Well, autistic people find that extremely hard. And autistic people can be extremely productive. So your HR people, the people doing interviews need to be aware of this. And if you’re running an organisation that has lots to do with computer programming, statistics, various kinds of management probably pretty much anywhere, people who who are somewhere on the autism spectrum, not wildly over so that they become socially dysfunctional, but people on the autism spectrum can be if you know that and you manage for that you can massively improve their well being you can massively and you can go do yourself on the productivity benefits that this produce. And so that problem I just mentioned is a large problem. It’s not you know, it might it might affect 234 percent of the population. And it’s in some way, I think, another large problem is that carers, older carers, so I get a bit older and my wife looks after me or vice versa, they tend to be socially isolated. Now Australia has got some quite good policies on this. And we have, we were an early innovator in funding people to go round to older people’s houses and make them a cup of tea, have a chat and then move on or put their dinner on and things like that. But there are lots of things we could do to improve the social connection between carers and of carers and their community and so on. So that’s another area. Another area I would argue would be teaching and probably kids on the autism spectrum, teaching and dyslexia. There are all kinds of things that we don’t manage for these things. Well, well, these things massively depressed, the well being of the particular kids with those with who who have those characteristics. So that’s just a bunch of they’re right at the no regrets area. Yeah. And then I’d like to see some real curiosity about what other kinds of things can we do, which have very low, low short term costs and improve well being. Because a lot of those are actually going to be over any reasonable period of time, no regrets measures, they’re going to contribute to GDP, and they’re going to improve well being. But other than our kind of broad sympathy for such things, you don’t see these types of this type of thinking and those types of initiatives being very high up on the agenda. For in in, for instance, just interact Dan’s wellbeing budget. And if you ask the right question, I will then opine on the well being budget. I just feel I need to give you a word in edgewise.

Gene Tunny  45:51

Okay, okay. Well, I do have a, at least one more question. And but yeah, it would be good to talk about just in the well being budget, too. I was gonna ask, I mean, how are you gonna go about this, but without it being? Like, one of the concerns I have about this whole? Let’s try and, you know, I guess governments have a role of, you know, they’ve got to look after the population, but you don’t, you don’t want it to go too far. Because you don’t I mean, in my view, this is my opinion, you don’t want to reduce the capacity of people to look after themselves. I mean, we should be encouraging Self Reliance to an extent. To what extent does this become paternalism? I mean, how do we do this without public servants becoming busy bodies without interfering too much? How do you go about this? That’s what I’m doing. So I’ll

Nicholas Gruen  46:41

give you an example with Yeah, with I mean, I completely agree. I mean, the idea of public servants fixing that problem, you know, with a hub and spoke model with Canberra bureaucrats or Sydney and Melbourne bureaucrats is just take just take me out and kill me now. What Yeah, this sort of thing is an example I chaired a thing called the Australian Centre for Social Innovation and they have a programme called weavers and weavers is an I call it place base. That’s a term that a lot of people understand. And essentially what it does is there’s a little bit of money there and it engages carers it so it sort of is engaging carers in a local community. A particular care might be my get an honorarium for being a weaver and a weaver will be weaving together, we’ll be running some activities, keeping in touch with local carers, etc, etc, etc, just realising that, because of the circumstances they find themselves in, they need a bit of help and resourcing in maintaining social connection. So it has to be and it’s very cheap. And, you know, and also your some of that money will get wasted, and it won’t work very well and others, it will do terrific things. And it can be, it can provide sort of different kinds of sinews for a community. I’ll give you another example. My wife set up an organisation, my wife and a friend of hers set up an organisation in Seymour called I Wish I’d asked, it was based on it began thinking about oral history. And the idea was to connect school kids and people in aged care homes and older people in the community to record our oral histories. But it turned into a much bigger programme than that. And it was, was it conceived of itself as a multi generational, well be a multi generational anti loneliness programme. They didn’t actually use the word well being. But and it was a, it was a fabulous programme. And I’ll let me just give you an example of because it does go to the connectedness of things. And this is something which maybe we’ll talk a bit more about when we when we look at when we talk about this again. But one of the things that people involved in well being boys talking about is the way things are connected up. And I think so many of those connections are serendipitous, that they’re very difficult to manage for but let me tell you that in Seymour, one of the app camps of this was that young boys so they’re 14, they’re going they’re thinking to themselves, I’m going nowhere, probably they’re not that good at school, their inseam or they’re not quite sure, you know, they’re thinking I might just end up unemployed I don’t really want to end up unemployed and they get in they get involved in this programme. Now some of them are gonna think all people don’t want to talk to old people, and they get in their various the programme have various ways of ensuring that these introductions worked out as well as possible Anyway, they start making friends with these old people. And they saw one autistic kid, we saw an old RSL guy. And they, and the autistic kid became very obsessed with the metals that the old guy or the old guy had. And they talked about these metals and the battles that he’d had every week. Now, that was fantastic for both of them. That is, we’ll be back, let me tell you something else that happened, you know that three of seven or eight boys who were about 14, you know, what they decided they wanted to do for a job. They wanted to work in aged care homes. Wow, you don’t think of young 14 year old boys wanting to do that. But because because we’re brought up in silos. Because, you know, this is reintroducing into the community stuff that existed on its own 80 years ago. And I don’t think, well, I don’t think what happened is that these three kids thought, Oh, I’ve always wanted to do tarot, that’s, that’s me to a tee. I think they thought I can do that. And I won’t be unemployed. And I’ll be useful. And I like these people. And I’ll feel useful. And I’ll have a decent life. And we’re sitting around in Canberra worrying about how do we staff our aged care homes?

Gene Tunny  51:24

That’s a great example.

Nicholas Gruen  51:25

Yeah. So you could justify that. But you could justify this programme, which is run, that wouldn’t cost. It doesn’t cost nothing. But it’s run on the smell of an oily rag, you could use it. I mean, one of the things that the institutions, the aged care homes and the schools, I won’t call them resistant to doing this. But some are. And of course, all of them are subjected to strong regulation, which has been put in place for completely other reasons. So safety checks, police checks, insurance. And it’s not that you want to ignore the issues that those that that regulation is trying to address. But you do want to say that this is a valuable thing. And if it’s getting in the way we want to know about it. And then we want to think about the costs and benefits and whether we can do this in a better kind of way. And so it’s those kinds of things that the the well being agenda, could could address, but really only by making stuff happen and then watching the ripples come out and working out where government’s getting in the way where it can help, generally speaking, not with large amounts of money.

Gene Tunny  52:41

Yeah, yeah, I like that. Good ask what we’re seeing more is that a disadvantaged area in Melbourne as it is

Nicholas Gruen  52:48

pretty disadvantaged, it’s the place where the Australian would furphy comes from see more and further for fees, which have now make money selling their name as a beer, and they give that money to charity. And, and I wish I’d asked picked up some of that money. So shout out to Murphy’s. But so so it’s about 120 My best guess out of Melbourne up north, just getting into Kelly country. And yeah, and it’s where a lot of canned fruit came from, and the firt and the further fees made boilers. And a furphy. In the Australian idiom is what soldiers the story soldiers told, I think this was in Gallipoli, sitting around the boiler and having a cup of tea. I think that’s roughly the story. And that’s where Seymour’s very good learn something.

Gene Tunny  53:41

And I was just thinking that shows the importance of connection and, and connections and important part of well being being connected to family or to friends. And, and that’s, and a lot of people would argue that’s what we’ve lost. We’ve got more people living alone. Yeah. And people just aren’t connected generations as generational divide. Yep. So yeah, I think you’re highlighting that that’s a such a great example of highlighting how you can improve well being with something simple. Now, this might this might have to be the last question for this. This part one of this conversation. You talk about these could be cost effective. This could be low cost is this where something like Andrew Lee’s evaluation unit could be an important part of this story and figuring out okay, we’re spending billions of dollars on these big welfare programmes. And you know, that it could be that it’s better, we’re better off spending a small amount of money on little interventions like this. Yeah,

Nicholas Gruen  54:37

yeah. Yeah. Well, one would hope that some nows about evaluation would enable us to get counterfactual snapshots. I wouldn’t want to say let’s do away with welfare, I would want to say welfare costs us an absolute shedload of money. And for a tiny fraction of that money. We could be doing these kinds of things which are broad health benefits and by health I mean in the broadest sense physical, mental, and community and the health of the community. And we could try to be, I won’t use the word rigorous because that conjures up people with clipboards and bureaucrats, and I just and mathematicians and economists, and I’m not talking about that. I’m talking about trying to be trying to be evidence based, trying to work, trying to notice what works, doubling down on what works and just doing less of what’s not working so well. So I think that’s a great place to finish up. We didn’t get to talk about New Zealand’s well being budget and we can certainly fit that into the next exciting episode.

Gene Tunny  55:42

Excellent. Okay, thank you, Nicholas. Fantastic.

Nicholas Gruen  55:45

thanks very much, Gene.

Gene Tunny  55:47

rato thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

56:34

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com.

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

A new Monetary Policy tool to end Inflation and avoid Recession w/ Prof. Larry Marsh, Notre Dame – EP184

In this episode of the Economics Explored podcast, host Gene Tunny interviews Professor Larry Marsh about his proposal for a new monetary policy tool that uses a central bank digital currency (CBDC) to end inflation without causing a recession. They also discuss the disconnect between the financial sector and the real economy. Larry Marsh is Professor Emeritus in the Department of Economics at the University of Notre Dame and author of the book “Optimal Money Flow.” 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

What’s covered in EP184

  • What is optimal money flow according to Prof. Marsh? [1:28]
  • What is the role of government in controlling the economy? [6:24]
  • A helicopter drop of money [13:58]
  • What is the idea of a Federal Reserve/central bank digital currency (CBDC)? [18:56]
  • Fractional Reserve Banking [23:08
  • Narrow banking as a solution to the banking sector problems [24:55]
  • A good example of an all-employee owned company: Burns & McDonnell, Kansas City, MO [31:31]
  • What Larry describes as a winner-takes-all economy [34:37
  • The invisible hand of the market [37:43]
  • Gene’s wrap up: How the current monetary policy tightening is causing hardship in many economies, it may well be worth experimenting with a new monetary policy tool [43:47]

Links relevant to the conversation

Larry Marsh’s Optimal Money Flow website:

https://optimal-money-flow.website/

Where you can purchase Larry’s Optimal Money Flow book:

https://www.avila.edu/optimal-money-flow/

AEA conference session in which Larry presented his idea for the new monetary policy tool using a CBDC (presentation available for download):

https://www.aeaweb.org/conference/2023/program/1335

Australian ABC News article referring to Nicholas Gruen’s savings policy proposal mentioned by Gene in the episode:

https://www.abc.net.au/news/2023-02-12/raising-interest-rates-reserve-and-bank-and-inflation-management/101952926

Nicholas’s 1999 paper outlining the policy proposal:

https://lateraleconomics.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/AvoidingBoomandBust.pdf

Links to videos on China a listener sent me in response to EP182 with Dr Jonathan D T Ward: 

Prepare for Armageddon: China’s warning to the world | 60 Minutes Australia

Two Davids & Goliath | David Matas & David Kilgour | TEDxMünchen

America Just KILLED China’s Tech Industry 

Transcript:
A new Monetary Policy tool to end Inflation and avoid Recession w/ Prof. Larry Marsh, Notre Dame – EP184

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, thanks for tuning in to the show. In this episode, I chat with Professor Larry Nash about his idea for a new monetary policy tool which uses a central bank digital currency, a cbdc. Larry argues that this new tool could end inflation without causing a recession. Larry is professor emeritus in the Department of Economics at the University of Notre Dame. In the episode, Larry and I also discussed the disconnect he sees between what’s been happening in the financial sector and in what’s often labelled as the real economy or Main Street. Okay, let’s get into the episode. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Professor Larry Marsh. Professor Larry Marsh, welcome to the programme.

Larry Marsh  01:27

Well, thank you, Gene, this is a great honour to be on your programme.

Gene Tunny  01:31

Excellent. Larry, I’m keen to chat with you about your book optimal money flow. And also a proposal that you presented at the American Economic Association meeting earlier this year. Now this is all very topical, given what’s been happening in the US and in Europe, with banks, we’ve got this age old problem of the stability of the banking system that we really haven’t resolved after many centuries. So I think, I think your book and your work looking at the role of money, the role of credit in the economy, I think that’s, I think that’s highly relevant. So to begin with, Larry, could I ask you about your book, optimal money flow? What do you mean by optimal money flow? And what’s your argument in that book, please?

Larry Marsh  02:28

Well, it’s primarily about the role of government in our economy, and that there’s, in order to have a efficiently running free market economy, government plays a critical role in certain realms where they need to be able to match the marginal cost with marginal benefits. And so you got some that are fairly obvious negative externalities, water pollution, air pollution, positive externalities, where you can talk about a vaccine for a highly contagious disease. So if it was not contagious, and it would be up to the individual to pay for the whole thing. But if it’s a contagious disease, then there’s a common property resource aspect to it. And so you have also you have public goods, and then you have things like highways and so forth. But there’s there’s a lot of areas that people have neglected and not fully recognised. Then I do get into the book into the role of the Federal Reserve, and propose a new policy tool to the bigger the fundamental problem is the the financial markets have become more and more separated from the real economy. No, my father was a Wall Street investment banker. So I learned as a little boy, how the markets worked, and how to invest the money and all of that. But the thing is that the real economy, the GDP has been growing on average, over the decades, about 3% In recent decades, whereas the stock market has been growing by 10%. There’s over three times as much. Well, how can it be that these financial markets are growing so much faster than the real economy? And part of it is the back in 1996? I believe it was that our Federal Reserve Chairman, Alan Greenspan, was talking about irrational exuberance. He said, All these people are pouring money into these financial markets and but then instead of doing something about it, he contributed to this and then other fed chairs and fed boards have contributed to pumping money into the financial markets, whatever they thought the economy was a little bit on the weak side. So part of the problem is that so much money has been diverted, from the real economy, from employees and so forth, that they can no longer afford to buy back the value of the goods and service that they’re producing. And so they go up to their eyeballs in debt they get the private debt is just mushrooms tremendously. So there was this large buildup of private debt as more and more money went into the stockpile. And then I kind of discovered this personally, when I invested in a company and kind of forgot about it, and later discovered that I got a 7,000% return on my investment. I thought, wow, I thought why deserve a decent return, but not 7,000%. You know, I thought free free markets and free enterprise is all about incentives and giving people incentives. So hard work pays off, but not for the person doing the hard work hard work, hard work pays off for the shareholder. And so you really want to see people like Steve Jobs at Apple Computer, you know, when he created Apple Computer to get rewarded strongly, all the hard working employees, the company that I had invested in was Adobe. And they were very creative, and imaginative people, but, but I was getting all this money. And what did I do all 84% of the stock market is owned by the 10% richest people. And when you get a certain amount of money, it gets to the point where you’re not quite sure what to do with it, you can only wear one pair of shoes at a time or buy one car at a time, you may have a couple of summer cottages and you know, maybe you have three or four cars. But after a while it gets to be a burden to deal with all these things. And so you basically just find that you have to invest the money somewhere. I mean, you couldn’t just take it home and stuff in your mattress. So it makes sense to reward entrepreneurs and creative people. But because the stock market has been ballooned by so much money going into it, and then Chris Leonard wrote the book, The Lords of easy money about how the Federal Reserve was pumping money. And then Karen Petroff, has written the book the engine of inequality, about how the Fed is pumped so much money into the give the money to the wealthy people through the financial markets, and then trickle down with the idea that it would trickle down to the real economy. And unfortunately, doesn’t trickle down all that well. And it just builds up and the markets just growing up, up and up without the money. And it’s gotten so bad that non financial firms have discovered that they can actually make more money investing in the stock markets and investing in their own business. So instead of creating new products, or enhancing the products already have or improving their productivity, they say, Hey, we can take this money and put it into the stock market and get a better return than just investing in your own business. And this is really hurt productivity in America and in other developed countries as well. And money flows from around the world into New York financial markets. And sometimes it’s detracts from real investment in the real economy. And so, in retrospect, I think maybe I should have bought my book distorted money flow, or money flow. You know, I was trying to say where we should be going. But I probably should have spent more time laying out where we are, and what what needs to be done than just laying out an optimal world as to what the role of government should be in that in that situation.

Gene Tunny  08:06

Okay. So Larry, in your view, what does need to be done? Well,

Larry Marsh  08:11

as far as the Federal Reserve is concerned, I think it’s very important to recognise that there’s two tools that one could use in controlling the economy. The tool that the Federal Reserve uses exclusively is the cost of borrowing tool. But there’s also a return on savings tool, which the Federal Reserve has ignored. Well, of course, part of the reason it’s ignored it because it hasn’t been authorised by Congress to make use. So I can’t really blame Jay Powell and the others in the Federal Reserve Board for not using a tool that they have been authorised to use. But I talked about this in the book, and why they need to have accounts for everyone with a social security number in the United States would get an account with the federal government. And these could be interpreted as part of a central bank, digital currency, to be a true central bank digital currency, you would have to allow anybody in the world, say somebody in India or Australia, who had US dollars, to set up an account with the US Federal Reserve Bank. And so if anybody anywhere in the world could could set up an account, and then transfer money in and out of their account that account when in fact be a digital currency. That’s the kind of the idea behind digital currencies. Now you the alternatives is have a coin based or per token type base, like Bitcoin, but then you would be supporting money laundering and a lot of legal activities. So one of the ideas I had to protect people’s privacy was to have two separate files. So transactions file, where you keep track of all the transactions that take place, and then a personal identification file. There may be a few transactions that need to go on the personal identification file because it’s becomes too obvious who the person is. But basically, you want to have a situation where government agency, government authorities can look through the transaction file all they want. If they find something that looks suspicious, that looks like criminal behaviour, then they go to a judge and get the authorization to access the Personal Identification file. So this would hopefully satisfy some conservatives that were concerned about the government having too much oversight or control over their accounts and what they were doing and so called spying on them. I personally knew that I’m happy to have the government spy on me as long as I can spy on the government, but you know, happy to have the police spy on me as I can, I can spy on the police. So I don’t have a problem with with the privacy issue, but some people do. And so I did propose that as part of this idea. The other idea is to use these accounts, so that you could intervene directly into the real economy, and not have to go through the financial economy. And so if you were able to offer say, if they have a six or 7% inflation, if you’re able to offer 10%, return the 10% savings interest rate, then this, this would target the marginal saver where you don’t know it’s only on the first say $10,000. Or you can even limit it to 5000, you want to target the marginal saver not the wealthy who are just moving their money around, not the poorest of the poor that can afford to save anything. But the marginal saver who’s probably making about 50,000 US dollars a year and could be saving more. Because the whole problem with inflation is you’ve got too much money chasing too few goods, the demand is too strong and the supply is too weak. The problem with the way the Federal Reserve does it now is when they raise the cost of borrowing. Yeah, they do raise the cost of items that require getting a loan, for example, automobiles or housing. But it doesn’t affect the items that don’t require getting a loan. So you’re really just shifting the inflation from the items that require loan to items that don’t require a loan. But where the Fed is able to be effective is through the supply side. Because there’s a lot of businesses that have to borrow. Some are retail businesses that operate in the red most of the year until they get to the holiday season, where they cover their costs and make a profit is farms that may operate some marginal fields where they have to put a lot of money in in the spring, and they don’t get any money until harvest time. So there’s all sorts of businesses that have to pay for their inputs before they ultimately work to the point where they have outputs to sell and get the money. So if you raise the cost of borrowing, this, this puts the brakes on to some degree, it means that the these businesses cut back hours layoff workers and close outlets. And this ultimately suppresses demand because the workers aren’t getting the money, and you can’t spend money you don’t have. Yeah, so ultimately, that’s what slams on the brakes, and causes us to suppress the inflation, but it does so at a great risk of having a recession. Whereas if you offered the 10% on savings, and targeted the marginal saver, and of course, prices are set on the margin, not on the average. So it’s actually the marginal saver that sets the prices and determines the inflation or not. And in times of recession, you can inject money directly into these accounts, the central bank digital currency accounts for everyone with a social security number within the United States. Now, you can offer the 10% savings on the first say $10,000, but only for those that had a social security number. So if you’re in Australia, you wouldn’t get the 10% return on the money in the accounts because you didn’t have the social security number, your social media, because the US would be targeting its own country, you know, the US in terms of inflation or recession? And then presumably, Australia would have its own central bank digital currency could do something similar. In that respect. Yeah,

Gene Tunny  13:58

that it makes the so called helicopter drop of money a bit easier what it is, that’s essentially what it is you’re injecting an additional 10% into all of these accounts in the States.

Larry Marsh  14:10

Yeah, there’ll be different ways of doing this. So if you’re trying to fight inflation, you offer 10%. But if you’re trying to stimulate the economy, you can inject money directly, and just put it in the people’s accounts say, okay, and which, which they’ve done to George W. Bush, they did, they did inject money, you know, gave people the money. So there’s certainly a more direct way of doing it, then doing it through the financial markets during trying to trying to control the real economy through the financial markets, which has not been working very well.

Gene Tunny  14:38

Well, and it certainly, I mean, people are asking a lot of questions about I’ve noticed that so that, I don’t know if you saw the interview that Jon Stewart had with Larry Summers, and I mean, he absolutely ripped apart Larry Summers it was it was quite extraordinary. And it just shows the popular. Just how the Federal Reserve’s going about it. monetary policy, it’s difficult for it to explain and it’s difficult for the, for it to convey to the public why it needs to do this. And you may have seen the other exchange that was at some of the senators with Jay Powell, and he was trying, they were trying to get him to say that he was, you know, he basically wanted unemployment to go up to slow inflation. So it’s a very, it’s very difficult for the central banks to explain what they’re doing. And perhaps Yeah, this could be another tool for them. But Larry could ask about the feasibility of this, what do we know about the responsiveness of savings to interest rate changes to the returns on saving? Well, that’s

Larry Marsh  15:39

a good question. And this, I would agree that I am not very precise on this. And so we would have to do some experimenting to find out what level of interest rate may work. Now we know that when things get too extreme, people will respond. So we know for example, when inflation starts getting faster and faster, people will start spending money faster and faster. And then sometimes they’ll get their paycheck, and they need to spend it within hours in Zimbabwe or, or Venezuela, where you get this horrendous inflation. So we know that people do ultimately respond to financial incentives. It’s just a question of how extreme you have to go. And so we would experiment I’ve said 10%, right off the top of my head without any empirical evidence to support it. So I would be the first one to admit or to agree that there needs to be a great deal of econometric research to determine what the appropriate levels would be, and how effective they would be.

Gene Tunny  16:37

Yeah, yeah, I had to look at what the literature says, doesn’t mean people. consumption spending will be influenced by in savings will be influenced by the way, those interest rates to an extent, but then they’re influenced heavily by your, your level of income. So I might have a look, I might do some digging myself. It’s an interesting proposal, for sure. Can I ask you about the Postal Service? Yes. Can you tell us that story, please.

Larry Marsh  17:09

So I talked about using a central bank digital currency to influence the problem and inflation or the problem where the recession, but one could also do it through the postal bank accounts, which we used to have in the United States under the postal banking act of 1910. So for over 50 years, when I was young, over 50 years, people could go to their local any post office and cast a check or set up a savings account. And Canada also did this. And we continued until 1966, when they terminated this postal savings accounts. And Canada went for a couple more years, and they terminated theirs in 1968. But Canada now in 2022, has reinstituted the postal banking, they they’re focused somewhat on concern for the disadvantaged to get into an automobile accident or a medical emergency or the rent goes up and they go to pawn shops or payday loans, and they get exploited where they they get deep into debt and then can’t get out of debt. So there’s been some political concern for these people in the in the United States with the end in Canada, as to how you could make loans available at a reasonable interest rate small loans, and Canada has now started their their postal banking back and are making these loans available to people who are in a tight situation and don’t have much income and need need some help with the over the short term without having an exorbitant interest rates.

Gene Tunny  18:56

Rod. Okay. So with your your proposal, you’re proposing that people could have accounts, essentially with the Federal Reserve, so you have this CB DC, does that do away with the need to have a bank account or to deposit money into? I don’t know what’s what the I mean, what are the banks had put money in in the states would have been Chase Manhattan? It was at an investment bank. I’m just thinking in Australia,

Larry Marsh  19:27

Bank of America, Bank of America an example. Okay, yeah. So this is a very interesting gene, because there’s been a lot of people have been raising questions about this, and saying, well, maybe there’s a better way to do it. And I would agree that it’d be interesting to have intermediaries to access your fat account so that the referring to it as the Fed account in the central bank, digital currency, United States is the Fed account. And so you could go through your regular bank and they would be paid a fee for allowing you access to your central bank digital currency. So it might be that instead of by going directly to the Fed, you would be operating through PayPal Venmo, you know, digital wallets. And part of the idea behind that is the feeling that the private sector has a tendency more creative than to come up with other financial tools and things that are valuable to consumers. And so rather than trying to exclude the private sector, from the central bank, digital currency, we might even pay them to help carry out some of the work and, and the the access by individuals and, and how to access their account and how to use their financial situation more efficiently in this context.

Gene Tunny  20:45

Yeah, yeah, there may be some benefits in that rather than having the central bank having to manage all of that. So yeah, I can see the logic in that. Larry can ask you about the banking system. So one of the things I’ve talked about in a previous episode, is this idea of narrow banking, which has been one of the proposals to address this fundamental problem that we’ve got with banks that rely on deposits. There’s this mismatch in the the maturities of their assets and liabilities. Have you done any thinking on this? What was called the Chicago Plan, this narrow banking concept? And is that a way that some of these problems could be solved? Could it fit into your framework? Could you tell us about that, please?

Larry Marsh  21:36

Yeah, people don’t realise that. Over 90% of the money in the United States is actually not created by by the Federal Reserve is created by banking system, that that people sometimes have the mistaken belief, and it’ll be called the loanable funds theory that you put money in the bank and the bank loans that money out? Well, that’s not what’s happening. Then other people think, okay, I put $1,000 in the bank, and the bank leaves $100 And they loan out $900? Well, no, that’s not the way it works. either. You put $1,000 in the bank, let’s say you put a 10 $100 bills, okay, so that’s, that’s real money, or whatever you want to call it. And then the bank would that $1,000 can then create $9,000 out of thin air. That because then that, that 1000 is 10%, which is the wonder the quote, so called fractional reserve banking, but it really the the term fractional reserve banking is a little bit misleading. It should be called Creative creation, banking, or something like that. But so part of the problem is that you are, as you point out, if you’re allowing people or banks to create all this money out of thin air, just on the basis of deposits, especially checking deposits or deposits, that can be withdrawn almost immediately, then that makes for a very shaky situation. And not only does it make it for a shaky situation for individual bank that might get into trouble as we’ve seen. But it also creates a situation where when, when the economy is doing well, the economy starts expanding and really looking great, then these banks have a tendency to make lots and lots of loans, because they have all these excess reserves, so they can they exacerbate the situation so that the irrational exuberance carries over into the loan market. And it’s become even worse now that they can securitize these loans. So it used to be that the local banker was very careful in making loans that be pretty certain things would be, and they would know about local conditions, much better than any one out any other banks or outside the local area. And so but nowadays, they can securitize the loans, they can make a loan. And it’s a little bit shaky. Yeah, what the heck, I’ll just sell it off to the markets. And so this securitization has made it even more shaky. And then when the economy starts to slow, or when they think, for example, that the Federal Reserve is trying to slow the economy and might push us into a recession, then they say, Oh, we better cut back on our loans. So they cut back. And that makes things even worse, and especially during an inflation, the banks don’t want your money, when they think the economy is going to be slowing. Because they don’t, they’re not going to use it. And they just have to pay you some interest rate. They’d like to set the savings rate at zero at that point that would freak everyone out. So they’re not going to do that. But they really don’t have use for your money. And but you’re putting money in the bank that just causes them a liability of having to pay you on your account for money they don’t need and don’t want. So that’s why it’s necessary for the government to step in and offer say 10% on savings in order to slow inflation those times because the banks aren’t going to do it.

Gene Tunny  24:55

Okay, and I mean with this. So with narrow banking do Do you think there’s merit in that concept?

Larry Marsh  25:02

Yeah, I think there’s some merit in that, because you could limit it to a savings account. So in other words, don’t allow checking to serve as the basis, but you could use any discounts or you could use certificates of deposit, they’re even more solid. Because you can’t withdraw that is readily. So yeah, you could do narrow banking, where you focused on savings accounts and certificates of deposit and not on checking accounts. So that would certainly reduce the irrational exuberance, if you say, you know, the, the generating getting too far out on the limb for the individual banks and, and exacerbating the problems of the economy, for the the banking system as a whole contributing to problems and for the economy. And so, you know, there are definitely both individual bank problems, and the economy wide problems that come about through this fractious so called fractional reserve banking, which I which, as I said, really should be called very credit creation banking. Yeah. And then narrow banking would help reduce these problems, both for the individual banks and also economy wide. So now banking would certainly be better than what we’re doing now.

Gene Tunny  26:17

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  26:23

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice, we can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  26:52

Now back to the show. I wanted to ask you, how was your your presentation at the AAA meeting receive Laurie was it was a positive reception?

Larry Marsh  27:08

Well, I think so now, my discussing. You know, there’s an old joke, I don’t know if you know this, the difference between a British discussion and an American discussing the British discuss it, we will say a few nice things about your work and then proceed to tear it to shreds. The American discussion will summarise your work, and then proceed to spend the rest of the time talking about their own research. But but so my discussion did point out, which I think is perfectly legitimate to do so that if you want something to serve as as purely a medium of exchange, you shouldn’t introduce the interest rate, either positive or negative interest rate, you should just make $1 be $1. And you don’t gain anything, you don’t lose anything. It’s just like the dollar bill in your pocket. A US dollar bill in your pocket. So he felt that to be a medium of exchange, you wouldn’t. And I can say well, okay, but then we could do that through the post office as I’ve, as an alternative, instead of saying, well, your central bank, digital currency will earn you 10% interest, I can say, okay, an account with the post office loan you 10% interest, so we can do it in a separate way. So I did run into the idea that maybe there’s different objectives. And you may want to have a central bank digital currency that doesn’t get you involved in the offering the return on savings and do that through the post office instead. Now that’s a possibility.

Gene Tunny  28:41

Rod. Okay. I’ll have to check whether the discussing prepared any remarks or or a PowerPoint, just to see what they are. They’re driving it there. Right. Okay. Larry, you mentioned about the just this disconnect, or this apparent disconnect between what’s been happening in the real economy. So what’s been happening with GDP, and then what’s been happening in the stock market, and then you talked about the disproportionate returns. Do you have any thoughts on what needs to be done there? Do you have any proposals there? I mean, yes. You mentioned the Federal Reserve’s probably

Larry Marsh  29:20

there’s interesting problem in that. Right now. The way our corporate boards work, is the CEOs tend to get other CEOs on their board. So it’s basically the CEO and his golf buddies or their corporate board. And so I’m on your board and you’re on my board and I maximise your compensation, you maximise my compensation, and we’re all concerned with the short term share price. But the problem is, you want an innovative economy, you want a board that’s really knows what’s going on in the company, and the CEO basically gives the board all these reports about what a great job the CEO is doing, you know. And really, you want representation from product development, you want representation. From sales, you want representation from marketing, you want representation from distribution you want to get. So Germany has come up with an approach where they require a certain proportion of the corporate board be elected directly from the rank and file employees. And this gives representation of what’s actually going on in the company. And not some hypothetical theoretical stuff that the CEO comes up with to show the corporate boy, what a great job they’re doing. And so this problem is that the maximising of shareholder value has diverted the attention to the short term share price. And an example of this would be Apple Computer, Apple Inc, as it’s now known for Steve Jobs is a very creative, innovative guy who came up with all these great ideas and then this, and then John Sculley came along and said, You know what, Steve, you need a professional manager, you need someone that knows how to maximise the margin and get the profits up, and let’s get our share price up. And so John Sculley came along and kind of pushed Steve Jobs aside, and took over. And then after a while, they became to realise that Apple was losing his competitive advantage against his Microsoft and other companies. And they said, no, no, no, we need to get Steve Jobs back in here. Because you’ve gotten off on the wrong track, you’re no longer focused on the customer, you’re no longer focused on innovation, creativity. And so we need a system. And I found out here in Kansas City, there’s a company called Burns and McDonnell, and a former CEO of burns. McDonald just wrote a book called create amazing. And what it is burns in McDonald’s started as a small construction company in Kansas City, then it grew to a nationwide us wide construction or an engineering company. And now it’s a worldwide engineering company. Well, it turns out that Burns and McDonnell is all employee owns, when you retire, you have to sell your shares and get the money, but only the employees own the company. So you This is recognising the agency of employees, employees are not just another factor and put like steel or glass or plastic, these these people have agency. And when they work together, and they say, Okay, we benefit when the company benefits. So it’s not just that individuals are motivated, because they’re gonna benefit as an individual, but because their teammates need to do their job. So it’s like being on a football team or you know, on any sort of athletic team, that it’s not just you’re doing your job, you got to be on the case of your compatriots, your colleagues to do their job. And so this is really we’re talking about free enterprise, you talked about incentives, the proper incentive structure, and getting employees involved in the corporate operation, and getting them rewarded for their involvement in the proper operation. Instead of giving that 7,000% return to you know, that Adobe, I invested in Adobe and got that 7,000% return while I was a deadbeat, I’d forgotten that invest in the company. I was like getting this money, please creative entrepreneurs, these these employees, these hard working people that create this new software, they should get the money, not me, I should get some return on my investment, but not 7,000%. That was just too much.

Gene Tunny  33:22

Well, yes, I mean, well, Dan Mitchell, I don’t know if you know, Dan, at all, but Dan is former Cato Institute, on his on his website, he often links to, I think you can make voluntary donations to the US Treasury. But now he puts that as a bit of a joke. I don’t think anyone would like to do that. But what I would like to ask you about Larry is if there are these outsized returns, or returns that people really, you know, they may not have needed those returns to have actually inspired them or induce them to invest or to save or invest? Do you see any role for tax policy? Do you see any tax policy changes? Would they be desirable in the US?

Larry Marsh  34:05

Well, that’s a good question. I was actually inspired and reading my book by a book by George Cooper was recently called Money, bloody revolution. And later, he really issued it as sort of a second round revised edition called fixing economics. And he points out and I remember the chair of the economics department, Sherwin Rosen back in 1981, I believe was wrote an article in American Economic Review called superstars. And he’s basically pointed out and George Cooper picked up on this idea that this there tends to be a winner take all approach in our economy and you know, athletics, it’s pretty obvious entertainment is pretty obvious, but it’s also obvious. I’m trying to think about an Amazon I think the average pay was something like 33 $1,000 That year, and the new CEO, I’m trying to remember his name is now getting $214 million a year. I mean, you know, the question is, you know, is this is this the free enterprise system? But no, and the the interesting book by Steven Clifford called the CEO pay machine. Steven Clifford was on these boards. And he came to realise that this was not free market that competing to get the most capable CEO. This was a rigged system, where the CEOs maximise each other’s compensation. And so, you know, when we talk about free enterprise and incentives, we need to be realistic about what we’re talking about. And not imagine a hypothetical world, a theoretical world where there’s full information and one of the things I talked about in my book is that economics is based on rational independent decision makers. When we’re talking about rational expectations and all this rational list and rational down that on average, people should be rational. And then Dan Ariely wrote the book, predictably irrational, but not only are people irrational, but they’re predictably irrational, why is taken out now, of course, the field of behavioural economics and economics has come about to explore some of these possibilities that people are irrational and predictably irrational. But why it took economists so long to figure this out. But the people in marketing have understood this and exploited this for hundreds of years. To kind of uncivil very slow and facing the reality that we don’t have this perfect information, perfect efficiency in the markets don’t solve all of our problems, we need to be realistic about what the markets can do and what they can’t do. And they work very well, for goods and services up to a point, although in reality, Adam Smith, really there was really two invisible hands, people, people talk about the first invisible hands were businesses compete with one another, to produce better quality products at lower prices. But Adam Smith implicitly had a second invisible hand, and in his second invisible hand, is that businesses conspire with one another against the public to raise prices. So you have the second invisible hand of market power, you have the first play of a competition, but then the second invisible hand of market power, and these invisible hands are in constant struggle with each other. And it’s government it has to be has to play a role in making sure that the invisible hand of competition wins out, and that the head of market power doesn’t corrupt and undermine the system.

Gene Tunny  37:43

Raw and okay, I’ll have to look back. I know that there are I know that famous passage in Adam Smith about how seldom do men have the same trade gather together? And the the conversation does not eventually get on to some conspiracy to fix prices or something like that. Exactly. That’s exactly, yeah. But did he was he? Was he suggesting that was another invisible hand? Was he did he do that explicitly? I’ll ask well, I

Larry Marsh  38:09

don’t think he did that explicitly. No, no. So I’m basically proposing that, you know, but I think others may have proposed that as well. So say there’s really two invisible hands.

Gene Tunny  38:17

Gotcha, gotcha. Because he did actually talk about the invisible hand of the market or the price mechanism. And then your suggested or and others have suggested that there could be this other invisible hand. That’s that’s an interesting concept. But yet he certainly he was, he was concerned about market power. I like that example of what was it Burns and McDonnell. City. So to look at that, it is challenging to find, I mean, I know there are examples of these of a worker cooperatives or cooperatives more generally, in the world, and either asset, some successful examples, but they’re, they’re often special circumstances, or it can be something that’s hard to get, right. But that’s it sounds like they’re doing something right. Or they’ve got a very good culture, they’re in their business that enables them to be successful, and then how to look on their website looks like they’re doing all sorts of incredible things in aerospace and in, in clean energy, etc. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to that operation. Okay. Couple more things. Larry, there was a proposal in Australia here from an economist, Dr. Nicholas grew and which, when you were talking about your, your idea of these accounts with the Fed, and then you could use, you could use this borrowing rate to encourage saving and that can pull you know, that means that there’s less money chasing those few goods and that can pull back on inflation. There was an idea from an economist to Dr. Nicholas grew and he was suggesting that in Australia, we could use the there’s a compulsory superannuation system so what you could do is If there is a inflationary time, you could require more contributions into that. So that’s another. That’s another concept. I don’t know whether you’ve seen that idea at all whether you have any reactions to that. I know I

Larry Marsh  40:14

need to understand that a little better. Okay, I’ll might I

Gene Tunny  40:17

might send on a link to the to that that idea, because probably should have given you a heads up on that.

Larry Marsh  40:25

Very interesting. I’d like to look at that. Yes, absolutely.

Gene Tunny  40:28

Yeah. So because there’s a bit of discussion about this in Australia at the moment, too, because these interest rate increases are starting to affect households. And I think unlike in the US, the large majority of you know, people who borrowed for Home Loans here in Australia, mortgage holders, they’re, they’re on variable rates. So they’re really affected when those interest rates change when they increase and so there are people who are now paying $1,000 or more a month, on their, on their home loans. And that’s really starting to affect budgets. Okay, Larry, before we wrap up any final thoughts on optimal money flow, or how we can make things better?

Larry Marsh  41:16

Well, let me first just say that if one purchases Apple mindset, or directly to Apple University Press, then all $24.95 goes to student scholarships, I pay for the production of the book and the mailing of the book. On the other hand, if you’d prefer to listen to Apple money flow for free, Bupa digital.com, is used by many public libraries. And it’s actually better in my average humble opinion than Libby or some of the other ones where they where the public library just gets a couple of copies of an e book or, or an audio book, where and then then you have to go through a hold period to wait until one becomes available. But in hoopla digital, it’s a rental system. And if 20 People suddenly want this book, big, all 20 Again, so there’s no hold period. So it’s free to listen to through your public library, or your Public Library’s paying for it, and you’re paying for it in your taxes, which is important. And that’s something I also wanted to point out was the public libraries. And public education in general is so important, because our most valuable resources are people. And too often, conservatives overlook the important role that government plays in making sure that we get or as close to equal opportunity as we can. Because they say the most important decision you make in your life is your choice of parents, you want to choose rich, well executed parents, well, you haven’t been able to do that, then the public library and our public education system is designed to give you a fighting chance. So I think that we need to recognise how important it is to make sure that all children and I like to say I think the solution to crime in the inner cities is college, get these kids out of that crime laden area and get them into college, we have a number of colleges now, because of the low birth rates and the fewer people coming to college, who are really trying to help get scholarships, funding for disadvantaged students, and get them out of those prime laden inner cities and get them into nursing, accounting, chemical engineering, anything other than shooting it out in the inner city. So, you know, I like to say the solution to crime is college.

Gene Tunny  43:41

Yeah, yeah. Yeah, absolutely. I think education is incredibly important. Okay. Yeah. First, Larry Marsh, thanks so much for your time, I really enjoyed talking about optimal money flow and learning about your proposals. So I thought that was great. And yeah, really found some of those examples. Valuable, though, particularly burns. And McDonnell, I’ll look into that a bit, a bit more. And you gave some good references there, this idea of the co pay machine, that’s something that I find I’m interested in looking at a bit more, because there’s definitely the potential for co pay to get out of proportion to what is optimal, given there is that principal agent problem in companies? So the fact that the people who run the company are acting as agents of the principals who are the shareholders and so yeah, that’s that’s certainly a problem. Yeah, very good.

Larry Marsh  44:52

If I could mention another book by Lynn stout called the shareholder value myth. And so she’s actually a I’m lawyer who has really investigated this whole concept of shareholder value, and found that there’s a lot of flaws in the way this shareholder value concept has been presented. And she really explains that well, and it’s worth looking at the shareholder value event. So I know your guests probably don’t spend all that time promoting other people’s books. But I found so many books that are so valuable. And I mentioned the Greg graves book create amazing another, which is also on hoopla digital. So it’s easy to access to your public library.

Gene Tunny  45:35

Very good. I’ll definitely put a link to to your book, Larry, and to optimal money flow and also to your AAA presentation, which I thought was was was great. Yeah, lots of lots of good illustrations in it. So well done on that. Very good. Well, Larry, I’m pleased that things are getting warmer there. For you in in Kansas City. And thanks so much for your time. Really appreciate it.

Larry Marsh  46:06

Ron Frank Eugene, you have a wonderful podcast. I was very excited when I’ve learned about it. And you’ve covered some wonderful topics. I’ve been going through your podcasts and learning a lot from your guests. So I encourage people to check out your podcasts and take advantage of all their wonderful information that you’re making available.

Gene Tunny  46:26

Excellent. Thanks. Thanks, Larry. And yeah, have a great day. And I’ll see who knows, maybe I’ll chat with you again soon. Really appreciate it.

Larry Marsh  46:35

We’re okay, great, thanks to.

Gene Tunny  46:41

Okay, have you found that informative and enjoyable? Given all the hardship that the current monetary policy tightening is causing in many economies, it may well be worth experimenting with a new monetary policy tool along the lines suggested by Larry. As I noted in my conversation with him, I’m unsure just how responsive household savings will be to the interest rates on cbdc accounts. But I’d be interested in seeing the results of a pilot study of the concept. That said, I know concerns have been expressed about CBDCs by many people, including libertarians and crypto advocates. For instance, there’s a concern that a cbdc could allow central banks and governments greater control over our lives. I probably need a full episode to explore the pros and cons of cbdc. So I’ll aim to do that in the future. I should note here that a previous guest of the podcast, Nicholas grown an Australian economist that I’ve worked with from time to time, he’s previously proposed that the RBA provides digital bank accounts for Australian so a proposal similar to what Larry is proposing for the US. He’s also offered his own interesting alternative to conventional monetary policy. And this is something that the ABC journalist Gareth Hutchins is written up in a recent story of his and I mentioned that to, to Larry, in my conversation, so I’ll put a link in the show notes to that ABC article. In a 1999 paper for the Business Council of Australia. Nicholas proposed very in the superannuation contribution rate. So that acts as a counter cyclical macro economic policy instrument. I’ll link to that paper in the show notes, and I might try to get Nicholas back onto the show to discuss the idea with me. Overall, I’m not sure about the feasibility, economic and political of various alternatives to the existing monetary policy approach to fight inflation. But given the downsides of the existing approach, I’m open to exploring and testing alternatives. Okay, I’d be interested in your thoughts on this episode. For instance, Are you positive or negative about CBDCs? What do you think? And what do you think about employee owned companies such as burns, and McDonnell and Kansas City? Can they work? Have you seen any good examples of them? Please send me an email with your thoughts, you can reach me via contact at economics explore.com. Recently, I’ve had a listener send me links to several videos on China after he listened to my recent conversation with Dr. Jonathan DT ward. Those videos included some rather troubling evidence which would support Dr. Ward’s arguments. So I’m very grateful to that listener for having sent links to those videos because they’re forcing me to think more deeply about the West’s relationship with China. I’ll include the links in the show notes. Finally, if you enjoyed what Larry had to say this episode, please consider getting a copy of his 2021 book optimal money flow, also linked to in the show notes. Thanks for listening. Right Oh, thanks for listening to this episode of economics explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact at economics explore.com or Smile via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

50:34

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this where to begin your own podcasting journey, head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Odd way to fix housing crisis proposed by Aus. Gov’t: invest in stocks first w/ Dr Cameron Murray, Sydney Uni.

The Australian Government has been having trouble getting its proposed Housing Australia Future Fund (HAFF) passed by the Senate. The policy looks odd. With some justification, the Australian Greens have commented: “In its current form the Housing Australia Future Fund (HAFF) legislation will see the housing crisis get worse. We can’t fix the housing crisis by gambling money on the stock market and not guaranteeing a single cent will be spent on housing.” In their dissenting report on the bill, the Greens’ cited the views of this episode’s guest, Dr Cameron Murray. Cameron is a Post-Doctoral Researcher at the Henry Halloran Trust at the University of Sydney. 

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

About Dr Cameron Murray

Dr Cameron Murray is Post-Doctoral Researcher at Henry Halloran Trust, The University of Sydney. He is an economist specialising in property and urban development, environmental economics, rent-seeking and corruption.

Book: Rigged: How networks of powerful mates rip off everyday Australians

Website: https://fresheconomicthinking.substack.com/  

Twitter: @drcameronmurray 

What’s covered in this bonus episode

  • Cameron’s submission to the Senate Inquiry into the Housing Australia Future Fund Bill [2:39]
  • What’s going on with the Housing Australia Future Fund [5:02]
  • The only reason you can make a premium is if you take risk [8:57]
  • Why you need to separate the funding and the spending [10:36]
  • Why doesn’t the Future Fund just directly invest in new houses? [14:21]
  • How governments are increasingly doing financially tricky things that don’t make sense [19:23]
  • Cameron’s thoughts on the impact of the bill on the level of investment in housing [23:14]
  • What’s going on behind the scenes at Parliament House [26:18]

Links relevant to the conversation

Cameron’s submission to the inquiry into the Housing Australia Future Fund:

https://fresheconomicthinking.substack.com/p/australias-housing-future-fund-my

Direct link to Senate Committee inquiry report:

https://www.aph.gov.au/Parliamentary_Business/Committees/Senate/Economics/HousingPackageofBills/Report

HAFF inquiry home page:

https://www.aph.gov.au/Parliamentary_Business/Committees/Senate/Economics/HousingPackageofBills

Transcript: Odd way to fix housing crisis proposed by Aus. Gov’t: invest in stocks first w/ Dr Cameron Murray, Sydney Uni.

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Hello, welcome to this bonus episode on the housing Australia Future Fund. The H A double f or half. It’s Saturday the 25th of March here in Australia and throughout the week, the Australian government has been having trouble getting the half passed by the Senate. That’s probably unsurprising because the policy looks like a bad one. With some justification the Australian Greens have commented in its current form the housing Australia Future Fund legislation will see the housing prices get worse. We can’t fix the housing crisis by gambling money on the stock market and not guaranteed a single cent will be spent on housing. That paragraphs from the Greens dissenting report on the housing Australia Future Fund bill. In that dissenting report, the greens relied significantly on testimony to the inquiry from my guest this episode, my fellow Brisbane based economist Dr. Cameron Mary Cameron is a postdoctoral researcher at the Henry Halloran trust at the University of Sydney. I recorded this conversation with Ken Friday last week on the 17th of March 2023. I’ll link in the show notes to Cameron’s submission to the inquiry into the half cam submission as a great example of the application of economic logic to an important economic policy issue. Cam sees through the accounting trickery and the financial engineer at behind the fund. He shows how the Australian government has been too clever by half. It’s trying to get credit for doing something about the country’s housing crisis. But what it’s proposing could be next to useless. Right. Let’s get into the episode. Please let me know what you think about what either camera I have to say by emailing me at contact at economics explored.com. I hope you enjoy my conversation with Cam Dr. Cameron Murray, welcome back to the show.

Cameron Murray  02:39

Thanks for having me again, Gene.

Gene Tunny  02:40

Oh, it’s a pleasure, Cameron, I read with much interest your latest post on fresh economic thinking. And it’s about your submission to the Senate inquiry into the housing Australia Future Fund Bill 2023 and other bills. Could you tell us a bit about what that involves? So you’ve written a submission to this inquiry? And you’ve also presented to the inquiry you gave testimony? Did you?

Cameron Murray  03:07

Yeah, that’s right. So this bill was passed their house, the lower house, and now the Senate is reviewing it. And what they’ve done is held this inquiry asked for public submissions, and had people who made submissions come in for a day of expert testimony so that their senators can ask specific people, you know, technical questions, what do you think about this? What about this design element? And so I was part of that on on Wednesday, this week. And yeah, so the bill itself is called the housing Australia future funding bill. And the basic idea is the government has decided to address Australia’s current housing problems. We’ve seen rents rise, we’ve seen rising homelessness, we’ve seen longer queues in public housing waiting lists, they’ve decided the best thing for them to do is take $10 billion from the Treasury and give it to the Future Fund, which is a sort of publicly managed investment fund, and cross their fingers and hope that that fund makes a return that’s higher than their opportunity cost, you know, the cost of the government’s dead and use that margin on the risk to fund something in the future, some unspecified, granting in relation to what in the text of the bill is called supporting housing need. So that’s what it was all about. And, and yeah, I gave some testimony on Wednesday.

Gene Tunny  04:35

So the federal government’s claiming that this is going to help them build I think 30,000 social housing dwellings over the next five years or so. So that’s their that’s the plan. But I think what I like about your submission is it essentially talks about how this is a rather roundabout way of going about it, which doesn’t actually guarantee you’re going to deliver it to you As in,

Cameron Murray  05:00

this is the mad thing. And this is. So let me start by saying, to be clear what they’re doing to build houses is taking $10 billion and buying all sorts of assets in the future funds that are not houses. Right? So that’s what they’re trying to do. And it’s really funny because there’s an actually an episode of Utopia, you know, the comedy show about the bureaucracy in Australia, where Rob switches character, who’s the sane one, amongst the insanity is explaining to a political staffer who says to him, What about an infrastructure? Future Fund? Yeah, don’t you get it, it’s about the future, he says. But spending the money on infrastructure today solves the future, we don’t need a fund. We don’t need a new office, we don’t need these fund managers. And you know, when we watch utopia, we all laugh and think we’re the same guy in the room. But what happened at the Senate inquiry is that I was the only guy and everybody else who laughed at Utopia when they watched it was the crazy guy who thinks that spending money on not houses is the best way to spend money on houses. And so there was this really perverse political slogan that kept creeping in, which was, this is going to secure funding for the future and insulated from future political decisions. And I just sat there going, I don’t, I’ve read this bill, because this funding is riskier, because you’re investing in a risky asset and the current Future Fund loss $2.4 billion last year, and spent half a billion dollars on fund managers to achieve that outcome. So we almost lost $3 billion last year. So it’s possible that we put 10 billion in this fund and have 9 billion next year. And then that’s the way we’re securing the future funding. The legislation is also written such that the future Minister has the discretion of how much from the fund to spend, and on what projects. And it also introduces a cap of 500 million per year that a future minister can withdraw from the fund. So what you’re actually doing is providing a great excuse for a future minister to spend less than 500 million. And in fact, zero if the fund is losing money. So there’s this weird disconnect between the political slogan of securing long term funding insulating it from politics and the reality, which is adding risk to a fund compared to just having 10 billion in the bank or at the Treasury where it is, and not insulating at all, and just still relying on future ministers discretion with no commitments. So that 30,000 dwellings you said, is not enough. There’s no, it’s not written in their rules. It’s written in the guideline as a hypothetical of how much, you know, if all went according to plan, and we would expect this, and I’m like, but there’s like, like many housing strategies and plans that the federal government and state governments have had in the past, there is nothing holding them to account on those promises. So yeah, it’s, it’s a really, really strange one. And I felt like there are about 20 or 30 witnesses or experts at the hearing. Now, only two or three of us actually calling this out the majority of the industry. And the researchers had really, I don’t know, bought the line that this is something that it’s not.

Gene Tunny  08:16

Yeah. So what’s going on, it appears to me is they’re essentially that borrowing, they’re going to be borrowing this money, or it’s going to increase the borrowing requirement by $10 billion, because we’re currently we have been running budget deficits. So it’s going to increase that, that borrowing requirement, we’re going to put that into this the future funds, so we’re essentially borrowing money to then invest in the share market or Enron’s Yeah, well,

Cameron Murray  08:45

if we’ve invested in bonds, we’re borrowing money to buy the bond back off ourselves. If this fund, if this fund is like eight or seven or 8%, government, Australian government treasury, that’s just pure accounting. Yeah, you know, trickery, you know, and that shows it but the whole thing is accounting trickery, right? Because, you know, you’re just recycling the money via the current shareholders of BHP into Telstra and Commonwealth Bank, right, by buying the shares off them and then later selling it back to them. And the only reason you can make a premium with this fund over the over not borrowing it, right, because you still gotta pay interest on the Treasury borrowing. The only reason you can make a premium is if you take risk. Yeah, if you’re taking risk, then it’s not a secure, long term funding thing. You’re just adding risk unnecessarily, and delaying spending money on building houses. And, you know, it took a little bit of explaining to get that through at the hearing. But ultimately, I had, for example, John Corrigan, you know, back me up on that argument, and I think Brendan Coates from the Grattan Institute who is a big supporter, the policy sort of had to concede that Yeah, at the end of the day, you’re adding risk in the hope of increasing the funding. But risk is real, right? We just can’t count on winning In the next few years,

Gene Tunny  10:02

right, so Brennan was buying the government’s line that this is about getting a secure funding source. He, I mean, I know you can’t speak for Brendan, I’m just wondering where he was coming from?

Cameron Murray  10:13

Well, actually, the idea is actually from one of our Grattan Institute report, and they proposed a $20 billion social housing fund. And, and, and, you know, I’m not averse to the government sort of diversifying the capital side, right on its balance sheet. Yeah. And and owning some high risk assets? I don’t, I’m not averse to that, in principle, right. But you’ve got to separate the funding and the spending idea. So the way I try to tell people, if the government’s saying we don’t have the money for it, it means we don’t want to do it. Because look at the submarines look at every other big look at the Olympics, right, no one’s has gotten the Olympic Future Fund, no one’s got a submarine future fun. We spend on what we want. And if someone’s saying where’s the budget, or where’s the funding, you sort of missing the idea, but but even more fundamentally, you know, if you go and raise money in the share market, from new investors for your business, each investor doesn’t say, I’ll give you this money, but you can only spend this money on, you know, cleaning your office and and the other shareholder says, no, no, but I only want you to earmark my money for doing this, right. What we do is we pool that money together and spend it the best way we can on the operations we need to do and it’s the same for the government, you need to separate Well, we’re gonna raise money, the best way we know how, whether that’s different types of taxes or borrowing, and we’re going to spend money the best way we know how and tying two things together is bad. Operationally, it’s just like, it’s bad for my business to promise one shareholder that their money goes to one type of spending, and another shareholder that I’ll only spend yours on new trucks. You know, it doesn’t really make sense it and it’s very hard to break through this kind of weird, I don’t know, budget illusion that we’ve all got that, you know, we must do this. For this, we must raise money in this way for this spending.

Gene Tunny  12:06

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  12:12

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice, we can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, http://www.adepteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  12:41

Now back to the show. I liked how you wrote about this off balance sheet trick or the off balance sheet tricks, the basic idea of the half. So that’s the housing Australia Future Fund is to create an off balance sheet accounting trick whereby the debt associated with the fund and the assets in the fund are considered as a bundle and hence not counted in measures of public debt. So I mean, I haven’t seen exactly how they’ll what the accounting treatment of this will be in the budget, it seems to me what they’re doing is they’re setting this up as a, it’s an SPV, or some sort of public Financial Corporation so they can get it outside of the traditional balance sheet measures. They put in the budget, which is for they have it for general government, but then they also have public non financial corporations, but they don’t have public Financial Corporation. So I’m wondering if that’s what they’re going to categorise it as

Cameron Murray  13:34

I think, yeah, that’s part of the intention. And we actually see those types of budget tricks a lot, I think, New South Wales rail, you know, they tried to shift things off balance sheet, but at the end of the day, you know, we as economists should be looking through that, right. Oh, yeah. And saying, Look, you know, debts debt, but, you know, these are all assets, we can bundle them all together, you know, doesn’t matter where you’ve accounted for them. And the way we’re going to assess whether that debt was, you know, justified or efficient or productive is what, you know, what the investments made in general are, so whether it was on budget or off, you know, it should be the same, right, and you’re borrowing money to buy these assets. Doesn’t matter how you account for it. And that’s the that’s what sort of leads me to my other point is that houses are assets. Yeah. Australia’s property market is the hottest market every property every investor wants to own some. Yeah. So why doesn’t the Future Fund build new houses to expand this pool of property assets in the process, that equity can be on its balance sheet, but instead of, you know, bumping up the prices of BHP shares that you’re going to buy, you actually expand the housing stock in the process, and you can still have your off balance sheet tricks. I actually looked historically and since the Future Fund started in 2006, that’s the current investment fund Australia hands. They’ve made 7.8% average return annually, the average Australian dwelling increased in value by 7.7% per year since 2006. So just the capital value increase of owning a representative sample of Australian property would have got you the same returns as the Future Fund. So it’s not clear to me why we’re recycling this money via other assets, before we build housing assets, we can look at the balance sheets of state, public housing managers. Yeah. And when they value their land and their property portfolios every year, they got to bump it up, you know, 5 million billion. So here 10 billion here, because all this portfolio of properties they own, you know, it’s a valuable asset that rises in value. So So I’ve proposed quietly to a lot of people involved that if you want to have your financial trick and your Future Fund, get the border of the future find to only spend the money, building new dwellings, and then put the equity that you have, yeah, into the fund, you can keep your financial track, but at least you’re you know, keeping the housing construction going. And you’re immediately accumulating a pool of houses that you can allocate to the people who need it at a cheap price.

Gene Tunny  16:13

Yeah. And so is this been driven by the State of the Commonwealth budget, they, they want to make sure that they think they’re gonna get some earnings from this housing Australia Future Fund that can then offset the spending that they’ll have to make on public housing. So they want to get that they’re hoping they can get that. Because if they just go ahead and start building public housing, then they don’t have that revenue to offset that. Is that what they’re thinking?

Cameron Murray  16:39

I think you’re right, I think that’s what the thinking is. But at the end of the day, you know, having those houses supplied to people at a cheap price offsets are the spending on those people already. So the benefit is there, either in the form of the rental, or in the form of the income from the other assets. So, if I was to put on my cynical, political economist hat, I would say the reason this programme has gained so much traction and is probably going to be the law few months, is because it doesn’t change the housing market, it’s going to pass because it doesn’t achieve anything. And that’s what is truly desired. By, you know, the political parties involved is that they want to look like they’re doing something without actually doing it. I’ve had conversations with politicians who’ve told me what’s wrong with the housing market? You know, prices went up, because we dropped the interest rate, that’s good. And rents went up, because incomes went up. That’s good. There’s no market failure here. government shouldn’t do anything. So if that’s what they say to me, how is it then that they passed this bill that’s meant to do something, the only coherent story there is that this bill is to look like you’re doing something, but not doing something because you genuinely think the property market is doing what it’s doing? Well? Yeah, that’s my super cynical. Political Economy hat.

Gene Tunny  18:08

Yeah, you may well be right. I mean, it’s the Sir Humphrey Appleby type of approach where people actually don’t care about whether a problem solved, they just want it look as if something’s being done.

Cameron Murray  18:21

I’ve had a lot of people message me since my testimony to tell me their experiences of this. And I don’t know what I’m going to call this pattern, you know, does it have a name? I’ve tried to call it something like pre compromising. Where you take a good idea, you turn it into a bad idea, but it’s still got the same words in the bill. While so it looks like you’re still doing something. Yeah, you push that. And you’ve totally compromised the content, or the effectiveness, just so you can keep the name because the name is what people will talk about. And it looks like you’re doing something. It’s a what’s it called housing Australia Future Fund? Yeah. Sounds like something important is being done. Right. Yeah. And the more that gets in press headlines, the more we give credibility to the current government, who is trying to, of course tread this line of keeping prices up for people who own property, and pretending they want to keep prices down and rents down to people who don’t own property. And that’s a real interesting political tightrope. That happens a lot in this country.

Gene Tunny  19:23

Yeah, I really liked your submission, Cameron, because I thought it. I mean, it highlights our governments are increasingly doing these sorts of things. And they don’t really make a lot of sense when you think about it, because I remember when I was in Treasury, we had to set up these buildings Australia fund education investment fund, that’s I forget the name of the other one. And it didn’t really make a lot of sense because you’re just taking money and we ended up I think we ended up having to borrow money to put into them, because of the time you know, but the original idea was that there was Yeah, and they were gonna stick them in these funds, but then by the time On had to transfer the money, it was the financial crisis. So the timing wasn’t very good. And then they we see they constrain your ability to get cash. I mean, because you’re saying, Okay, we’re going to lock up all of this money in these funds, even though we don’t need it at the moment. So it can it can constrain your budget flexibility. So I don’t like them for that reason. And the other point that you’re making is your your, if you end up having to borrow to invest in it, well, you’re, you’re borrowing money just invested in the share market. And it’s not necessarily achieving the public policy objectives that you that you want to achieve. So yeah,

Cameron Murray  20:43

that’s exactly the way to put it, you’re gonna borrow 10 million to build houses for people and give it to them below market? Why do you need to recycle that money through the share market? Why don’t you put it through the pokies, there’s also a chance of making more money there, you know, it’s high risk. Why don’t you just take your half million, that half billion that you want to spend each year and spend it for the next 20 years, and just start a construction programme? Like, the really bizarre thing? To me, I read this bill. And in Part Seven H or whatever it is, it says, The Treasury will credit the housing Future Fund with $10 billion. It just doesn’t. And I just think to myself, How does where’s this 10 billion coming from? Aren’t we having this fund to get the money that we don’t have a now you’re saying we have 10 billion? If we have 10 billion? We don’t need the fund? Right? Yeah. And, you know, no one else seems to pick up on that, oh, we just credit with 10 billion. I’m like, why don’t you just build houses, credit them? Credit, the builders is 10 billion. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  21:45

So this is where they’re hoping that by doing it, you know, essentially gambling or well investing with borrowed money, they can get enough of a return on that, to then help fund this additional expenditure. And that’s going to lessen the budgetary impact. So that’s essentially what’s going on. And I just think it’s interesting, because it’s an interesting example of one of these. These things, these clever financial vehicles, the Polly’s and the advisors, I think, in particular, they love it, they think they’re geniuses, but it’s not really solving the problem.

Cameron Murray  22:20

Yeah. And let me just talk you through what I think is the best case scenario. They put money in this fund, sometime in the middle of this year, after we’ve had a big asset market correction, and they they’re near the bottom. In the next 12 months, there’s a real big boom. And in 12 months time, the ministers say, Oh, look, we’ve been making all this money. I’m gonna make this happen. Yeah, that’s the best case. The worst case is, you know, we’ve just seen a bank collapse in the United States, and you know, Swiss government bailout the Credit Suisse bank, the worst case scenario is they put $10 billion into the Future Fund, start accumulating assets in the next six months. And then come September, October, you know, popular time for financial market crashes, the fund loses 10% of its value. And next year, the minister says, oh, we can’t spend anything on public housing, because we just lost a billion dollars on the share market. Yeah, that’s, I don’t know which one’s more probable, but both are potential outcomes. And if the second one happens, you know, I hope the public and the press hold the government to account and say, Hey, this is what you wanted. You were told this is the risk you’re taking. And you still did it anyway. I really hope that opens people’s eyes. If that happens.

Gene Tunny  23:34

Yeah, that’s a good. That’s a good point. So you’re saying that the the level of investment in public housing could end up being dependent upon the returns on this fund

Cameron Murray  23:46

highly likely, implicitly, tells the minister only spend what you make, you know, for funds doing well spend money, if it’s not don’t spend money, the way it sort of described, and it’s got this cap in it as well. I would say there’s a sort of, you know, a built in excuse, yeah. Whereas you kind of want the opposite incentive. You want more public spending on housing during a downturn in the markets, right? You want to smooth out construction cycles. Yeah. Whereas I sort of feel this builds in the opposite political incentive. But the you know, the next 12 months are going to be very interesting if this bill is finally passed. And you know, the markets are very volatile at the moment. And the Future Fund, of course, lost a couple of percent last year, you went down the existing funds. So if that happens again, yeah. Who knows? Yeah.

Gene Tunny  24:40

Just before we wrap up, Cameron, can I ask you what was it like presenting to the committee? I mean, did anyone get it? Did any bells rang? Or what’s the expression? I mean, I imagined some of the Imagine that. There must have been, some of them must be sceptical, or I hope some of the people on this committee worse sceptical. But yeah. What was your impression?

Cameron Murray  25:05

My impression is that this process is a little bit of a charade. So that each political party in the crossbenches can get their sort of own experts on to provide excuses for the political bargain that they want out of this in the Senate. So I think most of the action is happening behind the scenes. And this is just each, each person in the Senate had a chance to call forth their own experts. And so that was done. My impression is that your committee is loaded based on the political party of the day, right. You know, I was cut off from my introduction, when I was saying, you get a few minutes to make introductory remarks. And I was explaining how I can’t believe you’re trying to describe this as a low risk secure, politically insulated funding stream when it seems the exact opposite. Yeah. And they’re like, oh, you know, we only allowed two minutes for these opening remarks get. And, of course, if you if you go and check the footage, everyone bloody rambled for five minutes. So you can sort of see that and, and, you know, I’ve spoken to a variety of Senators offices, as well. And they’ve obviously taken on board what I’ve said, but you don’t see minds being changed. Live during this process. That’s not where it happens. It’s all happening with phone calls and meetings and negotiations amongst each party and independents are

Gene Tunny  26:36

all behind the scenes. Okay. Because I was just wondering, I imagine that the, the greens would probably be pushing the for the government just to build public housing. Right. Yeah. Well, that must be in there. That’s right. So

Cameron Murray  26:50

I think it’s Nick McKim is the green senator from Tassie. And he was, you know, onboard when I started my opening remarks by saying, you realise there’s a scene in the comedy show utopia, right? We started today. That is exactly what you’re doing. But you all laughed with the other side of the joke. And now you’re you are the joke. And so he got a few chuckles But you know, the other the other people didn’t really like it. So yeah, the greens are definitely not keen on these off balance sheet financial tricks at all, which is really puzzling, right? It’s really puzzling to me. I don’t know what the Liberals should be sort of have a similar mind being a bit more honest financially and say, let’s focus on what’s a waste of money and what’s not. Let’s not focus on where you record it in the accounts. So I don’t I don’t know what their views are. But my impression is the Labour Party, you know, they’ve almost got this superannuation brain, or this Future Fund brain like this sort of, yeah, it’s inhibited their ability to go, you know, this is not magic. It’s not a Magic Pudding. It’s just buying different assets.

Gene Tunny  27:57

Yeah, yeah, exactly. So I’ll put a link to your submission in the show notes. I think it’s really good. And you make a good point about how, yeah, I didn’t realise the fees paid by the Future Fund for funds management was so high, but I guess it makes sense, given the amount of funds under

Cameron Murray  28:13

point 2% of the funds under management. That is still half a billion dollars a year, which is of course, again, the maximum that this Future Fund for housing can actually spend on housing subsidies or housing construction. Yeah. So the maximum they can spend is roughly what the average management fee is for the existing Future Fund. Yeah, just to get your orders of magnitude straight of what’s involved.

Gene Tunny  28:40

Okay. And, yes, it has been passed by the lower house, it’s going to it’s being considered by the Senate at the moment, and it’ll probably be passed, I imagine, based on what you were saying,

Cameron Murray  28:51

my understanding is the cross bench has a lot of power in the Senate here to get things changed. My suspicion is that if there are key crossbenchers that take my argument seriously and a couple of other of the submitters as well, they may, for example, put in the legislation a minimum amount of spending out of the fund instead of a maximum to sort of guarantee it. And they may, you know, and that might just be a way of diverting instead of buying bhp shares and Commonwealth Bank, you know, build houses with it and own the equity of those houses with your public housing developer or however you account for that. So that that that may be a realistic change. I don’t think it’s gonna get thrown out or go back to the drawing board.

Gene Tunny  29:38

Right. Okay. Well, again, well done, Cameron. Yeah, excellent submission, lots of very sound, economics and public finance in there. Any final words before we wrap up?

Cameron Murray  29:49

No, I just want to, you know, cross my fingers that the best case scenario turns out if this fun gets passed.

Gene Tunny  29:55

Very good. Okay. Cameron Murray, thanks so much for appearing on the show.

Cameron Murray  29:59

Thanks for having me, Gene.

Gene Tunny  30:02

Righto, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting app lets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

Cameron Murray 30:49

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Full transcripts are available a few days after the episode is first published at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

Values-based Capitalism: What is the Aussie Treasurer planning? w/ John Humphreys – EP175

Australian Treasurer Jim Chalmers argues for values-based capitalism and against neoliberalism in a January 2023 essay in the Australian Monthly magazine. In this episode, show host Gene Tunny discusses the Treasurer’s essay with Dr John Humphreys. John is the Australian Taxpayers’ Alliance (ATA) Chief Economist and the founder of the Australian Liberal Democrats. Gene and John discuss just how literally we should take the Treasurer, the risks of the so-called co-investment approach, and whether the Treasurer is arguing for socialism (or a different -ism).      

This episode features audio from an ATA Econ Chat livestream broadcast on 31 January 23. You can watch the whole thing here:

https://www.facebook.com/AusTaxpayers/videos/509950911277607

You can follow the ATA on various platforms including Facebook and YouTube.

You can follow John Humphreys on Twitter.

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

What’s covered in EP175

  • Jim Chalmers’ idea of co-investing with the private sector [4:21]
  • Regarding superannuation funds increasingly having social goals that they aim to meet as well as financial goals [9:12]
  • The Australian stage 3 tax cuts and values-based capitalism: are they compatible?  [12:37]
  • ESG, stakeholder capitalism, and socialism [15:24]
  • How does the Treasurer intend to direct investment? [23:28]
  • How a poor government policy can lead to another poor government policy [27:31]
  • The social impact investment bank expected in the 2023 Australian budget [32:34]

Links relevant to the conversation

Jim Chalmers’ essay Capitalism after the Crises

Clean Energy Finance Corporation Financial Outcomes 2021-22

Australian Government principles for social impact investing | Treasury.gov.au

Impact Investing Won’t Save Capitalism  

Transcript: Values-based Capitalism: What is the Aussie Treasurer planning? w/ John Humphreys – EP175

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:06

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. Thanks for tuning into the show. In this episode, I discuss so-called values based capitalism with John Humphreys. John is chief economist of the Australian taxpayers Alliance, and he’s President of the Australian Liberal Democrats. The idea of values based capitalism has been injected into the Australian policy debate by the Australian treasurer of Jim Chalmers. In a monthly magazine essay, the Treasurer argues we need greater coordination between the public and private sectors, and we need co investment. He argues that government business philanthropic and investor interests and objectives are increasingly aligned and intertwined. The Treasurer is the top economic official in Australia. He’s the equivalent of the US Treasury secretary in the UK Chancellor of the Exchequer. So obviously people pay attention when he tells us what he thinks. The audio of my conversation with John Humphreys is taken from a live stream I did with him on the 31st of January 2023. I’ll put a link to the full live stream in the show notes. Okay, let’s get into the episode. Please stick around to the end, because I have additional thoughts after my conversation with John. Well, I think we have to chat about this essay by the treasurer Jim Chalmers capitalism, after the crises, rather extraordinary for the treasurer to publish something like this. I mean, although we had the former PM, Kevin Rudd, publish something similar about how he was going to save global capitalism in I think it was around February 2009. While we’re all busy in Treasury, with actually managing the budget and all of that, somehow, the pm found time to write a 8000 word essay. And now, I mean, Jim Chalmers is done. Well, I think is 6000. It may not be as long as the one Rudd wrote. And Jim Chalmers wants to remake Australian capitalism. I don’t know if he necessarily wants to remake global capitalism. But he does have a critique of neoliberalism. So that’s the new thing that everyone hates. And I mean, it’s similar to a lot of critiques of so called neoliberalism that, you know, we we’ve gone too far in the direction of the market, and we don’t care about society as much anymore and isn’t as all dreadful. And isn’t all this inequality, terrible. It’s causing problems for Democracy Now look, okay. There’s certainly issues and in some countries, inequality has certainly increased, there’s no doubt about that. Overall, it’s this very simplistic analysis. And look, it’s Jim Chalmers is views. I mean, you know, fine. That’s his philosophy, it’s probably what you’d expect from Jim chamas. He’s entitled to those views. I mean, my personal view is you should be looking at specific policies. I mean, what exactly do you think we did wrong? Okay, let’s look at specific issues and see how we can fix those up. I mean, is it tariff cuts? You don’t approve of them in tariff cuts that the whole Keating government supported? I mean, what is it precisely that you think is the problem? So there’s this general critique of neoliberalism, which is no different from a lot of stuff you see online by various progressives? And, look, I mean, I’m not necessarily going to defend everything that that’s been done in economic reform. I mean, there certainly been like, I think there have been some great successes. But there have also been areas where the insert less than stellar results. There’s no doubt about that. But I think what’s important is to get it all. Okay, let’s understand what he actually wants to do because he’s got this general critique, okay. But what do you want to do? And his main idea seems to be this idea of co-investment. That’s the real substantive thing. That seems to be how he’s going to define his time as treasurer or his time as PM if he later becomes PM, because in a way, this is job application for PM he wants to be Labour leader. He sees this as defining his philosophy as a labour treasurer. We’re going to fix capitalism. He talks about values based capitalism, he thinks capitalism, we want to move away from a system where it relies upon people beings If interested in greedy and the private sector alone, we want to have a cooperation between the private sector and the public sector. We want the public sector, getting the policy settings right and and then co-investing with the private sector to provide some, some ideas about how that will occur. He talks about the Clean Energy Finance Corporation, which is designed to provide finance for various renewable energy projects. He sees that as a success, even though it doesn’t appear to be meeting its investment mandate. So I had a look at that, because I found it interesting that that was his one, the example that he gave, so he talks about co-investment as a powerful tool at our disposal. The Clean Energy Finance Corporation has been a great success, partnering with investors to direct capital where it can have the greatest impact, not by subsidising returns, but by helping structure investment vehicles in a rapidly emerging economic sector, we will employ this co-investment model in more areas of the economy, with programmes already underway in the industry, housing and electricity sectors. Okay. So they’re looking at providing some type of framework, having these entities like the Clean Energy Finance Corporation, and I think they’ve set one up similar to that in housing, it’s to encourage investment by the private sector and by I guess, providing more accessible finance, or making creating financial products, perhaps with some government guarantee, I don’t know, we have to wait and see what exactly the treasurer is, is talking about here. So yeah, that’s where I think we’ve really got to focus. This seems to be his idea of how he’s going to be this innovative, new wave labour treasurer. Yeah, Nick’s made a good point here in the comments that they want the super funds to, to invest in some of these areas such as housing, or an infrastructure. But again, I mean, we’ve got to ask exactly how are they going to do that? There’s, what I see is the risk that the government provides some sort of guarantee or does provide financing, he’s saying it’s not subsidised. But, I mean, you’ve got to wonder about if it isn’t subsidised? Or if if the government’s not making finance more readily available in the market within the banks would then what exactly is the market failure they’re addressing? Why wouldn’t the private sector do it? So I think there is going to be some sort of subsidy or, or risk taken on by the public sector that’s not compensated for. And so when I looked at the Clean Energy Finance Corporation webpage on financial outcomes, I discovered that and this is what this is a an institution that the treasurer claims has been a great success is its return its lifetime annualised portfolio benchmark. Return. So this is, this is a return that they’ve earned. So 4.38%, which is, you know, hardly anything, really, if you think about what you’d really want to be earning as an investment vehicle like that. So I think there is a risk that this sort of thing is subsidised. I think there’s a risk that they’re taking too much risk onto the government balance sheet. And there’s a potential to fund projects, which are uneconomic. So if that’s the big idea, I mean, okay, well, let’s see the specifics, and let’s analyse exactly what you’re, you’re recommending, and we can talk about that. Yeah. And there’s that point about, yeah, they do want access to the super funds, money, they will have to make sure that it’s a compelling investment opportunity to actually get that money. And, and that is a big risk. I mean, we don’t yeah, that those super funds, if they just invest in something because the government wants them to invest in it, then they are breaching their fiduciary duties. That would be a terrible thing if the government does direct where that money should go.

John Humphreys  09:12

Interesting points on that today. I think this is part of the problem that we’re sneaking up on the situation several ways. Super funds increasingly have social goals that they need to meet, as well as financial goals. You make a good point that, well, that needs to show that they’re going to meet the financial needs of the super investors. Increasingly, the super funds feel the need to meet their social KPIs, rather than their financial KPIs. And if they are required to meet social KPIs, then they’ll very easily get away with it. Remember, it’s not like this super is optional. We’re forced to give it and if the government gives the super funds who have guaranteed access to our money, social KPIs, you must do something social. By the way, here’s something social we want you to do. You can imagine it happening, even if it doesn’t have financial risk. I think the point Nick can correct me if I have not expressed her concern accurately, please jump into the chat again, Nick. But that’s my understanding of your point.

Gene Tunny  10:09

Yeah. So the whole thing with this values based capitalism, one of the concerns is that you end up with this very odd relationship between the government and banks and super funds. And in a way, it’s very odd for a Labour leader or an aspiring Labour leader. And this is a point that Matt Canavan made that he was very critical, as you probably would expect of this sort of thing. And I mean, he was saying that the treasurer seems to have been spending too much time in the boardrooms of banks and super funds. So yes, it’s, it’s very strange, but what I think might be going on, and this is, this is one thing that I’m wondering is, is this because he really doesn’t have many other options due to the state of the budget due to the high amount of debt, and due to the fact that he’s committed to the stage three tax cuts? Katherine Catherine Murphy on the Guardian podcast asked him, Okay, if you’re talking about values based capitalism, does this mean or she, she was basically asking me if you actually, given what you’re professing about values based capitalism and your concerns about inequality, etc? Does this mean you’d revisit those stage three tax cuts? And other there was a good question, and he just gave the standard line? I look, we’ve already dealt with that. And we’re, you know, my position on that. I think she probably could have pressed him more on that because it is a legitimate question, if in terms of traditional Labour government, some people have been saying that with this essay, Jim Chalmers is channelling Whitlam or it’s going back to the Whitlam government, I’m not entirely sure about that, because the Whitlam government was big spending on social welfare programmes, I really ramped that up. I mean, I know now we are spending more on that sort of thing. But there’s, I don’t know if there’s a capacity for this government, given the fiscal situation to really increase those welfare payments, or expand the welfare state much at all. And so he’s really falling back on this sort of thing, because he may not have any other option. And to an extent, that’s because the government’s had to go along with the stage three tax cuts for political reasons to win the last election. And now they can’t go back on it. So you know, this could be the only shot he’s got in the locker, so to speak. That’s one thought I’ve had on this, this essay.

John Humphreys  12:47

It will be interesting to see what they do in the next budget in terms of tax, I suspect, I’ll sneak that tax rate up, they are going into that. Look, I think that was politically hamstrung with their previous commitments. And quite frankly, I think they made the right decision to stick to their promise, both because I’m a big advocate of the stage three tax cuts, but also politically, if you want to keep any political capital, you can’t just line up lie after lie after lie in your first year in power. So I think it was the right political move and the right economic move. I suspect they also know it’s the right political move. They think it’s the wrong economic move, but they’re stuck with it. And so I’m happy about that. You’re not just a couple of quantifications. I haven’t thought about this article as long as you have, but I think you’ll write in one very important point. There’s been a lot of furor about the words. And I think the words of what Jim says, if taken literally, we shouldn’t be worried if they can, literally. But you pointed out, I think that it’s not necessarily true that we should take it literally, because there’s a lot of fluff and waffle in the middle there, that could be interpreted multiple ways. And to a large degree, what we have to do is go back to them and say, what does that mean, exactly? Exactly what I’m suggesting here. And I suspect what’s happening is there’s two things it’s worth responding to both. I suspect he’s the policy recommendations coming out of this, I suspect will end up being tinkering. I don’t think it’d be good tinkering. But this is probably a lot of grandiose statements. I’m not sure if they’re going to follow through on grandiose actions. I gotta say, as I say that, if I’m right, that would be a good thing. Because if they followed through on all the grandiose statements, I think it would be a supreme mistake for the future evolution of our country. So I am hopeful that this is a lot of bluff and bluster. But also if history is anything to go by, politicians are often full of bluff and bluster and grandiose statements. And then once they actually sit down and work out, what does this mean? It can be a tweak here and tweak there.

Gene Tunny  14:46

Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  14:51

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice We can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis studies and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, where we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, http://www.adapteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  15:21

Now back to the show.

John Humphreys  15:24

I do worry about them targeting the super funds, I do worry about what they when they say race, it just sort of interaction cooperation between the government in the corporate sector, that could be done in several different ways. Some of them supremely damaging, and some of them rather mild. And some of them perhaps useful, we really need to know the details first, but I worry that what he’s talking about is not the mild version. But hopefully what he does is the mild version. But what he’s talking about here has echoes of a lot of things that have been growing over the last couple of decades. Some people have actually said it in the chat and see if I can find some here. I think Percy said this twice. It’s the ESG goals. A lot of the language here is also the language of ESG, the environment, the social and governance systems. And it’s steadily in being embedded through several different means fair and foul into the goals of a lot of companies sometimes basically being shoehorned in there by governments, sometimes by industry super funds, which as was also pointed out by Percy, I think, that they are closely related to the union’s so you are getting lots of deviations from normal capitalism for ESG. Another term that’s been thrown around a lot by people that are it looks like Jim Chalmers is influenced by the stakeholder capitalism, and stakeholder capitalism, it sounds so benign, but if you scratch the surface, it’s a very worrying idea. The whole point of capitalism is that corporations are supposed to represent the owners and benefit the owner, it is capitalist who make a profit and the profit goes to the people who made the investment. That’s the idea. Stakeholder capitalism basically means all you know that ownership thing we told you about, yeah, not so much. Right? I mean, you don’t have to be an owner to have a stake, you could be a consumer, or a worker, or a neighbour or just anyone with a pet dog that ran across someone’s front yard. And that basically means society, if society is the owner, where that’s not a real thing, right? That’s always code word for government. If society is the owner of the business, i.e. government is the owner of the business. That does not, that system and economics does not have a good track record at work. There’s a couple of things here. The Chalmers thing has been likened to out and out socialism. I don’t think that’s quite right, because what he’s talking about is this incestuous relationship with big business and big government and big unions. And now socialism, just what’s the leaders of big business up against the wall, shoots them and takes their property. This is like traditional socialism. It’s been likened a bit to Whitlam. And you already mentioned that before, but it’s not quite that either. Because what Whitlam wanted to do was have the government take over all of the realms of how you help the massive welfare state, massive redistributions. He’s not really talking about changing the welfare state. He’s talking about changing the way business operates. So it’s not quite socialist. It’s not quite Whitlamisk, what I call it an eco socialism. It’s instead, this incestuous mix of big government, big corporations, big unions, and we need another word for that. There was a word for that this is not a new idea. This is the thing I’m seeing showing up by some of the op ed writers look at this wonderful new idea. It’s not Whitlam. It’s not Marx, it’s a new idea. It’s actually not a new idea. These ideas have been around for quite a while they were quite prominent, about 100 years ago. I believe, Jim Chalmers is the follower of an Italian economist at the moment. These ideas were very popular amongst a certain Italian politician. From about 90 years ago, if anyone knows their Italian history, El Deus, the Mussolini ideas were basically exactly this. But we don’t need to get rid of business. What we do is we need to have a really close relationship between big government, big business, big unions, we all work together. It may be better than for more efficient for socialism, but it’s a bloody dangerous system. And of course, if you actually call it fascism, everyone gets upset because they say no, no, no, Jim Thomas doesn’t hate the Jews. But fascism isn’t only the economic system of fascism isn’t just about being a Nazi. The economic system of fascism was quite literally the idea that big business can exist, but they just have to cooperate in bed with big government. That was literally the idea of the fascist model of the economy. And it’s not a new idea. I don’t think it has a good track record is actually working as an economic idea. And I’m not trying to say Jim Chalmers is a fascist, I’m just simply saying that we can look at how this has worked in the past. And I don’t think it’s been pretty. The other thing to note about this is they talk a big game about how much they want to cooperate with big business and integrate with them. It’s as if they that they’re unable to draw a distinction between the markets and a business. Right. I mean, most people on my side of politics we believe that a market is a better way of cool donating things, then bureaucrats and politicians. That’s true. That’s not from a love affair with business. Indeed, business are often also the enemy of markets. Like I am not pro business, I am pro markets and markets happen to have business in them. And it seems when a lefty stumbles across this idea and sees markets working, they think markets work, because there’s a couple of nice businesses. So they Co Op those businesses. But it’s not the existence of those businesses that make the market work. It’s the nature of the dynamic nature and the competitive nature of the market. That helps the market system to work. And sometimes a good market needs businesses to fail. If businesses make enough bad decisions, they fail this idea that markets defending markets are about defending businesses. Some people on outside of politics need to get out of that way of thinking, bad businesses should fail. We’re not here to defend businesses, I’m happy to defend people who make good decisions and get ahead and are rewarded for that, whether they are in any field of Endeavour. But it’s not just about defending businesses. And this approach the Chalmers has seems to be pro business anti markets, whereas I am pro market and indifferent to any individual business. And that’s some of the things I do notice in some of his language. He talks about redesigning markets, and that markets need to be carefully constructed. So I think once again, that shows a fundamental misunderstanding of what we mean with markets. Markets are evolutionary concepts. They’re not design. They’re not constructed at all. They happen sort of spontaneously out of the interaction of a bunch of voluntary interactions between consenting adults, it is a it is an evolved system. And one of the most dangerous things we have is these politicians that lack the humility to realise that they can’t design such a complex system meddling in a hugely complicated evolved system that is probably beyond their capacity, it’s beyond their can to actually understand the dynamics. It’s beyond the understanding of most people. Leonard Reed famously wrote a book saying no one knows how to, it’s called “I pencil”. And he pointed out that no one knows how to make a pencil, seems like a crazy statement. But if you unwrap each part of making a pencil, someone has to know how to cut down the wood, which means they have to know how to use a chainsaw, which means they have to know how to make the chainsaw, which means they don’t have to know how to get the metal for the chainsaw, which means they have to know how to make the iron, which the steel which comes from the iron, which comes from the mining. So you go back through all the parts of making a pencil, no one person can do it, but it comes together spontaneously, seemingly spontaneously without any central controller. That’s the important point. There’s no central controller in that. And yet, you can go and buy a pencil now for 10 cents. It involves the cooperation of literally 1000s of people around the world who speak different languages, and may not even like each other, they may hate each other. And yet 1000s of people around the world all coordinated and managed to bring you a pencil at your local store for 10 cents. That is insane. And there is no controller. It wasn’t designed, it wasn’t carefully constructed, as Jim Chalmers seems to think, it was a spontaneous order coming together. And that is the dangerous thing. I think there is when these politicians decide that they need to redesign markets in their own image. And often they have wonderful goals, right? I mean, their vision of the world, that vision of the future is not some dystopian nightmare. That’s just the accidental byproduct of their arrogance and their lack of humility. So anyway, that’s my rant on this. Now, I haven’t spent as little thinking about it as you, so maybe I’ll have to duck into it a bit more over the next week.

Gene Tunny  23:28

But I want to have a closer look at just what these vehicles are and how they intend to direct investment. I mean, he talks about, well, we’re not going to pick winners. Okay, that’s great. Oh, but we’re just gonna set the priority. So it’s like this state directed model that the French had, I think in the 50s or 60s, I wouldn’t call it fascism. I’d call it corporatism, or, or whatever the French used to call their system back in the day, the government’s got an idea of where the investment needs to go broadly. It’s sort of national economic planning. That’s the type of mindset and one thing I’m waiting to see is will they try and revive this idea of an infrastructure bank? So this was something that was raised during the time of the Rudd Government but got knocked down. Turnbull criticised Kevin Rudd has been Kev Lonnie, with reference to Kim Lonnie and there was the people were talking about well is this gonna be the new transcontinental I don’t know if you remember it was it transcontinental, the tri-continental, the, the Merchant banking arm of the state bank of Victoria that went bust in the late 80s. Victoria, when it just got into, you know, just made all these crazy loans during that, that colossal boom in the late 80s. There’s a real risk to government balance sheets here, and I just want to wait and see just what they’re proposing. And whether there is some bold scheme like that, that the treasurer could be announcing. That’s what I’m going to be looking out for.

John Humphreys  24:58

I think on the retail politics that is the right thing to look for I should reiterate, I don’t actually think Jim Chalmers is intended to be a fascist, because I don’t think he intends to follow through on the logical consequences of his own article. But I still think it’s worthwhile pushing back on the substance of the article, even if I don’t think you’ll follow through on it. I don’t want people to think of it as an ideal, because I still think the ideals in there are very dangerous. And look, I also take your point, in reality he’ll be whether it’s fascism, or corporatism, it’ll be a watered down version of that. And we need to see the details I agree. But still, the steel man version of that is worth addressing, in case it seduces the thoughts of any young people that stumble across these ideas. You make a good point that perhaps corporatism is the better word for it than fascism. I’ve thought about that a bit lately, that could work. I wonder though, whether there is a difference between the two, they both involve this incestuous relationship of big business and big government. Perhaps the difference is who has the upper hand. And I think in corporatism, perhaps the idea is that big business has the upper hand, and they kind of use big government as their tool for success. And in fascism, it’s the government has the upper hand, and they use big businesses, their tool for enforcement, or getting things done. But anyway, that’s a thought bubble there on what the potential difference could be. I don’t know which one Jim Thomas hopes he would achieve. Probably not corporatism. But I’ll cheekily put that aside for the voters. What he

Gene Tunny  26:17

wants to achieve is he wants to get enough votes from the labour left by imagining he’s can remake capitalism, where, really, he’s going to get some he’s going to create some investment vehicles. There’ll be some additional money into into renewables and housing. But is it really going to make much of a difference? And I don’t know, I mean, in housing that, you know, that’s one of their big challenges. I mean, that housing affordability is a massive problem now. And the number of people who can’t find accommodation, particularly in Brisbane, I mean, I go for a walk along Wickham terrace in Spring Hill. And I mean, the usual homeless people, you see, but now you see there are people living in cars, they’ve got all their worldly possessions, in, in the back of their vehicles. And it’s just tragic. And it’s because for years, we’ve just stopped people from building houses where people want them. So we’ve got, we’ve got problems that have been created, in part through government regulation. And now that’s going to be used as one of the excuses for remaking capitalism and providing, I don’t know, whatever, they’re going to do subsidised housing, there’ll be some money for that social housing, but it’s not really going to be enough to solve the problem, in my view.

John Humphreys  27:30

But it’s so often the theme, isn’t it? A government programme goes wrong. And the lefties turn around for capitalists to say, Why did you do that? And then they use that to justify another government programme that also goes wrong. And the whole cycle repeats itself. I do like the fact that every time I try to get us distracted in a conversation about the grandiose philosophy of the implications of Jim Chalmers article, he brings us back to the real retail politics, which I think is entirely correct. I think your read on this is true that his grand philosophical statements, they’re mostly just fluff and waffles so that he can try to get the Labour leadership and it’ll mean a bit of tinkering. I think you’re right. I just still enjoy rebutting the actual words. Anyway, that this has been a fun discussion.

Gene Tunny  28:13

Definitely John. Okay, I hope you enjoyed my conversation with John Humphrys about the Australian treasurer’s essay on values based capitalism. I’d say the takeaways from the episode include firstly, that there’s clearly been a big change in the intellectual climate since the financial crisis, and treasurer Jim Chalmers has picked up on this making some of the standard criticisms of so called Neo liberalism. Secondly, it’s important to consider specific policies and to weigh up their costs and benefits and the likelihood that claim benefits will be achieved in my view. If we do so it’s understandable why there’s been such a negative reaction to Jim Chalmers essay by economists and financial commentators here in Australia, I should say, I don’t want to be too negative. I have met Jim Chalmers in the past when he worked for treasurer Wayne Swan, and he struck me as a nice person. He clearly thinks a lot about economic issues, and I respect that. And the treasurer did say some say on things in the essay, for instance, he writes, in the wider world, the contest between democracies and autocracies is economic as well as military. Despite deep disquiet about our own economic models. The reality is that democracies largely work. As of 2021 GDP per capita is around 60%, higher in democracies than in autocracies and the gap isn’t closing. Thankfully, Chalmers is a Social Democrat rather than a revolutionary. But he argues that to protect democracy, we need to have greater economic inclusion. That’s fair enough, but we need to think critically about the measures he proposes to promote it. obvious questions include, will they actually achieve greater economic inclusion, what will they cost? What are the risks to the government’s balance sheet and to taxpayers who will ultimately bear the cost of any bad investments? As I suggested in my conversation with John, history tells us we should be wary of governments owning banks or other financial institutions that don’t have a great track record. The failures of the state banks of South Australia and Victoria were big news in the early 90s. But now three decades have passed and the lessons may have been forgotten sadly. Also, as I noted, when chatting with John the results of the body that the treasurer calls a great success, the Clean Energy Finance Corporation, well, they’ve been pretty ordinary and they don’t appear to be meeting the target of return. The presentation of the financial results for the corporation is rather confusing, but it looks to me that they’re underperforming. I’ll put a link in the show notes so you can see for yourself. One thing I should have covered in my chat with John is the concept of social impact investing. This is an investment where there are both financial and social returns, such as in a profitable social housing development. Social impact investing is one of the concepts that Jim Chalmers is fond of. In a recent financial review article, John Keogh referred to an example from New South Wales in 2013, a social impact bond which raised $7 million from investors to finance the new PIN programme. N E W P I N. New PIN stands for New Parent Infant network. It appears to be a programme to support new parents so they look after their children properly and the children don’t end up in foster care. It looks like the Queensland Government has tried something similar. Typically, impact investments require government involvement of some sort to ensure that the private sector investors get a return. For instance, governments could pay performance bonuses if certain social outcomes are achieved. There’s a handy note from the Treasury which summarises the Australian Government’s principles for social impact investing, which I’ll link to in the show notes refers to such things as payments by results, contracts and outcomes focus grants, that’s how the investors will be rewarded if the investment achieves its social objectives. These payments could be justified because successful programmes could result in budgetary savings in the future. For example, if programmes result in healthier children, that could reduce health costs in the future. You could also imagine programmes resulting in savings in welfare spending, or cost of the justice system. I’d say that such savings are possible, but we should think critically about the likelihood of such benefits and follow up to make sure that they do actually occur. That is, so we’re not paying nonprofits and investors additional money for results that they don’t actually achieve. It looks like treasurer charmers might end up announcing a social impact investment bank in his next Australian government budget in May 2023. James says that the Financial Review gave a good summary of what this bank could do in an article in October last year, which I’ll link to in the show notes. He wrote, the new body would work with investors to supply capital to intermediary funds, which would direct private investment into social housing, aged care, early education or disability services alongside government funding. This could take some pressure off the government budget for providing these services alone. Okay, that’s the point I made in my chat with John, that some of the motivation for what Chalmers is proposing is the poor state of the government budget, they just don’t have the money to undertake traditional programmes. He’s talking about impact investing because he doesn’t have a lot of options. With his social impact investing bank, he can support things that he wants to do off budget, so to speak. James Ayers continues, the institution would make returns when service providers who would typically be receiving some government funding make predetermined improvements to social outcomes such as housing, education or caring for more people under agreed service standards. Apparently, there’s a body like this already in the UK called Big Society Capital. There’s a fair bit to explore with impact investing, so better return to it for a closer look at a future episode. There are a lot of players involved and I’ll do my best to get someone familiar with impact investing on the show for a deep dive. In the Australian model, it looks like there’ll be a government backed social impact investment bank referred to as a wholesaler. Major commercial banks could also provide capital for this bank. It appears based on reporting from the financial review. There’s talk about 200 million coming from the government and 200 million from the private sector. I expect the social impact investment bank will provide finance at lower than market rates for social impact investing funds. These funds then invest in nonprofits or so-called Social Enterprise causes which are delivering programmes under government contracts. An example of a social impact investing fund is the $91 million social impact investment trust, established by social ventures Australia, a nonprofit and Hester a superannuation fund. How the performance bonuses are shared by the nonprofit, the investors and the government back bank will need to be defined by various contracts between the players. This all seems very elaborate to me. There are no doubt a lot of investment bankers and fund managers earning healthy fees along the way. Does this lead to better results? It may do so if the investors push the nonprofit to deliver superior services. As always, I’m open minded but sceptical. I’ve seen that the consultancy firm Airbus has undertaken a positive evaluation of the New South Wales new ping programme. So it could be good to go through that in a future episode. I haven’t had a real chance to dissect that one yet. I do wonder just how much we can rely on impact investing to solve social problems compared with other measures. As I noted with John, I doubt it will solve the housing availability shortage, which to me appears related to restrictions on housing developments. And it’s not going to replace welfare state programmes such as Australia’s various support payments and the National Disability scheme. Maybe you can do positive things at the margins, we have to wait and see because it’s still early days when it comes to impact investing. For a sceptical take on impact investing, which I’ll link to in the show notes, I’d refer you to a 2020 Harvard Business Review article by Ruben Finnegan, who I know well and Alan Schwartz is a prominent Australian businessman. Impact Investing won’t save capitalism. Okay, that’s all from me on values based capitalism for now. If you’d like a closer look at impact investing or any other topic, please let me know. Thank you. Right oh, thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if your podcasting outlets you then please write a review and leave a rating. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

37:41

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey. Head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au

Please consider signing up to receive our email updates and to access our e-book Top Ten Insights from Economics at www.economicsexplored.com. Economics Explored is available via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.

Categories
Podcast episode

China’s falling population & global population update   – EP174

The world’s population keeps growing and passed 8 billion in late 2022, but China’s population is now falling. There are concerns over what that means for its economy and the wider global economy. Is Paul Krugman right that a falling population means a weak Chinese economy? Show host Gene Tunny and his colleague Tim Hughes discuss the possible implications of a shrinking China, as well as global population projections out to 2100. The conversation touches on the environmental impact of a growing population and how well-placed we are to manage environmental challenges.    

Please get in touch with any questions, comments and suggestions by emailing us at contact@economicsexplored.com or sending a voice message via https://www.speakpipe.com/economicsexplored

You can listen to the episode via the embedded player below or via podcasting apps including Google PodcastsApple PodcastsSpotify, and Stitcher.

What’s covered in EP174

  • The world’s population is on the rise and passed 8 billion in November 2022 [4:24]
  • Why post-war population growth was so strong [7:43]
  • What does a declining Chinese population mean for the Chinese and global economies? [14:09]
  • The importance of immigration in Australia population growth [19:27]
  • How the world’s population will eventually level out toward the end of the century [23:35]
  • Can governments solve environmental challenges? Discussion of the hole in the ozone layer and the Montreal Protocol [30:09]
  • Paul Krugman vs Dean Baker on the future of China [42:07]
  • Tim asks how do you maintain a growth mindset in a declining population? How do you make it work? [47:25
  • Will demographics and a weaker economy bring down the Chinese administration? [53:06

Links relevant to the conversation

UN World Population Prospects 2022 data

https://population.un.org/wpp/

Paul Krugman’s article “The problem(s) with China’s population drop”

https://themarketherald.com.au/the-problems-with-chinas-population-drop-2023-01-19/

Dean Baker’s article “Paul Krugman, China’s Demographic Crisis, and the Which Way Is Up Problem in Economics”

https://cepr.net/paul-krugman-chinas-demographic-crisis-and-the-which-way-is-up-problem-in-economics/

China’s old-age dependency ratio

https://population.un.org/wpp/Graphs/Probabilistic/Ratios/OADR/65plus/15-64/156

Stanford Business School article “Baby Bust: Could Population Decline Spell the End of Economic Growth?” discussing Charles I Jones views on the link between population, innovation, and economic growth

https://www.gsb.stanford.edu/insights/baby-bust-could-population-decline-spell-end-economic-growth

Transcript: China’s falling population & global population update   – EP174

N.B. This is a lightly edited version of a transcript originally created using the AI application otter.ai. It may not be 100 percent accurate, but should be pretty close. If you’d like to quote from it, please check the quoted segment in the recording.

Gene Tunny  00:07

Welcome to the Economics Explored podcast, a frank and fearless exploration of important economic issues. I’m your host, Gene Tunny. I’m a professional economist and former Australian Treasury official. The aim of this show is to help you better understand the big economic issues affecting all our lives. We do this by considering the theory evidence and by hearing a wide range of views. I’m delighted that you can join me for this episode, please check out the show notes for relevant information. Now on to the show. This episode, I discuss China’s falling population and other global population issues with my good friend, Tim Hughes, who helps me out in my business Adapt Economics from time to time. Tim is not an economist, but I always enjoy chatting with him and hearing his views. And I think he asked very good questions, please check out the show notes, relevant links and for some clarifications, for instance, I need to clarify that the fertility rate for Hispanic women in the US has fallen over the last decade, and is now lower than what I remember it being although it’s still higher than for non-Hispanic women. The general point I make about Hispanic fertility contributing to a higher than otherwise, total fertility rate for the US is correct. I think about doing a deeper dive on fertility rates and other demographic issues in a future episode. Please stick around to the end of my conversation with Tim for an afterword from me. Okay, let’s get into it. I hope you enjoy the show. Tim, he is good to have you back on the show in 2023. Good to be back gene. Yes, Tim. Lots to chat about this year for sure. And today, I thought we could talk about one of the big bits of news that’s already come out this year is the news about how China has had a falling population. The population started to fall for the first time. So that was over last year. Did you see that news?

Tim Hughes  02:01

I do. Yeah. And it’s sort of in line with previous conversations we’ve had about world population and declining growth in a lot of countries. But that’s been mainly in the Western countries. So I think it’s the first time we’ve seen this in China.

Gene Tunny  02:15

Yeah, and this is one of the big concerns for China that China could get old before it gets rich. So it’s got an ageing population. And now it’s got a falling population. And there’s concerns about what that means for its economy, its economic dynamism, its ability to look after the elderly people. So that’s one of the concerns, you know, there’s concerns over the dependency ratio and the number of people of working age to support those.

Tim Hughes  02:46

So that’s the same principles. Because I know we’ve talked about a lot of the Western countries have declining, population rates are declining growth rates. So there’ll be the same challenges that those countries face as well, then yeah.

Gene Tunny  03:01

To an extent, it’s much worse in China than in many Western countries, because China really shot itself in the foot, really, if you think about it with that one child policy. And it seemed like a good idea at the time, because at the time, we’re concerned about, well, how do we feed a billion people or so. And so there was a government policy, instituted late 70s, early 80s, that each family can only have one child. And that seemed like a good idea at the time, to help improve living standards, and help feed the population. But what it’s meant 40 years later, is that they’ve now got a declining population. And while they’ve relaxed that one child policy, what they’re finding is that Chinese couples, they’re quite happy with one child, because you know, that’s been the norm for four decades or so.

Tim Hughes  03:56

Yeah, because that was in place until 2016, I saw,

Gene Tunny  03:59

Yeah, around then I think. Yeah.

Tim Hughes  04:03

So I mean, it’s pretty radical, because I guess China is one of the few countries that could implement that – that kind of law. I can’t imagine many countries being able to do that. So it’s interesting seeing it pan out, because it’s interesting that Western countries have a declining growth rate anyway. So without that being put in place.

Gene Tunny  04:24

Yeah. And one of the other big challenges for China, which is less of a challenge for Australia, and for the US, for example. Immigration is a that helps us alleviate some of the challenges from an ageing population, not completely. We’ve got a really strong immigration programme here in Australia, the US gets a lot of immigrants from all around the world. And also because the US has got the benefit of having a large Hispanic population and the fertility rate among Hispanics. So people from Mexico or from South America or wherever Puerto Rico, it’s, I don’t know, it’s over 2.1 For sure, which is the replacement rate. And so what that means is that the US, their fertility rate is not as low as in other other economies. And so they’ve there not the pressure doesn’t come a lot from that source. I mean, in Australia, we’ll end up having that that natural increase turned to a natural decrease eventually. And then we will have to start relying on immigration for additional people at the moment, we’ve still got some natural increase, because we’ve got, because the baby boomer cohort was so big, and then their children, there was plenty of them. And so there are still more people being born in Australia than dying. You get a problem if you don’t have people being born and you got everyone die in, that’s when you know, you don’t have immigration. And that’s what’s happening with China.

Tim Hughes  05:56

immigration has been a big part of national growth for so many countries for since forever. Like, that’s always been the case. And so certainly, places like Australia has count on that massively. Zooming out to a macro level. We’ve been talking about the cause, I remember we had this conversation years ago, and I was open-minded at the time but I was wondering, like, what happens, you know, if world population gets out of control? And you mentioned at the time that the thinking was it was going to level off around 2050 at around 10 billion? I think that might have been raised?

Gene Tunny  06:33

Yeah, it’s been revised. So if we look, we might go to the World Population Prospects. So I’ll put a link in the show notes to this. This is the really authoritative set of projections from the UN. And I mean, they’re really good. They essentially, they were forecasting that China’s population would start declining around now. Yeah. And, you know, India’s, the mean, India’s population is going to overtake China pretty soon, if it hasn’t already overtaken China’s population that we chat about that a bit later. There are some good references I found on that. They’re on the 8 billion mark now. Yeah, I think we crossed 8 billion last year. If you look at the world population, Prospects report, they’re released last year. So the world’s population is projected to reach 8 billion on 15 November 2022. Can you remember what you’re doing that day, Tim?

Tim Hughes  07:24

No,

Gene Tunny  07:25

No. But that was back to the momentous day for the world. So you know, 8 billion amazing. I don’t know what it was, when I was born, it might have been in the 70s. It might have been put it in the shownotes. But I remember when I was at school, it was 5 billion or so

Tim Hughes  07:43

This is a thing that I saw, I remember at the time when we first had this conversation, because the rate of the doubling of the world’s population was so fast. I mean, the turn of the century around the First World War turn of the previous century, is around the 2 billion mark, I believe. And so to get where we are now is like a billion. I mean, that’s a huge growth. And this is the history of the universe, for instance, like for our species on this planet, any planet, you know, to be this money. So it’s a really, it’s a really fast growth.

Gene Tunny  08:19

So why that occurred? It’s because of improvements in agriculture is because of the fertiliser, the ability that’s that process the was invented by those German chemists.

Tim Hughes  08:33

Those German chemists, yes.

Gene Tunny  08:34

I’m not going to pronounce it. I’ll mispronounce it for sure. But there’s a there was a process that to artificially or create ammonium, I think for fertiliser, if I remember correctly, so there’s a something like that there’s a there’s a chemical process that was perfected in the early 20th century by some German chemists. And that meant that we were able to produce, you know, fertiliser artificially, and then that meant that our agriculture could be much more productive. And all of these, you know, we could support much larger populations in India and Bangladesh, and all over Asia, in Africa. So that’s a big part of it. And the other part of it, of course, is just improvements in public health and understanding of germs and bacteria and viruses and all of that eradication of smallpox, all sorts of things that have that mean that billions of people who wouldn’t have been born or wouldn’t have survived beyond infancy, are able to survive and now we’ve got 8 billion people. It’s just incredible. When you think about it.

Tim Hughes  09:42

Infant mortality at that time was terrible, like, it was very common for families to have any number of kids who didn’t make it through to adulthood. And that has definitely improved.

Gene Tunny  09:58

Well, just got any I mean, you got any cemetery and yeah, any older cemetery and you just see all the graves and memorials to infants. It’s incredible, isn’t it?

Tim Hughes  10:08

But go back to the conversation that started this? Well, certainly, as far as I was aware, because so I was of the mind, like, you know, what happens if we just get more and more and more, there’s a massive problem, and it just gets out of control. But you mentioned that this was actually foreseen that there will be a levelling off. So this extreme growth that we’ve seen from so taking that 2 billion mark around the 1900 mark, 2 billion to where we are now 8 billion. I mean, if, you know, I’m thinking, Well, what happens at the point where we can’t sustain any more people, but it was foreseen that we would have this levelling off around 2050. And then 2100, not much growth between 2050 and 2100. Is that still the case?

Gene Tunny  10:49

Yeah, yeah. So if I’m looking, I’m looking at the UN, the world population projections that were put out last year, the latest projections by the United Nations, suggests that the global population could grow to around eight and a half billion in 2039. 9.7 billion in 2050. And 10.4 billion in 2100.

Tim Hughes  11:12

So that’s a real that’s slowing down a hell of a lot from where we are now.

Gene Tunny  11:15

Yeah, yeah. And that’s because of that demographic transition they talk about. So I think we talked about that last time. How as economies get wealthier, as people get wealthier, public health improves, then they have fewer children.

Tim Hughes  11:30

That’s interesting to me, because you would think it’d be quite logical to think it would go the other way, that people would have more children under those circumstances. But there’s actually fewer.

Gene Tunny  11:39

Yeah, yeah because in poorer economies in poorer countries, children are in insurance policy. And they help look after their parents in old age. Yeah, So that’s, that’s how it works.

Tim Hughes  11:52

 I’m thinking that my kids, I might have to mention that to them.

Gene Tunny  11:58

Yeah, so that’s why. And historically, yet, so you’d have that have more children, of course, birth controls, and other another thing, too, right. So birth controls part of the story. But I think largely, it’s, it’s due to the fact that if you’re in a more if you’re in a poorer economy, then it’s probably more likely to be agrarian, or you have lots of people on the farm. And you know, having children’s that’s, that’s your workforce. Right. Okay. Yeah. So, I mean, that sounds harsh, but that’s what it is, right. So that’s  your workforce, it’s to help you out in the home, and it’s to look after you when you’re old. And so that’s why in poor economies, they have more children, and there tends to be this demographic transition, that’s well observed that countries really have this sharp or this big drop in fertility, as they get wealthier.

Tim Hughes  12:53

It’s a really interesting, I mean, I think it’s a good thing, like, you’d have to say, you know, I mean, I was, I was pleased and relieved, to see that that was going to level off, you know, because it’s obviously, you know, if we think of like, a parasitic kind of relationship, you know, and the planet, if we’re a parasite on this earth, and just gonna get too many of us, and potentially, like, trash it, which is still possible with 10 billion people. But it looks like everything’s turning around there to make better choices towards the future generations. So hopefully, that works out. But if the population was going to keep growing, that was certainly going to be a bigger issue. But hopefully, that will make it easier for us to manage the planet and our lives on it in some more sustainable way, you know, that we can sort of level out and do something. And I know, this then brought us to another question of, you know, sustainable growth being constant. Always more, always more. What would that sustainable contraction look like? Or D growth or flexible growth, that we’ve got a few different terms for it that we’ve come with for it. But it’s an interesting sort of concept of like, well, you know, not everything is going to grow, grow, grow. So how do we sort of like, manage that levelling out, you know, as humans on this planet?

Gene Tunny  14:09

Yeah. Well, this is one of the big questions about the Chinese economy and what that means for the global economy. Paul Krugman wrote a really provocative, I mean, really well written piece in The New York Times following that news, or might have been earlier actually a better check when he released it. We might cover that in a moment because there is a question about what a declining population in China or Japan what that means for the dynamism of the economy and your ability to keep everyone employed. So we might talk about that. Just wonder if we need to go back over those world population implication?

Tim Hughes  14:47

Yes. Because that’s in China, for instance. That’s what implications already hasn’t it with what’s going on there. So there’s a lot to unpack just with China, let alone the rest of the world.

Gene Tunny  15:00

Yeah, so these are the big takeaways from this World Population Prospects report. So population growth is caused in part by declining levels of mortality as reflected in increased levels of life expectancy at birth. So globally, life expectancy reached 72.8 years in 2019. So that 72.8 years, that’s a globally that’s not that’s across the whole world, right, not just in the wealthy countries an increase of almost nine years since 1990. So that’s a huge achievement. The other thing I think’s really interesting, in this UN report, this is this demographic transition we were talking about. In 2021, the average fertility of the world’s population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime. So that’s above the replacement rate of 2.1. Because you need that extra point one to account for the fact that some children won’t make it out of childhood. So that’s 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime having for having fallen from about five births per woman in 1950. Wow, that’s extraordinary, isn’t it? Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.

Tim Hughes  16:14

So was the baby boom, in 1950, yeah?

Gene Tunny  16:18

Yeah, I mean, a lot of that’s going to be in the reason, it was five births per woman. A lot of those births would be occurring in the developing economies in the emerging economies in India and China, because I think China had a big baby boom. And in Australian trying to remember what our fertility rate got up to, I think it peaked in the early 60s, because I remember looking at the data, because we will look when we were working on the intergenerational report in treasury, we were all over this data, I think, maybe got to three or three, between three and four. In Australia, which was pretty high for Australia. Now it’s under two. So it’s below replacement, if I remember correctly.

Tim Hughes  17:01

That reminds me because wasn’t it Peter Costello, who said, have one for each other and one for the country? Yes. So that was the opposite of what China were doing. So Australia was like popping out? Well.

Gene Tunny  17:11

Because we were determined that we need people. Yeah, so it’s interesting. So historically, we wanted to grow Australia’s population for defence reasons. I think Arthur Cornwall who was a minister under Chifley I think that was his he wanted and that’s why he encouraged migration. Isn’t that how you got over here?

Tim Hughes  17:33

Do not tell the authorities, will you. No, my mom’s Australian. So that is my connection.

Gene Tunny  17:42

Oh, that is right, I am just kidding. We encourage, we encourage migration after the war to try to build up the population, I guess, because we thought there’s a limit to how many you know how many how fast you can grow the population just relying on the fertility of, of the population.

Tim Hughes  17:59

I know there was a big like that there’s been a constant source of people from the UK anyway, like, the Ten Pound Poms and all of those guys who came over.

Gene Tunny  18:08

BJs. Yeah. And it’s so I guess we were relying on immigration quite a bit. And even with immigration, we will still have facing this ageing population challenge. And then Treasury crunched the numbers, and it looked like, Okay, this is going to be bad and 30 or 40 years time, because there are going to be fewer people of working age supporting the people of the elderly people also children in the dependency, like, I can’t recall the figures off the top my head, but you’d often see figures, which would suggest that whereas once there were five working people, for every dependents by, some data, there’d be two and a half or whatever, they’d be those sorts of scary statistics, and the budget deficit would end up being 5% of GDP if we didn’t correct this. And so then they the government of the day developed a strategy to try to boost population, or boost the fertility rate and the baby bonus and there’s a huge debate over whether it was effective, whether it was whether it made sense to spend that money, because a lot of people just got the whatever it was $5,000 baby bonus and went out and bought a plasma TV.

Tim Hughes  19:27

We had a baby at least one baby in that time, maybe two, we had three altogether, but I think two of them had a baby bonus. Yeah. So we’re very happy with that.

Gene Tunny  19:37

Yeah. Totally, but the fertility rate did increase over that period. And which, which meant that there was all this talk about Well, Peter Costello’s being the only minister in the Western world, has ever managed to increase the fertility rate or something like that. So we got a lot of praise over that. And there’s that famous photo of him with all the babies surrounding him. Yeah, so I guess we work tried to address our concerns about ageing about declining population, well, we don’t I mean, we’ve still got a growing population, we’ll end up where 26 million now, I think and we’ll end up at 40 million by 2050. Possibly.

Tim Hughes  20:16

So the reality of that is that that’s going to be mainly from immigration.

Gene Tunny  20:19

Yeah, there’s still they’ll still be some natural increase, but a lot of it will be immigration. That’s correct.

Tim Hughes  20:25

I think it’s a really good. I don’t think it’s widely known by everybody, of the importance of immigration, like it’s it, as far as like feeding that growth and like, supporting the ambitions of a country, immigration is essential to have that growth. You know, it’s a big part of it. I know, certainly, in the UK. I know, people from West Indies and, you know, the Caribbean, India, Pakistan, you know, massive influx at different times to be invited over into work, you know, it. And, of course, then there were thriving communities of generations now of people who are British and add to the whole vibrancy and diversity in the country. And that’s part of I mean, I know, it’s a very controversial subject in many countries. You know, we’re not going to cover here. But the fact is that immigration is needed for that growth. Yeah.

Gene Tunny  21:18

Yeah, there’s one way that you can get around this, this challenge in particularly in the western economies, which are projected to have falling populations, you can take advantage of the fact that, well, the population is not falling in other parts of the world in the emerging economy. So there is that opportunity for migration. And we’ve got to look at better ways of allowing people to, to migrate, including on a temporary basis, a lot of the concerns about migration or about people migrating for work purposes, and then settling there permanently and bringing their families. So there’s a lot of concern that. So countries like Germany, which have had bad experiences with or they do them perceive the perceived that they’ve had bad experiences with guest workers in the past, that they’d want to make sure that any migration is temporary. So I think countries are looking at ways that they can have temporary workers schemes that I mean, we’ve got all sorts of visas for temporary workers now. And we’re getting people over from the Pacific where we were before COVID, to help pick fruit here in Australia. So that’s, that’s, yeah, I think migration, certainly part of the solution. At the same time, you want to make sure that it’s, it has community acceptance, and you’re not putting too much pressure on community services, you want to make sure you’ve got the infrastructure to support the population. Yeah, so a bit of a challenge there. Okay, we’ll take a short break here for a word from our sponsor.

Female speaker  22:57

If you need to crunch the numbers, then get in touch with Adept Economics. We offer you Frank and fearless economic analysis and advice, we can help you with funding submissions, cost benefit analysis, studies, and economic modelling of all sorts. Our head office is in Brisbane, Australia, but we work all over the world, you can get in touch via our website, http://www.adapteconomics.com.au. We’d love to hear from you.

Gene Tunny  23:27

Now back to the show. Let me just check that Australian population forecast Tim.

Tim Hughes  23:35

So I was gonna ask you Gene like, with that levelling out, frustrating gets around 40 million.

Gene Tunny  23:41

That’s what I wanted to check. Yeah. Right, because that’s the number I had in my head. But let me just check with that. That, but go ahead, keep going. 

Tim Hughes  23:48

Yeah, I was gonna say, I mean, I guess Western countries are already there, where they’re starting to level out and have a very slow rate of growth, or in decline. And so it’s just with infrastructure, and all those different things like at some point, you can imagine that people will still want to move around the world. So even with 10 billion, 11 billion, it might be a case of people leaving one area on mass to try and get into other areas, which happens all the time. I guess it’s certainly happening now. Yeah. And so a big part of that is just managing the amount of people that are on this planet, but with the sustainability sort of question, you know, it’s that up until now, everything’s been about growth, you know, population growth, and more, more and more, to getting back to the point I was talking about earlier, like, you know, it’s gonna get to the point where it’s like, well, this is we have to manage this the best way we can. And so yeah, it was going back to those areas of D growth or flexible growth, sustainable contraction.

Gene Tunny  24:45

Yeah, sure what you mean by that, Tim. And well.

Tim Hughes  24:47

I guess, I guess it’s the kind of thing because of, with that levelling out of the population, I mean, like I said, I think it’s a good thing, you know, because there are enough of us.

Gene Tunny  24:57

Yeah. If you’re concerned about the ability of the planet to support the population and there are plenty of people who are who are saying, Oh, well, we’re actually exceeding the planet’s carrying capacity at the moment, which I don’t believe because if we were, I mean, we wouldn’t be able to keep growing our population, and obviously, where we’re able to support the current population, just by the fact that we are supporting it, right,

Tim Hughes  25:20

I guess at some point as a planet, they’ll still be moving people moving around, like I mentioned, like, yeah, that’s understandable. But the growth mindset, as far as population goes, will have to change at some point, you know, like, you know, it’s not just going to be more and more, it’s a case of like, doing better with what we have. Does that make sense?

Gene Tunny  25:38

I think we should always be trying to do better with what we have. I mean, as an economist, as an economist, I think, yeah, I totally agree with that. We’ve got to be more efficient and do better and, and make sure we’re not we’re properly pricing our impact on the planet. So we’re talking with, we’re not polluting too much, or we’re managing the environment as best we can. Yeah,

Tim Hughes  26:02

yeah. I mean, I see good things coming from it. Like, I think it’s a good sort of place to be, because everything up until this point, like it’s, you know, from 2 billion in 1900, to a billion now to 10, or 11 billion. This is, I would imagine that things will have to change in the way that the world is looked at, as far as its population goes and said, Well, this is, this is, how many of us are going to be putting, you know, waste into landfill? How many of us are going to be, you know, how we deal with our own sewerage, and all that kind of stuff? You know, what I mean? Like, the stuff that ends up in the oceans, how we treat our soil, all of that, like as a global sort of, like management of, okay, how do we do this to the best of our abilities, so we can keep doing it indefinitely. And if we have if we had an exploding population that was getting forever, and that was going to be a scenario that would be potentially catastrophic. And so that’s, I guess, we’re looking at it’s like a macro sort of like view of the whole planet, it’s okay. Well, you know, what can we expect to do better? Where we’re not just constantly expanding? As far as like the population goes?

Gene Tunny  27:07

Yeah, I think why is this definitely an issue to manage? How do we deal with all of that, and greenhouse gas emissions? We’ve got to, we need to get them under control sometime, and then you can debate how quickly or not in the Greta Thunberg, we’re all going to die in 10 years, or there’s a climate catastrophe. I think we’re gonna I can’t say, well, basically,

Tim Hughes  27:36

I haven’t heard that.

Gene Tunny  27:39

Oh, yeah. I think so, I mean, we’ve had 30 years of blah, blah, blah, not doing anything, which is actually true, right? I mean, the government’s leaders around the world will talk about how they’re doing all of this, all of these great things to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and get climate change under control. And meanwhile, global emissions keep rising. And so this is one of the points that are the conservative critics of Jacinda Ardern pointed out was, she’s very popular. She’s a progressive politician. She’s very popular among progressives worldwide. And yet, before COVID emissions were rising in New Zealand, according to these commentators, I probably should fact check that one. It’s a big challenge, because our whole industry of our industry, and our economies have been reliant on fossil fuels for so long. And it’s like turning the Queen Mary around. Right?

Tim Hughes  28:34

Yeah, because I know, we’ve talked about that with the energy sector changing massively, yeah, at the moment, and there are good things that potentially can come from it, it seems to be heading in the right direction, but it’s, you know, obviously, in a transition period, at the moment. And I wonder how much of that, you know, is down to having short term governments, who, you know, we’re expecting too much from governments, with a limited term of three or four years to be able to make these changes, you know, like, because obviously, this is a long term view that we need to take, I don’t know, 2050. Net Zero, are these sort of like goals that get put in? But sometimes I think with the longer goals, it’s easier for people to say, Yeah, we’re gonna do that. And then the action is less than what it needs to be.

Gene Tunny  29:15

Hmm. I think you’re right. I mean, the system we have the democratic system, the three or four year electoral cycle, yeah, I think that makes it harder. But I think it’s better than the alternative. I mean, we wouldn’t want to have a dictatorship was I mean, they could end up imposing, you know, a very rapid decarbonisation or that is incredibly costly on us if they thought that that was the right policy, like look what China was doing with the lock downs with the COVID zero until I realised that okay, we’re going to have a revolution on our hands if we don’t relax this policy. I think you’re right I mean, I think the democratic system we have this short term focus. Yeah, the fact that it is easy to always point to the cost the short term costs of any action. Yeah.

Tim Hughes  30:09

I mean, because I have to say like, you know, at times it seems that with governments, it’s hard to know how much difference they do make, or they can make, you know, even with the best intentions in a term, which goes very quickly.

Gene Tunny  30:21

Well, I think they can make a lot of difference. Look at problems we have solved, look at the Montreal Protocol, which meant that we eliminated the use of Chlorofluorocarbons. The ozone hole.

Tim Hughes  30:36

I saw that that was that had improved that that was a Yeah, a good improvement from what it had been.

Gene Tunny  30:42

So 1987. I think that was the Montreal Protocol. Where all the governments, particularly all the governments of the world agreed that yet we’ll phase these things out. Now. That’s different from the climate change challenge, because there were easy substitutes or substitutes, which weren’t too expensive for CFCs. Yeah, that we could replace them in the aerosols. But I think, yeah, I think governments can make a huge difference. The problem with the current mean, there are all sorts of problems is the issue of, well, for Australia. I mean, the view I’ve always had is there’s no point us doing, doing much of if China and India are still going to keep increasing their emissions, and also the states. I mean, we need ultimately, you need the major economies to be leading this. Otherwise, it’s not, it’s not really going to happen.

Tim Hughes  31:37

Well, it seems clear that innovation is going to drive it, you know, because and I get that, yeah, because it’s hard to put yourself at a disadvantage when everyone else is able to take advantage of that, you know, so that argument, for instance, here in Australia, where we’re smack fairly small country, but not necessarily been supporting too many of the netzero sort of ambitions around the world, you know, because of what you’re saying, like, let the big guys lead the way. But innovation, I think we’ll do that as soon as it gets to the point where the energy is cheaper than digging coal out of the ground. If there’s a clean way of producing that energy, then everyone will follow.

Gene Tunny  32:16

Oh, exactly. And that’s what we need. We need that technological innovation.

Tim Hughes  32:21

And the market, like from our discussions before with people in the energy sector, has been that the market is driving this. So we don’t have to, I mean, governments can help by making it easier and sort of greasing the path towards encouraging those changes to happen. But certainly the market is driving it and innovation is providing the opportunity for the market to take up those options with renewable energy.

Gene Tunny  32:42

Yeah, you’re thinking about that conversation we have with Josh. Yeah, yeah, that was interesting. Or he’s talking about the fact that the nature of this transition of any transition really is it’s going to be disorderly, it’s hard to get these things done in an orderly fashion.

Tim Hughes  32:58

I always manage to steer it back to this, don’t I Gene. It doesn’t matter what we talk about.

Gene Tunny  33:01

It’s important. If I’m thinking about, well, what’s the big potentially the big risk to I mean, other than nuclear war, I mean, it’s always a threat, particularly with what’s happening in Ukraine. Now I’m in the risk of that elevated, but the other big, potentially existential risk. I mean, you’ve got to put some probability on it. I’m not as concerned about it as some other people. I’ve got the Steve Koonin view of it, he used to work for Barack Obama, he was in the administration, I think it was in science, one of the I don’t know if he was in cabinet, or he had a, he had a senior position in the Obama administration is a scientist, he was at Cal Tech. And his view is that Yep, this is something we’re going to deal with. But we’ve got decades to deal with it. So what we’ve got to do is to start putting in place agree on some policies globally that are going to get us on this smooth transition path and, and also fund innovation trying, you know, it’d be great if we could find the cost effective solution, perhaps nuclear fusion, that there’s, there’s a lot of excitement about that. But then you got to deal with the nuclear waste. And what was that? What was actually, maybe there isn’t waste with nuclear fusion? Maybe that’s one of the advantages of it. Well, there’s less waste.

Tim Hughes  34:18

I still get my fusion and fission mixed up. So

Gene Tunny  34:21

Fusion is more powerful. Fusion is what the sun does.

Tim Hughes  34:26

Yes, right. Yeah. Fission is the separating of fusion is the joining. Yeah. Yeah. But so and with and there was a breakthrough with Fusion then yeah, just the other week, but it was still claimed that that could be decades away from it being useful for an energy source on a commercial scale. However, if it’s decades where that’s significant in the history of humans, however, with that, especially with that conversation with Josh, it was record notion that, you know, having a suite of different options for clean energy makes a lot of sense. You know, we don’t have to put all our eggs in one basket. And, you know, one choice so, and clearly those things are happening as we speak. And quite successfully. I mean, like the, you know, there’s still a lot of clean, renewable energy is getting more and more prolific.

Gene Tunny  35:22

Oh, no doubt about that. I mean, aren’t they turning the North Sea into a wind farm in? Have you seen that in? Because the North Sea is really good for the wind turbines. Well, it’s I mean, it’s not shallow, but it’s it’s not very deep the North Sea? Was there’s bits of the North Sea that are only a few 100 metres deep, I think, isn’t there?

Tim Hughes  35:48

I mean, obviously, it must be, you know, viable. But it seems odd to me that a wind farm in an ocean, you know. But, obviously, there’s, you know, there’s something in it. Yeah, yeah. It’s extraordinary. It’s a really interesting time. So because all of this is coinciding with this levelling out of the population. So it seems to be a, I don’t know, it feels like it’s a good place to take stock and see how we can sort of really manage this planet. Well, you know, and cleaning it up is the first way to do it, you know, so how we can keep the oceans cleaner than they currently are, like, clean them and stop polluting them and how we can manage our waste, you know, 10 billion, it’s a lot of foods.

Gene Tunny  36:30

Well, I guess this is what’s part of this is what’s motivated all of these measures or measures we’ve had in Australia to reduce plastic waste, and then I was growning about it when they initially announced it. But I guess you adapt. I mean, you can’t get the single use plastic bags any more at the supermarket.

Tim Hughes  36:48

You’re still hurt about that one.

Gene Tunny  36:51

You can’t get the single use plastic cutlery Well, anyway, we should get back to this population stuff. It is important. I do recognise the importance of what you’re talking about. The population of Australia is projected by the Treasury, this was last year, or this was 2021, I mean, who knows. But if they updated and they’ve got different migration projections, these numbers could be significantly different. But they were forecasting the population would grow from around 26 million, around 2021, up to 32 million in 2041, 36 million in around 2050-51 and then 39 million by 2060-61. I think I’ve seen previous, I think I hadn’t had in my head the idea that it’d be about 40 million by 2050. And yeah, it’s hard. It’s hard to forecast. It depends on fertility, it depends on migration, and then all of that sort of thing. So and life expectancy. So quite a few moving parts there. Right. The other thing I want to talk about, Tim, if you still got time, yeah, it’s this issue of what does the declining population mean? So what is China’s declining population mean for its economy and therefore the global economy? One thing to keep in mind, of course, is that I think, what were we talking about a reduction of a population of 850,000 people. So that’s under 1 million, the Chinese population is 1.4 billion. So in percentage terms, we’re talking. What’s that less than point one of a percentage point? Yeah. Does that make sense?

Tim Hughes  38:37

Yeah, I mean, it’s. So it’s level that basically.

Gene Tunny  38:42

I guess that’s one way of looking at it is that it’s yeah, it’s hardly you’d have like, really noticed that on a chart, if you drew the population. The thing is, it’s a sign of things to come, because we all know that it’s expected that the Chinese population would, is going to start falling. And there are all sorts of projections as to where it could get to. By 2050-2100, I think I’ve seen an estimate somewhere that their population by 2100, could end up being, I don’t know, 700 million or so. Yeah, it’s a really big reduction because of that one child policy. I’ll put the actual figure in the show notes, but it’s quite dramatic. Just looking at what that impact of that one child policy, ultimately will be on their population in the future, because you’re not replacing your population. Right. So that’s, yeah.

Tim Hughes  39:42

So it’s funny actually, China is like a microcosm of the globe in a way, isn’t it? Because it sort of has fairly tight borders. And so the decline that that would be for China, would be an example of like, how do you manage that sustainably, how do you sustainably contract successfully from 1.4 billion to 700 million. And yeah, the thing is like, you know, China is extreme in many ways. They may manage it very well. Now, I’ve got no idea how but I think that’s a really interesting sort of point. I mean, they’ve had massive change. Was it 1962 to see the great leap forward? You know, I mean, certainly from 1980. They’ve made in the last 20 years, 25 years, they’ve made themselves this sort of, like, workshop of the world, you know, they’ve produced so much stuff. And they’ve become very wealthy in that time.

Gene Tunny  40:36

Well, the wealthier and some people have become very wealthy, their per capita income is still I don’t know, it’s under a third of what it is in the States. It’s gone. It has gone through big changes. I mean, yeah, considering that once but I mean, I don’t know when you were young and when I was young people were saying, well eat your food, because there are people starving in China. Right. I don’t know if maybe that’s an Australian thing. Yeah. I mean, yes. It was probably still true when I was when I was young. Right. But it’s not, I don’t think it’s true now. Or it’s only in small pockets. Right. Whereas famine used to be a huge problem. And you know, people were incredibly poor. And most people lived on the land. But now I’ve had all the shifts of hundreds of millions of people from the agricultural areas in China into the cities. And it’s just, it’s just amazing.

Tim Hughes  41:27

It is fascinating, because made in the 80s, like you couldn’t go to China, like it was closed off to I think it was around the mid 80s, that they sort of opened up or towards the end of the 80s. You know, and it was a new thing, like tourism in China was a new thing. And of course, it’s really well, I mean, COVID aside, you can travel there freely now. But it’s gone through massive change in a very short period of time. It’s really, you know, I don’t know, if they’ve come to a critical point in their sort of growth as, as this powerhouse of production. With a declining population, I guess that’s going to make a big impact.

Gene Tunny  42:07

Yeah. So a lot of the discussion that pundits and commentators and economists having at the moment is around well, what does this mean for their economy? What does it mean for their society? Paul Krugman had a great article. I’m not sure I entirely agree with it, because there’s a really excellent response from another American economist, Dean Baker, which I’ll link to in the show notes. But so Paul Krugman in the, in the New York Times the other day wrote, a declining population creates two major problems for economic management, these problems aren’t insoluble. But will China rise to the challenge? That’s far from clear, the first problem is the declining populations, also an ageing population. And so you’ve got this issue of the dependency ratio, paying for looking after those people. The other thing Krugman is worried about is that a society with a declining working age population tends other things equal to experience persistent economic weakness, Japan illustrates the point. Now there’s a debate about just how badly Japan’s fared relative to other countries, it certainly hasn’t grown as fast as the US or, or the Australia. But it hasn’t collapsed either. I mean, it’s managed to maintain reasonably low unemployment, it’s kept people employed. But at the same time, they’ve been the government’s had to try to prop up the economy, it’s accumulated a huge amounts of debt. So there are certainly challenges with Japan. And partly that is because it’s, it does have that declining population, as Krugman notes. So the point Krugman is making its a Keynesian point, in a way. What he’s saying is that if you’ve got a growing population, then that, from that, for what follows from that is the need for additional capital investment in your economy, additional spending that helps keep people employed. Yeah, so that’s the that’s the point he’s making, and that if you don’t have that growing population, then you’re at risk of what Japan experience with his last decade or so and potentially at risk of deflation. So I’ll put a link in the show notes here, because we’re getting up to near the time we set for ourselves. This might take a while. Yeah. It’s incredible. And so Krugman is concerned because he thinks that what this declining population could mean ultimately is that China has a period it ends up being economically weak. And there’s also some evidence or there’s an argument from this, this economist at Stanford School of Business, Charles Jones, he argues that we’ll get a declining population is problematic because then you’ve got fewer people to solve problems, it’s less likely you’ll get an Isaac Newton or Albert Einstein, etc. So that’s one of the concerns. When who knows if that’s, I don’t know how valid that is. That’s enough. That’s a hypothesis. I mean, we’ve still got billions of people, right?

Tim Hughes  45:21

I mean, you can say those guys came around when there’s a far fewer people on the planet.

Gene Tunny  45:24

Exactly. So who knows if that’s actually a legitimate concern or not. But that’s quite a, that’s a, I should have him on the show just to talk through. It’s no Charles Jones, you know, and get him on the show rather than just say, I don’t agree with it, or maybe I haven’t done the the concept justice. But there’s certainly I can see the logic, but there are concerns that the dynamism of your economy would be at risk. If you have fewer people. There are concerns about well, how does your economy adjust to this in the short term as you’ve got declining population, and you’ve got less need for investment? We’ve got all of these buildings that have been, you know, what we don’t have as much need for new housing or new construction, which does help employ people? How do we how do we manage that? And that on the other hand, there’s this great critique of Paul Krugman by Dean Baker, who’s an economist and co founder of the Centre for Economic Policy Research, which is DC Think Tank, it’s a progressive Think Tank. I really thought this is a clever critique. And Dean Baker, apparently, his Wikipedia entry claims that he was one of the first people to have foreseen the subprime mortgage crisis in the States. So yeah, I think he’s, he’s got a good reputation. He makes the point that well, Japan’s not really as bad as you think. And then it hasn’t collapsed. They seem to manage to muddling through in some way. And then it’s not, obviously they’ve still got problems because of all the debt. But he’s saying look at something you can you can manage, and there are actually benefits from a declining population. He, he notes that Japan cities are less crowded than they would be if its population had continued to grow. This means less congestion and pollution, less time spent getting to and from work and less crowded beaches, parks and museums, these quality of life factors don’t get picked up in GDP. I’m actually not sure. Does Japan have many beaches? I mean, I understand his point.

Tim Hughes  47:25

Yeah, Echo Beach, yes that is in Japan. That’s one beach that I know.

Gene Tunny  47:32

I was just wondering, I don’t know, never haven’t been to Japan on an island. So I guess it’s yeah. Oh, of course, they have beaches. Yeah.

Tim Hughes  47:39

But that’s actually a really good way of putting, I guess one of the things that we’re talking about is like, you know, declining population doesn’t have to be bad news. I mean, I guess, you know, the, the challenge would be how do you keep maintain a growth mindset in a declining population where can you make it work to your advantage? Or, you know, how can you do the best, you know, with, because part of it would be in a declining population. Once that first surge of older people goes, then it should level out with the number of older people as opposed to the number of younger people, I guess, because as you’re peaking towards your peak population, you’d have the most amount of old people is that right? I’m sort of thinking out loud here. But I’m just wondering,

Gene Tunny  48:25

Tim, is a good question mate. I mean, you’re asking does the as if as your population declines, what happens to the age composition of the population? So I’m gonna have to take that on notice. I mean, I think that’s a hard one. I mean, there could be a point, there could be a time when both the dependency ratio gets worse and your population keeps falling? That’s a good question. I don’t know, let me put something in the afterword about that. I don’t know, conceptually, I can’t figure it out right now on the fly. That’s good question. 

Tim Hughes  49:00

But it’s that thing of like, I imagine, like the you know, because the challenge is this is to manage that. Well. Yeah. And like, so. I mean, one thought that comes to mind with that is, like, the whole thing of retiring at 65 has been around for a long time and around 65, whatever it is now.

Gene Tunny  49:16

67 in Australia now.

Tim Hughes  49:19

Y eah, this thing of like, it’s not necessary for people to stop doing what they do, you know, there’s so much wisdom and, you know, a good life experience that gets lost with that mindset of like, see you later at 67. You know, and I think opening up the opportunity for people to stay in a lower capacity timewise you know, because I think it’s important for people to wind down or do something different or start a new career, you know, like whatever it may be. So, I think maybe the way that you know, we approach ageing or the way we look at ageing, could be one of the factors that changes that declining population as to no right this could actually be looking at how do we manage a declining population better you know, maybe it’s our attitude towards all the roads that we can start with.

Gene Tunny  50:04

Yeah, I think it has to start changing because all the baby boomers are nearly retired, aren’t they? And then Generation X will start retiring.

Tim Hughes  50:13

But it’s that thing of like, you know, as we live longer, we can expect to have more good years, you know? Yeah, hopefully, yeah. And they can be, they can be good years to contribute back towards society as well. It doesn’t have to be just a retirement where you don’t pay any tax at all, because that’s part of the problem isn’t like we’re fewer people paying tax to support an ageing population. You know, so I guess and it’s not just making people work later unwillingly. You know, to give people the opportunity to have different options, different levels of engagement, you know, so they don’t have to do 40 hours a week, of course, but yeah, doing something different stimulating that, you know, people could enjoy doing for longer.

Gene Tunny  50:57

Podcasting.

Tim Hughes  50:58

Podcasting. Exactly. Everybody wants it to be a DJ, everyone was a DJ in the previous life.

Gene Tunny  51:05

Yeah, exactly. I don’t have the turntable, give it time, give it time and we can bring that into the show. Cable

Tim Hughes  51:13

Maybe that’s the way we merge the two.

Gene Tunny  51:17

See how we go. Okay, so I’ll put a link in the show notes to this, these articles by Paul Krugman and Dean Baker. I mean, I don’t know. I mean, some hours of the day I think Krugman is right, then I think I actually Dean Baker is making some great points. I’m still processing it all myself. So Dean Baker, I’ll put a link to this article. It’s on the Centre for Economic Policy Research website. One final point, I thought that well, I thought I should make that Dean Baker may not that was a good one is that? Well, actually, I mean, see it as an opportunity. I mean, China’s got a, it’s got an ageing population, still, while its population is starting to decline, you can put people to well, you’ve built all of that’s right. He’s saying one of the issues that Krugman identifies is that they were building all of this, all of these buildings that, that they may not need these ghost cities. Well, you could use them for aged care accommodation. Or, you know, I don’t know how feasible that is. But that was one of the points that he made. So I thought that was that’s potentially interesting. I mean, there will always be things people can do that the challenge is, can your economy adjust to employ them? So do you have a flexible economy? Gotta make sure you’ve got you’re not regulating business, there’s not the burden on businesses and to hire so that there can be that that adjustment, you don’t have rigid wages or rigid, rigid IR policies that prevent people moving into to new occupations? Yeah, so Dean Baker’s quite positive about what could happen in China. And I’ll encourage, if you’re listening, please read his article. I probably haven’t done it, done it justice. With that, that quick summary there. So yeah, I’d recommend reading that I thought that was really good. And Oh, one other thing we should talk about is that there’s one other concern with the declining population. And the issues with ageing population in China lack of dynamism and what it could mean for their economy, the stability of the whole country, right, the political issues. So Peter Zeihan, I think that’s how you pronounce it. He’s a academic over in the States, he’s come out with his controversial view that the Chinese system as it exists now, that Communist Party regime can only last another 10 years out.

Tim Hughes  53:44

And I mean, it’s been speculation, but it could be true.

Gene Tunny  53:47

If it turns out to be right, he would be held as a genius, the genius.So who knows.

Tim Hughes  53:52

Someone, somewhere will be making those calls.

Gene Tunny  53:54

I mean, my feelings is what I was talking about with Alan Morrison in this chat about enterprise China toward the end of last year. And I think ultimately, that there has to be a regime change in China. I think as economies get wealthier, then there’s naturally more support for democracy.

Tim Hughes  54:14

There seems to be a bit of a paradox with ideology in China at the moment. I mean, we’ve communism is the main ideology, of course, but they’ve embraced capitalism, to the point where individuals are getting mega wealthy, but then they’re sort of getting called into the headmaster’s office and sort of like, you know, put in detention for a bit to sort of keep them in line Jack Ma, from Alibaba, and different people who sort of like disappear off the, you know, public space or forums. And so there seems to be a bit of a tussle there going on, and you wonder how long that can go for. But yeah, there certainly, I think it’s fair to say that there would be an expectation of change coming sometime in the next 10 years. I mean, it’s really everywhere. I mean.

Gene Tunny  54:57

I guess change of some sort. I mean, let’s hope it’s a peaceful change. And there is, uh, you know, maybe the I mean, I don’t know whether they’re going to relinquish power will Xi Jinping I mean what what are the chances of him relinquishing power? I mean, given he set himself up as Emperor for life or whatever it was, I mean.

Tim Hughes  55:15

There’s only Jacinda Arden that I can think of this relinquish power. Yeah, it’s it’s pretty rare thing.

Gene Tunny  55:22

It is very rare because power is seductive, isn’t it?

Tim Hughes  55:27

So they say?

Gene Tunny  55:31

Tim, that’s been an amazing discussion. That’s been fun. Yeah, it’s been good. I’ve really enjoyed that. As always, we managed to go much longer than we expect to or prepared for. Any final thoughts?

Tim Hughes  55:45

No, I mean, it’s funny because it does crossover. I mean, I guess that’s why other things come into it, you know, because they’re all connected. And they, it’s a really fascinating time to be going through this. I mean, like, you know, we’re at a really interesting time, for anywhere in humanity’s history in our like, we’re at these sort of peaks that haven’t been reached before. So yeah, I’m really, and I personally enjoy the direction that things are going in for, you know, the environmental future of the planet, you know, like, I think it’s the right way to go. And I think that’s the overriding direction that it has to get when because otherwise, potentially, yeah, we’re gonna end up in a situation that’s going to be very difficult to reverse. And so seems to be heading that way, which I think is a really good thing. And hopefully, we’ll get there as quickly as we can. Safely.

Gene Tunny  56:39

Yeah, yeah. I mean, I’m optimistic. I think the biggest threat we’ve got is nuclear annihilation. So see how that goes.

Tim Hughes  56:49

It’s still it’s funny, isn’t it? Because that was those threats come and go. But I think our capacity to have our attention on it sort of comes and goes, I mean, it’s sorry, the threats always been there. But our focus on it sort of comes and goes with different things. It’s hard to live under that existential threat constantly.

Gene Tunny  57:09

Yeah, very true. Very true. Okay, Tim Hughes. Thanks so much for your time. I really enjoyed that conversation. I thought that was really he really enjoyed it. We got through a lot, and it was a good discussion to kick off the new year. So thanks so much. Yeah.

Tim Hughes  57:22

Thanks, Gene. You’re welcome.

Gene Tunny  57:25

Okay, I hope you found that informative and enjoyable. In my view, the main takeaway is that China’s declining population is a big challenge to the Chinese economy. And by implication, the global economy, it will be difficult for the Chinese regime to manage this declining population. And indeed, it could even contribute to the end of Communist Party rule, if the declining population actually does lead to a weaker economy and hence an erosion of support for the party. Arguably, one thing that Chinese administration could do to help partly offset the problem of a falling population is to have a more liberal immigration policy. Of course, the administration may worry that bringing in too many foreigners may create political instability which could cost at power. I’d note that for countries which are more open to immigration, and also which didn’t have as bigger collapse in the fertility rate as China did, I’m talking about countries such as the US and Australia, those countries are much better able to cope with demographic challenges. And indeed, they’re actually projected to grow over the future decades. For example, the UN projects that the US will have a population of 375 million in 2050. And between 390 and 400 million in 2100. That’s up from 335 million or so today. Before I go, I better respond to a question that Tim had in the episode. Paraphrasing, Tim asked a question about what happens to China’s old age dependency ratio as the population peaks and starts falling? To answer this question in the shownotes. I’ll put a link to a chart from the UN showing the projected old age dependency ratio for China. That is the ratio of the number of people aged 65. And over to the number aged 15 to 64. The chart shows the old age dependency ratio in China will keep rising for several decades, probably into the 2080s. So in China, we’ve got a falling population, and we’ve got rising old age dependency. So that ratio will increase from around 20 People age 65 and over per 100 working age people. So that’s today it will increase from 20 to 90 people aged 65 and over per 100 working age people in the 2080s. It’s expected China will eventually have almost as many old age people as working age people. That’s the median projection from the UN and everything depends on how closely reality complies with the UN’s assumptions of course, that said there’s no doubt The dependency ratio is increasing and China has a big problem. China’s one child policy has meant that too few people have been born in the last few decades, nowhere near enough to keep the population growing and to look after an increasingly elderly population. Many of the Chinese born are the big cohorts after the 1949 revolution, and before the one child policy was introduced in 1980. They’re still alive and they’re ageing. Right? Oh, I must confess that population dynamics are complicated. And I might try to get a demographer under the show and a future episode for a deep dive. If that’s something you’d be interested in, please let me know and I’ll see what I can do. Okay, thanks for listening. rato thanks for listening to this episode of Economics Explored. If you have any questions, comments or suggestions, please get in touch. I’d love to hear from you. You can send me an email via contact@economicsexplored.com Or a voicemail via SpeakPipe. You can find the link in the show notes. If you’ve enjoyed the show, I’d be grateful if you could tell anyone you think would be interested about it. Word of mouth is one of the main ways that people learn about the show. Finally, if you’re podcasting outlets, you then place router review and later writing. Thanks for listening. I hope you can join me again next week.

1:01:30

Thank you for listening. We hope you enjoyed the episode. For more content like this or to begin your own podcasting journey head on over to obsidian-productions.com

Credits

Thanks to Obsidian Productions for mixing the episode and to the show’s sponsor, Gene’s consultancy business www.adepteconomics.com.au. Economics Explored is available via  Apple PodcastsGoogle Podcast, and other podcasting platforms.